HomeMy WebLinkAbout02 033 td reconstr harbour st0
0
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF
BY-LAW
NO.2002 - 33
BEING A BY-LAW TO ACCEPT A TENDER FOR'
RECONSTRUCTION OF HARBOUR STREET
(Lavis Contracting Co. Ltd.)
WHEREAS the Council for The Corporation of the Munic
deems it expedient to accept a tender to reconstruct Harbour
NOW THEREFORE the Council for The Corporation of
Kincardine ENACTS as follows:
of Kincardine
Municipality of
1. That the tender of Lavis Contracting Co. Ltd in the amout of $576,750.70
plus all applicable taxes, be hereby accepted.
2. That the Mayor and CAO be hereby authorized to sign, on behalf of the
Council for The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine any contracts
and other documents required to authorize such work to commence, and to
affix the corporate seal of The Municipality of Kincardine.
3. This by-law shall come into full force and effect upon its
4. This by-law may be cited as the "Lavis Reconstruction
Tender Acceptance By-law".
READ a FIRST, SECOND and THIRD time and DEEMED TO
27"' day of March, 2002.
passage.
Harbour Street
PASSED this
14
TENDER OPENING SUMMARY FORM
MUNICIPALITY I Kincardine I PROJECT No. 100058
Streetscape Reconstruction CLOSING March 27/02
DATE
ADDENDA 1 4 1 PRE -TENDER PRICE ESTIMATE
TENDERED
1
o;
Z0
i z
C7
z
tr.�
o z
u 0
o
�z
z o
CONTRACTOR
AMOUNT
�- W
m=;
m m
ce
z
a
m
z �
m W
? a
o f
D O
U
ti
F
a
o
Lavis Contracting Co. Ltd.
$ 4 T5 33'1 �55
3D.�rt
A)OW-
i-evd
eVQQ
PAUL
Is
Clinton, Ont.
1e55CA
�
-(GWO
06ju
E. C. King Contracting
$ Z4 Vt9
ct-e
Owen Sound, Ont.
Ken Jackson Construction Limited
$
Tiverton, Ont.
luron Landscaping
$
µcknow, Ont.
Moorefield
Excavating
$ 8� 133 • c�
.cx C
P
erston, Ont.
AGI Traffic Technology
$
Scarborough, Ont.
Reeves Construction Limited
$
Mount Forest, Ont.
Georgian Aggregates
$ �51 c>5
3C.cc�
Collingwood, Ont.
Kempton Construction
$
Ripley, Ont.
G.J. Sharp Excavating Ltd.
$
St Marys, Ont.
gbble Design
'ch,
S
Z Ont.
A kert Construction
$
Po Elgin, Ont.
B & J Contracting
$
Grand Bend, Ont.
*'time of Completion, if not specified in the Contract Documentation, in weeks from date of contract award.
SSA.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Municipality of Kincardine
Streetscape Reconstruction
Contract No. 00058
ADDENDUM NO.4
Contractors shall note the following:
(1) For Item No. 20 — Paving Stones, the Contractor should note that alternate unit pavers
from the following manufacturers may be considered:
• Navistone (formerly Pavestone Plus)
• Unlock.
(2) The Contractor should note that for Items No. 40 and 41 — Precast Concrete, materials
supplied by the following supplier may be considered as equal alternates:
• Unlock.
March 25, 2002
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Consulting Engineers
62 North Street
Goderich, Ontario. N7A 2T4
Tel: (519) 524-2641
Fax: (519) 524-4403
Faxed to all plan takers — one page
Municipality of Kincardine
Streetscape Reconstruction
Contract No. 00058
ADDENDUM NO.3
1
Contractors shall note the following:
(1) Item No. 20, Pg. T-3 and T-12 - Place precast concrete unit pavers shall read:
a) Romanesque (60 mm) Circle Bundle and Square Stone Bundle and large stones for
the Soldier Course.
'
b) Avenue 4 x 8 stone x 80 mm.
(2)
Drawing No. 4, Harbour Street, Inset of Typical Section under Precast Unit Pavers - the
thickness shall read 80 mm only.
(3)
Item No. 9, Pg. T-18, Hot Mix HL-4 under Qty./Unit shall read 140 t.
'
Please change the above manually and refer to Addendum No. 3.
(4)
Item No. 11, Pg. T-18, Removal of Bituminous Pavement (outside excavation) under
'
Qty./Unit shall read 340 m2. Please change the above manually and refer to Addendum
No. 3.
'
(5)
a) Item No. 16, Pg. T-19, Concrete Curb and Gutter (all types), a) Sta. 0+100 to Sta.
0+120 (incl. restoration);
b) Item No. 25, Pg. T-19, Storm Sewer Pipe, a) 300 mm CL-ES concrete or equiv. (incl.
'
restoration);
c) Item No. 35, Pg. T-20, PVC Watermain, a) 150 mm CL-150 (DR-18) incl.
'
restoration.
Including restoration for the above items shall be to top of granular "A", and asphalt
'
removal and HL-4 shall be paid under the appropriate items.
'
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Consulting Engineers
62 North Street
'
Goderich, Ontario. N7A 2T4
Tel: (519) 524-2641
Fax: (519) 524-4403
March 21, 2002
Faxed to all plan takers — one page
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Municipality of Kincardine
Streetscape Reconstruction
Contract No. 00058
ADDENDUM NO.2
Contractors shall note the following:
On Drawing #9 - Streetscape 3: D15 Stabilized Crushed Stone Walkway:
Limestone screenings to be a crushed limestone product within the following gradation ranges:
1/4" MINUS AGGREGATE GRADATION
Sieve Designation
Range of % Passing
3/8"
100
No. 4
90-100
No. 8
70-80
No. 16
50-65
No. 30
40-50
No. 50
25-35
No. 100
20-25
No. 200
5-15
Organic binder to be non -toxic, concentrated organic powder: " BnviroBinder" available through
Envirobond 1-800-810-8218. Thoroughly blend Envirobinder with the limestone screenings at
the rate of 14 lbs. of Envirobinder per Imperial ton of dry screenings. Envirobinder and
screenings must be pre -mixed as per Envirobond's recommendations prior to installation. Pre -
blended screenings and EnviroBinder are available through Envirobond.
Depth of limestone screenings c/w soil stabilizer to be 50 mm (not 75 mm as indicated on Detail
D15). Installation of screenings mix to be as per Detail D15 and Envirobond's
recommendations. In the event of discrepancy, the more stringent method shall apply.
On Drawings #2 and #4 - Harbour Street, the existing sanitary sewer on Queen St. North and
South of MH #26 and #27 shall read, Ex. 600 mm dia. sanitary sewer.
March 18, 2002
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Consulting Engineers
62 North Street
Goderich, Ontario. N7A 2T4
Tel: (519) 524-2641
Fax: (519) 524-4403
Faxed to all plan takers — one page
1
Municipality of Kincardine
Streetscape Reconstruction
Contract No. 00058
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Contractors shall note the following:
(1) Information to Bidders
Page IB-1, Date and Place for Receiving Tenders has been amended. Tenders will be
received until 11:00 a.m., Wednesday, March 27, 2002.
(2) Item 65, Page T-11 has been deleted. Please make this change manually.
(3) Compaction of all materials shall be 100% SPD.
(4) Item Nos. 53-61— PVC Ducts and Appurtenances — Page SP-36
a) Pipe and Fittings. Please insert the following paragraph:
Appurtenances (supplied by Bruce Municipal Telephone System and Kincardine
Cable T.V.
- 18 x 30 polymer tubs (junction boxes)
- pedestals
- transformer pad (supplied by Westario for Part 3 - North Durham Market).
(5) Item No. 38, Pages T-6, T-13 and T-21 - Water Services shall include Spec. #507
(Restoration).
March 11, 2002
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Consulting Engineers
62 North Street
Goderich, Ontario. N7A 2T4
Tel: (519) 524-2641
Fax: (519) 524-4403
Faxed to all plan takers — I page
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
STREETSCAPE RECONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT NO.00058
B.M. ROSS AND
ASSOCIATES *.st
LIMITED
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
A
' MU1vICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
' STREETSCAPE RECONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT NO.00058
Fj,
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Municipality of Kincardine
Streetscape Reconstruction
Contract No. 00058
INDEX TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description
Page
Information to Bidders
IB-1-14
Tender
Form of Tender
T-1 - T-24
T-A & T-B
Statement re Sub -Contractors
Agreement to Bond
Performance Bond
Labour and Material Payment Bond
Schedule of Plans, Specifications, General Conditions & Standards
Index to Special Provisions
Special Provisions SP-1- SP-46
Supplemental General Conditions SGC-1
General Conditions
-- Ontario Provincial Standards (September 1999)
Form of Agreement A-1-A-4
Contract Release
Statutory Declaration re Payment of Accounts
Statutory Declaration re Liens and Liabilities
Standards
1
L,
I INFORMATION TO BIDDERS
I
I
1
LJ
INDEX TO INFORMATION TO BIDDERS (March 2002)
1)
Date and Place for Receiving Tenders
I13-1
2)
Tender Deposit
IB-1
3)
Submission of Tender
IB-1
4)
Clarification
I13-2
5)
Withdrawal of Tender
IB-2
6)
Disqualification of Tender
I13-2
7)
Form of Agreement
IB-2
8)
Competency of Bidders
I13-2
'
9)
Sub -Contractors
I13-2
10)
11)
Tender Acceptance
Agreement to Bond and Performance Bond
I13-3
I13-3
12)
Insurance
I13-3
13)
Completion Date and Liquidated Damages
I13-3
14)
Materials
IB-5
'
15)
Disposal and Use of Excavated Materials
IB-6
16)
Disposal of Waste Asphalt
IB-7
17)
Dust Control
I13-7
18)
First Aid Equipment
I13-7
19)
Taxes
IB-8
20)
Regulation of Pits and Quarries
I13-8
21)
Salvageable Material
IB-8
22)
Soils Investigation Report
IB-8
23)
Utility Pole Lines
IB-8
24)
Underground Utilities
I13-9
25)
Occupational Health and Safety Act
IB-9
26)
Contract Release
IB-9
27)
Use of Premises
IB-9
28)
Permit for Taking Water in Excess of 50,000 Litres Per Day
IB-9
29)
Hot Mix Plant - Environmental Protection Act
IB-9
30)
Restrictions on Open Burning
IB-10
31)
Night, Sunday, and Holiday Work
IB-10
32)
Absence of Engineer and Agent
IB-10
33)
Drainage
IB-10
34)
Bribery
IB-11
35)
36)
Provisions for Traffic, Access, and Protection
Cold Weather Concrete
I13-11
IB-12
37)
Falsework
IB-12
38)
Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles
IB-12
39)
Protection of Trees
IB-12
40)
Ontario Provincial Standards
I13-13
41)
Guaranteed Maintenance
IB-13
42)
Garbage Collection and Blue Box Recycling
IB-13
'
43)
Lump Sum for Mobilization and Demobilization
IB-13
44)
Lump Sum for Other Requirements
IB-14
11
1
I IB-1
IINFORMATION TO BIDDERS
1) DATE AND PLACE FOR RECEIVING TENDERS:
Tenders will be received by: the Public Works Manager of the Municipality of Kincardine,
Mr. Jim O'Rourke, 1475 Concession 5, R. R. #5, Kincardine, Ontario, N2Z 2X6
until: 12:00 noon, Friday, March 22, 2002
as stated in the official tender call advertisement.
2) TENDER DEPOSIT:
Each tender must be accompanied by a tender deposit in the form of a certified cheque payable
to:
the Municipality of Kincardine
for the amount of:
Thirty Thousand Dollars ( $30,000.00 )
This deposit shall serve as evidence of good faith that if awarded the contract, the bidder will
execute and enter into a formal agreement with the Owner within the time required and will
furnish the security required to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of this
contract.
The tender deposit of the bidder whose tender is accepted shall be forfeited by him should he fail
to execute a contract and provide the satisfactory bonds, referred to hereafter, within ten (10)
days after receiving written notice from the Engineer of the award of the contract to him.
The deposits of unsuccessful bidders will be returned within thirty (30) days of the award of the
contract. The deposit of the successful bidder shall be returned upon receipt of the performance
bond and the signed contract.
3) SUBMISSION OF TENDER:
a) Form of Tender:
Tenders shall be submitted on the blank form herewith provided and shall give the lump sum
and/or unit prices for the work, and the total tender shall be described in both words and
figures. Tenderers will be required to add Goods and Services Tax on the tender form in the
space provided. The tender shall be signed by the bidder, and delivered in a sealed, opaque
envelope, clearly marked TENDER.
1
U,
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
IB-2 I
b) Statement re Sub -Contractors:
Where included in the contract documents, each bidder shall complete along with the tender,
a list of proposed Sub -Contractors showing the value of the work to be sublet to each. The
value of work sublet shall not exceed 50% of the total work. The list shall be signed and
witnessed on the form provided. Failure to provide this list may render the tender invalid.
CLARIFICATION:
Any details in question on this contract or in the accompanying plans shall be clarified by the
Contractor prior to submitting the bid. The unit prices as tendered shall include the supply of all
permits, labour, equipment, and materials except where noted that are necessary to complete the
contract.
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDER:
A bidder will be allowed to withdraw their tender unopened after it has been deposited if such
request is received in writing prior to the time specified for the closing of tenders.
DISQUALIFICATION OF TENDER:
Tenders will not be considered where:
a) They are received after the official closing time stated in the advertisement.
b) They are not properly executed, and the associated documentation is not complete.
c) They are not accompanied by a certified deposit cheque.
d) They are submitted by "Fax".
More than one tender from an individual, firm, partnership or association under the same or
different names will not be considered. Collusion between bidders will be sufficient cause for
rejection of all tenders so affected.
FORM OF AGREEMENT:
It is not necessary to complete the "Form of Agreement" when submitting your tender, but the
successful bidder shall be required to complete the form upon notification of the award of the
contract.
COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS: I
Bidders and Sub -Contractors must be capable of performing the various items of work bid upon.
They may be required to furnish a statement covering experience on similar work, list of
machinery available for the proposed work, and such statements of their financial resources as
may be deemed necessary.
SUB -CONTRACTORS: I
The Engineer shall reserve the right to review the Sub -Contractors proposed at the time of
tendering and to approve any Sub -Contractors proposed after the contract is awarded.
1
110)
1
1
1
F
11)
IB-3
TENDER ACCEPTANCE:
Contractors are notified that any unbalanced items, errors, or omissions in the tender may render
the tender invalid.
Contractors are notified that each tender shall continue open to acceptance by the Owner until
the formal contract is executed by the successful bidder or until at least thirty (30) days after the
tender closing date, whichever occurs first. The Owner may at any time within that period,
without notice, accept this tender whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not.
The accepted bidder may also be required to furnish a Clearance Certificate from the Workplace
Safety and Insurance Board.
AGREEMENT TO BOND AND PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS:
Bidders must have the "Agreement to Bond" forms of this contract completed by their Bonding
Company, and the same must be submitted with their tender in order to validate their bid.
The Contractor, upon receipt of written notice from the Owner awarding the contract, shall
provide a Performance Bond and a separate Labour and Material Payment Bond, each in the
amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total tender to guarantee the performance of all
obligations of the contract. These Bonds shall be supplied to the Owner within ten (10) days of
the acceptance of the tender, and shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
INSURANCE:
In addition to the requirements stated in the General Conditions for Contractor's insurance, the
following will apply:
a) Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall provide policies of General Liability, Automobile
Liability and Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance to the requirements of Sections
GC6.03.02, GC6.03.03 and GC6.03.04 respectively.
b) Property and Boiler Insurance: No Property or Boiler Insurance will be required for this
contract.
c) All other insurance provisions of Section GC6 of the General Conditions shall apply.
COMPLETION DATE AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:
a) Time:
Time shall be the essence of this agreement.
b) Progress of the Work and Time for Completion:
The Contractor shall complete this contract in its entirety by:
Part 1— June 1, 2002
and the contract in its entirety — July 15, 2002
IB4 I
If this time limit above specified is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the
Contractor working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single daylight shift
basis, it is expected that additional and/or augmented daylight shifts will be required
throughout the life of the contract to the extent deemed necessary by the Contractor to ensure
that the work will be completed within the time limit specified. Any additional costs
occasioned by compliance with these provisions will be considered to be included in the
prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefore.
If the Contractor is delayed in the completion of the work,
1)
by reason of changes or alterations made under Section GC3.11 of the General
Conditions;
2)
by reason of any breach of contract or prevention by the Owner or other Contractor of
,
the Owner or any employee of any one of them;
3)
by reason of delay by the Owner issuing instructions or information or in delivering
materials;
4)
by any other act or neglect of the Owner or any other Contractor of the Owner or any
employee of any one of them;
5)
for any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor;
or
6)
by Acts of God, or of the Public Enemy, Acts of the Province or of any Foreign State,
Fire, Floods, Epidemics, Quarantine Restrictions, Embargoes or delays of Sub -
Contractors due to such causes, the time of completion shall be extended in writing at
any time on such terms and for such period as shall be determined by the Engineer, and
notwithstanding such extensions, time shall continue to be deemed of the essence of this
contract.
An application by the Contractor for an extension of time as herein provided shall be made to
the Owner in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date of completion fixed by the
contract. All bonds or other surety furnished to the Owner by the Contractor shall be
amended where necessary at the expense of the Contractor to provide coverage beyond the
date of any extension of time granted, and the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with
evidence of such amendment of the bonds or other surety.
Any extension of time that may be granted to the Contractor shall be so granted and accepted
without prejudice to any rights of the Owner whatsoever under this contract, and all such
rights shall continue in full force and effect after the time limited in this contract for the
completion of the work and whenever in this contract power and authority is given to the
Owner or the Engineer or any person to take any action consequent upon the act, default,
breach, neglect, delay, non -observance or non-performance by the Contractor in respect of the
work or contract, or any portion thereof, such powers or authorities may be exercised from
time to time and not only in the event of the happening of such contingencies before the time
limited in this contract for the completion of the work but also in the event of the same
happening after the time so limited in the case of the Contractor being permitted to proceed
with the execution of the work under an extension of time granted by the Engineer.
1
1
1
u
I
fi
IB-5
c) Liquidated Damages:
It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the contract
is not finished or completed within the date of completion, damages will be sustained by the
Owner, and that it is and will be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and
determine the actual damage which the Owner will sustain in the event of and by reason of
such delay and the parties hereto agree that the Contractor will pay to the Owner the sum of
Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per day for liquidated damages for each and every calendar
day's delay in finishing the work beyond the date of completion prescribed, and it is agreed
that this amount is an estimate of actual damage to the Owner which will accrue during the
period in excess of the prescribed date of completion.
The Owner may deduct any amount under this paragraph from any monies that may be due or
payable to the Contractor on any account whatsoever. The liquidated damages payable under
this paragraph are in addition to and without prejudice to any other remedy, action or other
alternative that may be available to the Owner.
14) MATERIALS:
a) Supply of Materials:
Unless otherwise specifically designated, the Contractor shall supply all materials required
under this contract.
b) Materials Ordered by the Owner:
Where the contract specifies that a material will be supplied by the Owner, such materials
shall be delivered to the job site or to a local storage centre designated by the Owner.
Once such materials are delivered to the job site or are picked up by the Contractor from a
designated storage area, the Contractor shall be responsible for all handling, hauling, or
storage of materials, including excess materials.
c) Care of Material Supplied by the Owner:
The Contractor shall in advance of receipt of shipments of materials provide adequate and
proper storage facilities satisfactory to the Engineer, and on the receipt of such shipments,
shall promptly place the materials in storage except where they are to be incorporated
forthwith into the work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the acceptance at the point of delivery and for the
safe handling and storage of all materials supplied by the Owner. Materials damaged while
under control of the Contractor shall be replaced or repaired, at the Contractor's expense, to
the satisfaction of the Engineer. Materials rejected by the Engineer or Inspector for reasons
due to no fault of the Contractor shall remain in the care and at the risk of the Contractor
until their disposition has been determined by the Engineer.
i
I
15)
IB-6 I
Where material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition
or where there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on
the Bills of Lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or shortages to the
Engineer who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the '
Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such shortages or damage. Where
shortages or damage are not so reported, it will be assumed that the shipment arrived in good
order and shortages or damaged materials will henceforth be made good at the Contractor's
expense.
The full amount of material in each shipment shall be accounted for by the Contractor, and
the material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after delivery. Material supplied to the
Contractor by the Owner shall not, except with the written permission of the Engineer, be
used for purposes other than the performance of the work under the contract.
Empty reels, crates and containers from materials supplied by the Owner shall become the
property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site, unless otherwise specified in
the contract documents. ■
The Contractor shall provide the Owner immediately upon receipt of each shipment copies of
Bills of Lading or such other documentation as the Engineer may require to substantiate and
reconcile the quantities of materials received.
d) Materials Supplied in Advance: I
Where materials supplied by the Owner are ordered and stockpiled, or stored, prior to the
award of the contract, the Contractor shall at his own expense immediately upon
commencement of operations, check the materials, report to the Engineer any shortages,
errors or damage, and take charge of the materials at the stockpile or storage site.
Where shortages or damage are not so reported by the Contractor, it shall be assumed that the
shipment arrived in good order and shortages or damaged materials shall henceforth be made
good at the Contractor's expense.
e) Contractor's Responsibility for Materials on the Site:
If the Contractor has received materials from the Owner, or has caused materials to be
delivered to the site, and should any of these materials be lost, misused, stolen, damaged in
any way, or deteriorated, the Contractor shall be responsible for replacing all such materials
at his own expense.
DISPOSAL AND USE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS:
Material excavated in carrying out the work of the various tender items included in this contract
and which is unsuitable for or which is surplus to the requirements for backfill or embankment
construction, shall be disposed of either within or outside the contract limits as set out elsewhere
in the contract.
IIB
The contract price for the item requiring such work shall be compensation in full for excavating,
loading, hauling, placing and trimming and for all other work which may be required to dispose of
the unsuitable or surplus material and for providing a suitable site for material which is to be
disposed of outside the contract limits.
16) DISPOSAL OF WASTE ASPHALT:
'
Asphalt pavement and/or prime surface asphalt required for removal in carrying out the work of
the various tender items included in this contract shall be disposed of either within the roadbed or
outside the contract limits.
Disposal outside the contract limits shall be at a certified waste disposal site for asphalt.
Disposal of asphalt within the roadbed must be crushed and not contaminated with non -granular
material. The crushed asphalt may be used for backfill to sewers or as selected fill material.
The contract price for the item requiring such work shall be full compensation for excavating,
crushing, loading, hauling, and levelling and for all other work which may be required to dispose
of the asphalt material and for providing a suitable site for material which is to be disposed of
within the roadbed or outside the contract limits.
17) DUST CONTROL:
The Contractor shall take such steps as may be required to prevent dust nuisance resulting from
the. operations either within the contract limits, on detours, or elsewhere, or by public traffic,
where it is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain a roadway through the work.
Where the work requires the sawing of asphalt or the sawing or grinding of concrete, blades and
grinders of the wet type shall be used together with sufficient water to prevent the incidence of
dust, wherever dust would affect traffic or wherever dust would be a nuisance to residents of the
area where the work is being carried out.
The cost of all preventative measures required by the Engineer outside the limits of the contract
shall be borne by the Contractor. The cost of such measures within the contract shall be borne by
the Contractor except in contracts where tender items include "Water for Compaction and Dust
Control" or "Calcium Chloride" or both. In such cases, the Contractor shall be paid by the Owner
at the contract unit price(s) for the appropriate item(s).
18) FIRST AID EQUIPMENT:
The Contractor shall provide and maintain the necessary first aid items and equipment called for
under the First Aid Regulations of the Worker's Compensation Act.
1
IB-8 I
19) TAXES:
a) Ontario Retail Sales Tax:
Contractors shall pay any applicable Ontario Retail Sales Tax and include this price in their
bids.
b) Federal Goods and Services Tax:
The 7% Federal Goods and Services Tax will be paid on all work performed within the
contract. It will be listed as a separate item on all tender documents and adjusted on final
payment in accordance with the final contract price.
20) REGULATION OF PITS AND QUARRIES:
Bill 120, An Act to Regulate Pits and Quarries and to Provide for their Rehabilitation shall be
applicable in such parts of Ontario as the Lieutenant Governor shall from time to time designate
by Regulation.
All costs related to this specification will be deemed to have been included in the appropriate
tender items and no separate payment will be made therefore.
21) SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL:
22)
23)
All existing materials along the line of construction deemed salvageable by the Engineer shall be
delivered to the storage site designated by the Engineer. All other materials that, in the opinion of
the Engineer, cannot be salvaged shall be disposed of outside the limits of the contract, as directed
by the Engineer or at locations arranged for by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor
will be responsible for all clean-up after construction to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer.
SOILS INVESTIGATION REPORT:
If a soils investigation were performed for this contract, the report will be made available at the
office of the Consulting Engineer for inspection by any Bidder; but, at the same time, the office of
the Consulting Engineer assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions which may be
inherent in the soils report.
UTILITY POLE LINES:
Information on the removal or relocation of utility pole lines, restriction of blasting operations,
etc. may be obtained from the Utility Firm concerned. The poles supporting utility lines
immediately adjacent to the areas of excavation shall be adequately supported and protected to the
satisfaction of the Utility Manager and the Engineer. Care shall be taken to ensure that all poles
remain vertical following completion of the work.
I
11
u
1
�1
I
P,
J
1
11
1
['I
I
1
•
24) UNDERGROUND UTILITIES:
The location and depth of underground utilities shown on the contract drawings are based on the
investigations made by the Consultant. It is, however, the Contractor's responsibility to contact
the Municipal Authorities or Utility Companies for further information in regard to the exact
location of these utilities or other utilities not shown on the drawings to exercise the necessary
care in construction operations and to take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard
the utilities from damage. This provision shall also apply to all storm and sanitary sewers, and the
Contractor shall be completely responsible for the replacement or repair of any utilities or sewers
damaged because of their operations.
Whenever utilities of the Union Gas Company of Canada are encountered, the Contractor shall
adhere to the requirements for pipe support as provided by the Utility Company.
25) OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT
The Contractor's attention is drawn to the regulations issued by the Ministry of Labour for the
Province of Ontario under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. The Contractor acknowledges
that they will comply with these regulations and that they will be the Constructor under said Act
as it relates to the completion of this contract.
26) CONTRACT RELEASE:
Prior to receiving final payment, the Contractor will be required to complete in triplicate a
Contract Release on the form bound herein.
27) USE OF PREMISES:
The Contractor shall confine the apparatus, the storage of materials, and the operations of workers
to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits or directions of the Engineer and shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with materials. Use of any adjacent property for storage
purposes will be the Contractor's full responsibility and will in no way involve the Owner. The
Contractor shall secure permission from each property owner before trespassing on any property.
28) PERMIT FOR TAKING WATER IN EXCESS OF 50,000 LITRES PER DAY:
Where the Contractor will require water in excess of 50,000 litres per day, a permit must be
obtained as per The Ontario Water Resources Act. A permit may be obtained by making an
application to the Ministry of the Environment.
29) HOT MIX PLANT -- ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT:
The attention of the Contractor is drawn to the Environmental Protection Act, RSO 1980, and
regulations under this Act. Compliance with these regulations does not relieve the Contractor of
contractual obligations as set out in the General Conditions, Section GC7.01.
IB-10 I
30) RESTRICTIONS ON OPEN BURNING:
To conform with the Environmental Protection Act RSO 1980, open burning may be carried out
only under the following conditions:
1)
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for conducting open burning in accordance
with the safety measures required by police and fire services and the Ministry of Natural
Resources and other regulatory bodies having jurisdiction.
2)
The Contractor shall inform the District Officer of the Regional Operations Division of the
Ministry of Environment and Energy, one week in advance, of the date when burning will
commence.
3)
All open fires shall be limited as much as possible to daylight hours.
4)
All open fires shall be attended at all times.
5)
6)
Open fires shall not be located within 150 in of any occupied dwelling.
No open fires shall be maintained when the wind is in such a direction as to cause a decrease
in visibility on any highway.
7)
Open fires shall not be started on days of adverse weather such as rain, fog, or other
conditions that prevent the ready dispersion of smoke. During the fire season this condition
may be exempted in the fire zone, provided there are no occupied dwellings within 600 m.
8)
Materials to be burnt shall consist of wood wastes only and shall not be burnt in such a
manner as to cause odour, excessive smoke or other material discomfort to nearby
receptors.
9)
Debris from open fires shall not be piled adjacent to or discharged into watercourses.
10)
Open fires shall not be located between Sta. and Sta. . Where open burning is
prohibited or impractical in specific areas of this contract, brush and debris may, as an
alternative to burning, be disposed of outside the right-of-way in a manner approved by the
Engineer, so as not to be unsightly or potentially unsightly from any highway. The
Contractor shall arrange for disposal areas at his own expense.
31) NIGHT, SUNDAY, AND HOLIDAY WORK:
Night time or Sunday work shall not be permitted, except in the case of emergency, and then only
with the written permission of the Engineer and to such extent as he/she may judge to be
necessary.
The Contractor shall, as far as possible, refrain from work on days which are legal holidays in
Ontario.
32) ABSENCE OF ENGINEER AND AGENT:
The Owner may appoint an engineer or firm of consulting engineers as agent of the Engineer for
the purpose of inspecting the work performed under this contract. In the absence of the Engineer
or a duly appointed agent, any assistants who have been designated by the agent to superintend the
work shall have full power to decide as to the manner of conducting and executing the works in
every particular, and the Contractor shall follow the instructions or orders of the person so
designated.
Ci
IB-11
1 33) DRAINAGE:
The Contractor shall keep all portions of the work properly and efficiently drained during
1 construction and until completion, and will be held responsible for all damage which may be
caused or result from water backing up or flowing over, through, from or along any part of the
works, or which any of the operations may cause to flow elsewhere.
34) BRIBERY:
Should the Contractor or any of the agents give or offer any gratuity to, or attempt to bribe any
officer or servant of the Owner, the Owner shall be at liberty to cancel the contract forthwith or to
direct the Engineer to take the whole or any part of the works out of the hands of the Contractor.
Bribery shall be considered as non -fulfilment of the contract by the Contractor.
1 35) PROVISIONS FOR TRAFFIC, ACCESS, AND PROTECTION:
a) Urban Areas:
Traffic shall be maintained at all times during construction for private access, but detours to
streets adjacent to the work will be permitted with permission from the Engineer. When
requested by the Engineer, the roadway shall be kept open by placing sufficient granular
material to carry traffic.
If it is desirable to detour traffic during the construction of any part of the work, the
Contractor shall supply, place and maintain proper detour signs, including adequate
barricades and lights to clearly mark such detours throughout their entire length to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. The routing of such detours will be approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall be responsible for grading and maintaining any streets used as detours
or haul roads and shall restore these roads to their original condition. The Engineer may
require that Granular "A" or Calcium Chloride be applied at the Contractor's expense to a
street before allowing its use as a detour, or during the period of use.
Ib Rural Areas:
If required under the Special Provision item, the Contractor shall construct a detour to carry
vehicular traffic. The Contractor shall place proper detour signs, including adequate
barricades and lights to clearly mark this detour throughout the entire length and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
c) General:
The Contractor shall be responsible for signing and it shall be as per the Ontario Traffic
Manual for roadway work operations under OTM Book 7 (Temporary Conditions). As per
Book 7, the Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan a minimum of one week prior to
any necessary traffic control measures. A copy of this plan will be kept on file by the
Owner.
IB-12 I
The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining proper signs, barricades, and lights at all
points along the line of construction that may be hazardous. The Contractor will provide
good vehicular access at all times, for all residents who presently have access along the line
of construction.
Where applicable, the Contractor shall supply an adequate number of flagmen/women to ,
direct traffic at all times during construction as required by the Engineer.
36) COLD WEATHER CONCRETE: ,
Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Special Provisions, the Contractor is to note that no
additional payment will be made for heating of concrete or housing of structure and heating of the
housing enclosure.
37) FALSEWORK: r
All falsework drawings shall bear the seal and signature of a Professional Engineer who is a
member of or is licensed by the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario. The drawings
shall include the following information: The type of work and grade of all materials, including
sills to be used in the falsework; Design loads on mud sills or other falsework supports;
Horizontal forces imposed on the falsework and used for design purposes; Details of splices of
supports for motorized finishing machines, and the like.
The grades and stresses of all materials shall be in accordance with the Canadian Standards
Association (C.S.A.) latest revisions to standards CAN 086.1-M and S269.L
The deflection of beams used for falsework shall be limited to 1/360 of the span.
38) EXCESS LOADING OF MOTOR VEHICLES:
For the purpose of this contract, payment for weighed items is as follows:
"Vehicles hauling material being measured for payment by weight will be paid for the actual
amount of material hauled.
This shall not be construed to mean that the Owner condones excess loading of motor
vehicles and in no way permits the overloading of vehicles or absolves the Contractor from
complying with the provisions of the Highway Traffic Act."
39) PROTECTION OF TREES: I
The Contractor's operations shall not cause damage to the trunk or branches of trees, or flooding
or sediment deposits on areas where trees are not designated for removal.
Protective measures shall be taken to safeguard trees from contract , o erationsequipment and
P
vehicles. Equipment or vehicles shall not be parked, repaired, refuelled, construction materials
shall not be stored, and earth materials shall not be stockpiled within the dripline area of any tree
not designated for removal. Where the contract requires work within the dripline of trees,
operation of equipment shall be kept to the minimum necessary to perform the work required.
[1
IB-13
1 Within five calendar days of any damaged that may occur, branches 25 mm or greater in diameter
that are broken, shall be cut back cleanly at the break or to within 10 mm of their base, if a
substantial portion of the branch is damaged.
1
1
Ll
1
f]
I
D
CI
Roots 25 mm or larger in diameter that are exposed by the Contractor's operation shall be cut back
cleanly to the soil surface within five calendar days of exposure. Bark that is damaged by the
Contractor's operation shall be neatly trimmed back to uninjured bark, without causing further
injury, within five calendar days of damage. All damaged areas shall be treated with an approved
tree paint after trimming of damaged section of tree.
40) ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS:
The Contractor is hereby advised that the use of the Ontario Provincial Standards are included in
this contract and to be used where applicable.
41) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE:
5% of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 12 months following the date of
substantial performance as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the
contract. This amount will be released without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period.
The maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10% holdback required by the
Construction Lien Act. The holdback will be retained by the owner, commencing during the latter
part of the period of construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80%
complete.
No alternate forms of security will be considered.
42) GARBAGE COLLECTION AND BLUE BOX RECYCLING:
The Contractor shall be responsible for co-ordinating the collection of all garbage and blue box
recycling, within the limits of the contract during construction, with the appropriate authority.
43) LUMP SUM FOR MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION:
Item No. 78 in the Form of Tender is to cover the Contractor's cost of mobilization at the
beginning of the construction period and demobilization at the close of the construction period.
The price entered for this item shall be consistent with the costs involved but shall not, in any
event, exceed ten percent (10%) of the total tender price.
If the Tenderer has entered against this item in his tender a price in excess of 10% of the total
tender price, the Owner shall, in preparing contract documents based upon the tender, reduce the
price for the said item to an amount not exceeding 10% of the total tender price and shall add the
amount of the reduction to the price for the "Lump Sum for Other Requirements" item so that the
total tender price shall not be affected.
Sixty percent (60%) of the price for the Mobilization and Demobilization item shall be considered
as relating to mobilization and the balance to demobilization.
11
IB-14
The payment for mobilization shall be included in the first payment certificate issued for the
contract subject to the Engineer being satisfied that full mobilization has been carried out. If the
Engineer is not so satisfied, he shall allow a payment which, in his opinion, reflects the degree of
mobilization effected to date.
The payment for demobilization shall become due following substantial completion of the works
and subject to the Engineer being satisfied that full demobilization has been carried out. The
Engineer may, in his discretion, allow partial payment for demobilization before full
demobilization has been effected.
44) LUMP SUM FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS:
In Item No. 79 of the Form of Tender, the Tenderer shall enter his tender price for providing items
such as watchmen, permits and approvals (other than those to be paid for by the Owner), items
required by the Drawings or Specifications but which have been omitted from the Schedule of
Items and Prices and other items required by the contract but not specifically covered by or related
to the other items in the Schedule of Items and Prices.
Each progress payment certificate will include a percentage of the tender price for this item in
proportion to the percentage of the permanent works completed.
The submission by a tenderer of an unbalanced price for this item renders the tender liable to
disqualification.
1
1
1
I
L
T-1
FORM OF TENDER
Municipality of Kincardine
Streetscape Reconstruction
Contract No. 00058
Tender by: Lavis Contracting Co. Limited
residing at: R. R. #2, Clinton, Ontario. NOM 1 L0
' a company duly incorporated under the laws of Ontario
and having its head office at R. R. #2, Clinton, Ontario
hereinafter called the Bidder
To -- Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine
I/We: Lavis Contracting Co. Limited
having carefully examined the locality and site of the proposed works and all contract documents relating
thereto, including the Plans, Specifications, Drawings, Profiles, Form of Tender, Information to Bidders,
General Conditions, Spec��fiiWcusive,
visions, Form of Agreement, Form of Contract Bond and Addendum/
Addenda Numbers 1 todf* hereby tender and offer in accordance therewith to enter
into a contract within the prescribed time, to construct the said work in strict accordance with the contract
documents and such further detail drawings as may be supplied from time to time, and to furnish all labor
materials, tools, plant, matters and things necessary therefor, complete and ready for use within the time
specified for the sum of
--- Six Hundred and Seventy -Eight Thousand, Eight Hundred and Thirty -Seven Dollars and Eighty -Five C
' ($678,837.85)
or such other sum as is determined from the actual measured quantities at the unit prices set forth in the
Tender.
* The bidder will insert here the number of the Addenda received during the tendering period and
taken into account when preparing the Tender.
T-2
THE AFORESAID SUM IS MADE UP AS FOLLOWS:
SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND PRICES
'
No. of
Item
Spec. #
Description
Ducts/Size Qty./Unit
Price
Amount
Part 1 - HARBOUR STREET
ROADWORK
1
N/A
2
206, SP
Earth excavation
800 m3
6.45
5,160.00
3
501,506
Water for compaction
80 m 3
4.40
352.00
'
4
506
Calcium
0.7 t
500.00
350.00
chloride
'
5
314, SP
Granular "A"
1600 t
10.10
16,160.00
6-7
N/A
8
310, SP
Hot Mix HL-3
25 t
98.00
2,450.00
'
9
310, SP
Hot Mix
125
HL-4
t
72.00
9,000.00
10
310, SP
Hot Mix Miscellaneous
60 m2
17.25
1,035.00
'
11
510, SP
Removal of bituminous pavement
615 m2
2.00
1,230.00
(outside excavation)
'
12
408, SP
Adjust existing maintenance holes &
5 Ea.
205.00
1,025.00
catch basins
'
13
SP
Supply maintenance hole covers
1 Ea.
247.00
247.00
and/or catch basin frames and grates
T-3
No. of
Item
Spec. #
Description
Ducts/Size Qty./Unit
Price
Amount
14
510, SP
Removal of existing maintenance
holes and catch basins
a)
Maintenance holes
1 Ea.
525.00
525.00
b)
Catch basins
4 Ea.
105.00
420.00
15
510, SP
Removal of concrete curb and gutter
175 m
4.75
831.25
16
353, SP
Concrete curb and gutter (all types)
408 m
30.85
12,586.80
17
510, SP
Removal of concrete sidewalk &
670 m2
7.05
4,723.50
drives
18
351, SP
Place concrete sidewalk and drives
a)
150 mm
575 m2
39.00
22,425.00
b)
200 mm
120 m2
48.25
5,790.00
19
355, SP
Remove and replace precast
23 m2
39.50
908.50
concrete unit pavers
20
SP
Place precast concrete unit pavers
a)
Romanesque
640 m2
37.75
24,160.00
b)
Avenue 4 x 8
840 m2
35.10
29,484.00
21
570, SP
Topsoil (imported)
a)
Lawn areas (100mm min.)
200 m2
2.75
550.00
b)
Planting beds (600mm min.)
460 m2
16.50
7,590.00
22
571, SP
Sodding (nursery, unstaked)
200 m2
4.00
800.00
23
N/A
24
N/A
Sub -Total Roadwork --
147,803.05
T-4
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
STORM SEWERS
25 410, 507, Supply, excavate for and place storm
SP pipe sewers including bedding,
granular backfill
a) 300 mm CL-ES concrete or equiv.
b) 450 mm CL-ES concrete or equiv.
(incl. rest. and connection to
existing)
26 407, SP Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill catch basins
including frames and grates
a) 600 mm x 600 mm (OPSD 705.010)
27 407, SP Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill, precast maintenance holes
and maintenance hole catch basins,
including frame and grates
1200 mm manhole (701.010)
28 407, SP Relocate existing catch basins
29 410, SP Reconnect existing drains and
services (up to 250 mm dia.)
a) up to 250mm dia.
b) 50mm ABS drain for water feature
Sub -Total Storm Sewers --
SANITARY SEWERS
30 410, SP Supply, excavate for and place PVC
sanitary sewer pipe incl. bedding
and native backfill
19 m 87.50 1,662.50
10 m 195.00 1,950.00
4 Ea. 950.00 3,800.00
1 Ea. 2,495.00 2,495.00
1 Ea. 555.00 555.00
25 m 45.00 1,125.00
10 m 22.00 220.00
11,807.50
a) 250 mm SDR-35 181 m 150.00 27,150.00
T-5
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
31 410, 507, Supply, excavate for and place
SP PVC SDR-28 sanitary service pipe
incl. bedding, native backfill and
restoration beyond the general
grading operations & connection to
existing
a) 125 mm dia. 42 m 185.00 7,770.00
b) 150 mm dia. 25 in 150.00 3,750.00
32 407, SP Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill 1200 mm precast
maintenance holes (OPSD 701.010)
incl. benching, frame and cover
2 Ea. 5,435.00 10,870.00
33 407, SP Supply and install safety platforms 1 Ea. 730.00 730.00
(1200 mm)
34 410, SP Sewer service cleanout construction 10 Ea. 135.00 1,350.00
Sub -Total Sanitary Sewers --
WATERMAINS
35-36 N/A
37 701, SP Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill water service fitting, incl.
tapping main and all connections
51,620.00
a)
19 mm main stops
4 Ea.
250.00
1,000.00
b)
50 mm main stops
2 Ea.
270.00
540.00
c)
Ground hydrants
4 Ea.
600.00
2,400.00
d)
19 mm curb stop
1 Ea,
150.00
150.00
e)
50 mm curb stop
1 Ea.
424.00
424.00
Mel
No. of
Item
Spec. #
Description
Ducts/Size Qty./Unit
Price
Amount
38
701, SP
Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill water services, including
bedding, testing, disinfection and
all required connections, cathodic
protection, native backfill and
restoration beyond the general
grading operations
a)
19 mm dia. copper service tubing
15 m
60.00
900.00
installed by trenching
b)
50 mm dia. copper service tubing
26 m
40.00
1,040.00
installed by trenching
39
N/A
Sub -Total Watermain --
6,454.00
LANDSCAPE ITEMS
40
SP
Precast concrete block planters
121 m
165.00
19,965.00
41
SP
Precast concrete block retaining wall
47 m
264.00
12,408.00
42
SP
Brick piers for fencing
6 Ea.
1,425.00
8,550.00
43
SP
Wrought iron fence and posts
a)
1219 mm high
24 m
349.00
8,376.00
b)
914 mm high
32 m
319.00
10,208.00
44
SP
Street name marker, incl. concrete
2 Ea.
745.00
1,490.00
base
45
SP
Benches
8 Ea.
1,885.00
15,080.00
46
SP
Trash receptacles
5 Ea.
1,360.00
6,800.00
47
SP
Bicycle racks
5 Ea.
940.00
4,700.00
T-7
No. of
Item
Spec. #
Description
Ducts/Size
Qty./unit
Price
Amount
48
SP
Telephone Booth (double)
1 Ea.
3,170.00
3,170.00
49
N/A
50-51
N/A
52
SP
Water feature
1 L.S.
7,630.00
7,630.00
Sub -Total Landscaping Items --
98,377.00
ELECTRICAL ITEMS
53
603, SP
Supply, excavate for and install
75 mm of 100 mm PVC duct type
DB-2 for hydro
a)
Transformer to Boat 1
8-4
7
83.78
586.46
6-3
7
62.83
439.81
b)
Boat 1 to Boat 2
7-4
11
40.84
449.24
1-3
11
5.86
64.46
c)
Boat 2 to 3-3B, 3L
4-3
6
20.94
125.64
d)
Boat 1 to 3-G
1-4
9
6.11
54.99
3-3
9
18.15
163.35
e)
3G to 4I
1-4
23
4.61
106.03
2-3
23
9.22
212.06
f)
4I to 3H
2-3
19
9.77
185.63
g)
3H to 3I
1-3
17
7.68
130.56
h)
Boat 1 to 3F
2-3
16
10.82
173.12
i)
3F to MA
1-3
16
10.12
161.92
j)
MA to 3E
2-3
28
10.82
302.96
IV
No. of
Item Spec. #
Description
Ducts/Size
Qty./unit
Price
Amount
k)
3E to 3D
1-3
16
10.12
161.92
1)
Boat 2 to 4E
5-4
50
21.99
1,099.50
m)
4E to 4D
4-4
6
21.99
131.94
n)
4D to 4B, 4C
3-4
18
17.73
319.14
o)
4B, 4C to 4H
1-4
32
12.22
391.04
p)
Boat 2 to Boat 3
2-4
33
10.82
357.06
3-3
33
16.41
541.53
q)
Boat 3 to 3-3A
4-3
10
28.76
287.60
r)
Boat 3 to New Dip Pole
2-4
13
13.96
181.48
7-3
13
48.17
626.21
s)
Boat 3 to 4F
1-4
16
9.22
147.52
54 603, SP
Supply, excavate for and install
50 mm PVC duct type DB-2 for
street lights
a)
North Side (Lt)
1
151 m
11.30
1,706.30
b)
South Side (Rt)
1
168 m
9.20
1,545.60
c)
Transformer to Boat 1
3
7 m
16.40
114.80
d)
Boat 1 to Electrical Hand Hole
1
11 m
8.00
88.00
55 603, SP
Supply and install by directional
1
11 m
57.05
627.55
bore 50 mm PVC duct type DB-2
for street lights
T-9
'
Item Spec. #
Description
No. of
Ducts/Size
Qty./Unit
Price
Amount
56 603, SP
Excavate for and install 75 mm and
'
100 mm PVC duct supplied by
BMTS and CTV
'
St. Pedestal 1 N. Side
1-4
59
16.06
947.54
a)
Queen to
m
b)
3A to dip pole
1-4
23 m
24.37
560.51
1-3
23 m
24.37
560.51
'
c)
Pedestal 1 to Huron Terrace
1-4
129 m
2.58
332.82
N. Side
1-3
129 m
2.58
332.82
d
Pedestal 2 S. Side to 18 x 30
1-4
19 m
8.86
168.34
tub 1 N. Side
1-3
19 m
8.86
168.34
'
e
Pedestal 2 S. Side to 18 x 30
1-4
17 m
22.16
376.72
tub 2 S. Side
1-3
17 m
22.16
376.72
57 603, SP
Excavate for and install 38 mm
(1.5") polyethylene duct supplied
by BMTS
'
a)
Pedestal 3 to 4B, 4C
26 m
10.15
263.90
b)
No. 252 to 4B, 4C
16 m
24.00
384.00
c)
Tub 4 to 4D
7 m
38.77
271.39
d)
Tub 4 to Erie Belle
11 m
24.00
264.00
'
e)
Tub 1 to 3C
5 m
25.85
129.25
f)
Tub 1 to Pedestal 2
19 m
4.25
80.75
g)
Pedestal to Royal Apts.
27 m
9.97
269.19
h)
Pedestal 1 to 3E
38 m
14.03
533.14
ti)
Tub 2 to 3H
14 m
9.23
129.22
1
T-10
'
Item
Spec. #
Description
No. of
Ducts/Size Qty.iUnit
Price
Amount
j)
Tub 2 to 4I
5 m
26.96
134.80
k)
Tub 3 to No. 264
6 m
26.96
161.76
'
1)
Pedestal 2 3G
to
18 m
14.77
265.86
m)
Pedestal to 3F
23 m
11.63
267.49
'
58
SP
Excavate for and install 18 x 30
Tubs
4 Ea.
151.14
604.56
'
59
SP
Excavate for and install pedestals
1 Ea.
152.00
152.00
60
616, SP
Supply, excavate for and place
1 Ea.
520.00
520.00
300 mm dia. electrical handhole
OPSD 2112.01
61
616, SP
Supply, excavate for and place
1 Ea.
563.00
563.00
precast transformer vault
'
Sub -Total Electrical Items --
20 302.05
'
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
62
352, SP
Place concrete steps
1 L.S.
1,780.00
1,780.00
63
SP
Place wooden steps
'
a
Adjust wood steps at west end of
� p
1 L. S.
S
500.00
500.00
Harbour St.
64
510
Remove Fence
'
a)
Chain Link
35 m
10.00
350.00
b)
SBGR
9 m
10.00
90.00
T-11
No. or
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
65 SP Material and compaction testing --- DELETED ---
(quality control)
66-67 N/A
68 510 Removal of concrete 1 m3 300.00 300.00
Sub -Total Miscellaneous Items -- 3,020.00
Part 1 Summar
Sub -Total Roadwork -- '
147,803.05
Sub -Total Storm Sewers --
11,807.50
Sub -Total Sanitary Sewers --
51,620.00
Sub -Total Watermain --
6,454.00
Sub -Total Landscaping Items --
98,377.00
Sub -Total Electrical Items --
20,302.05
Sub -Total Miscellaneous Items --
3,020.00
TOTAL PART 1 --
339,383.60
Part 2 - "RABBIT HOLE" PARKETTE
ROADWORK
1 N/A
2 206, SP Earth excavation 60 m3 12.00 720.00
3-4 N/A
5 314, SP Granular "A" 110 t 15.00 1,650.00
6 N/A
7 SP Stabilized limestone screenings walk 94 m2 20.00 1,880.00
8 - 17 N/A
T-12
'
Item
Spec. #
Description
No. of
Ducts/Size QtY./Unit
Price
Amount
18
351, SP
Place concrete sidewalk and drives
'
a)
150 mm
15 m2
51.35
770.25
19
N/A
20
SP
Place recast concrete unit avers
P P
a)
Romanesque
120 m2
43.00
5,160.00
21
570, SP
Topsoil (imported)
885 m2
5.45
4,823.25
'
22
N/A
23
572, SP
Seed and mulch
885 in
1.75
1,548.75
24
301SP
Finegrading (approx. 1 000 m2 )
1 L.S.
1,500.00
1,500.00
Sub
-Total Roadwork --
18,052.25
'
STORM SEWERS
25-29
N/A
SANITARY SEWERS
30-34
N/A
WATERMAINS
35-36
N/A
37
701, SP
SuPP1Y� excavate for, Place and
backfill water service fitting, incl.
'
tapping main and all connections
a)
19 mm main stop
1 Ea.
350.00
350.00
b)
Ground hydrants
1 Ea.
760.00
760.00
T-13
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
38 701, SP Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill water services, including
bedding, testing, disinfection and
all required connections, cathodic
protection, native backfill and
restoration beyond the general
grading operations
a) 19 mm dia. copper service tubing 15 m 46.00 690.00
installed by trenching
39 N/A
Sub -Total Watermain --
LANDSCAPE ITEMS
40-44
N/A
45
SP
Benches
46
SP
Trash receptacles
47-48
N/A
49
SP
Picnic Tables
50
SP
Wood Screen Fence
51
SP
Guardrail
52
N/A
Sub -Total Landscaping Items --
1,800.00
2 Ea. 1,885.00 3,770.00
2 Ea. 1,360.00 2,720.00
3 Ea.
1,150.00
3,450.00
19.2 m
125.00
2,400.00
44 m
280.00
12,320.00
24,660.00
T-14
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
ELECTRICAL ITEMS
53 N/A
54 603, SP Supply, excavate for and install 67 m 21.00 1,407.00
50 mm PVC duct type DB-2 for
street lights
55-61 NIA
Sub -Total Electrical Items --
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
62-63 N/A
1,407.00
64 510 Remove Fence
a) Chain Link 60 m 4.00 240.00
65-68 N/A
Sub -Total Miscellaneous Items -- 240.00
Part 2 Summary
Sub -Total Roadwork -- 18,052.25
Sub -Total Watermain -- 1,800.00
Sub -Total Landscaping Items -- 24,660.00
Sub -Total Electrical Items -- 1,407.00
Sub -Total Miscellaneous Items -- 240.00
TOTAL PART 2 -- 46,159.25
T-15
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
Part 3 - DURHAM MARKET NORTH
ROADWORK
1 201, SP Grubbing (stumps all sizes) by 2 Ea. 175.00 350.00
mechanical stump cutter
2
206, SP
Earth excavation
1300 m3
8.00
10,400.00
3
501,506
Water for compaction
120 m3
4.40
528.00
4
506
Calcium chloride
2 t
500.00
1,000.00
5
314, SP
Granular "A"
900 t
12.10
10,890.00
6
314, SP
Granular "B"
1550 t
5.50
8,525.00
7-8
N/A
9
310, SP
Hot Mix HL-4
250 t
62.00
15,500.00
10
310, SP
Hot Mix Miscellaneous
80 m2
17.25
1,380.00
11
510, SP
Removal of bituminous pavement
290 m2
2.00
580.00
(outside excavation)
12
408, SP
Adjust existing maintenance holes &
5 Ea.
185.00
925.00
catch basins
13-14
N/A
15
510, SP
Removal of concrete curb and gutter
130 m
3.45
448.50
16
353, SP
Concrete curb and gutter (all types)
300 m
30.35
9,105.00
17
510, SP
Removal of concrete sidewalk and
150 m2
4.00
600.00
drives
T-16
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./unit Price Amount
18 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk and drives 50 m2 45.25 2,262.50
19 355, SP Remove and replace of concrete 2 m2 41.00 82.00
unit pavers
20 SP Place precast concrete unit pavers 20 m2 44.00 880.00
21 570, SP Topsoil (imported) 700 m2 2.75 1,925.00
22 571, SP Sodding (nursery, unstaked) 700 m2 4.00 2,800.00
23-24 N/A
Sub -Total Roadwork -- 68,181.00
STORM SEWERS
25
N/A
26 407, SP
Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill catch basins and/or twin
inlet catch basins, including frames
and grates
a)
600 mm x 600 mm (OPSD 705.010)
27-28
N/A
29 410, SP
Reconnect existing drains and
services (up to 250 mm dia.)
Sub -Total Storm Sewers --
SANITARY SEWERS
30-34
N/A
WATERMAINS
35-39
N/A
2 Ea. 1,225.00 2,450.00
10 m 30.00 300.00
2,750.00
T-17
No. or
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
LANDSCAPE ITEMS
40-52 N/A
ELECTRICAL ITEMS
53 603, SP Supply, excavate for and install 1 115 m
100 mm PVC duct for hydro
54 603, SP Supply, excavate for and install 1 235 m
50 mm PVC duct type DB-2 for
street lights
55 603, SP
Supply and install by directional 1
bore 100 mm PVC duct type DB-2
for street lights
56 603, SP
Excavate for and install 75 mm and 1-75
100 mm PVC duct supplied by 1-100
BMTS and CTV
57-61
N/A
Sub -Total Electrical Items --
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
62-65
N/A
66
Remove and replace wooden posts
67
Install wooden posts
68
N/A
Sub -Total Miscellaneous Items --
35.00 4,025.00
19.00 4,465.00
18 m 68.00 1,224.00
152 m 12.00 1,824.00
126 m 12.00 1,512.00
13,050.00
19 Ea. 16.50 313.50
34 Ea. 60.00 2,040.00
2,353.50
T-18
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
Part 3 Summary
Sub -Total Roadwork -- 68,181.00
Sub -Total Storm Sewers -- 2,750.00
Sub -Total Electrical Items -- 13,050.00
Sub -Total Miscellaneous Items -- 2,353.50
TOTAL PART 3 -- 86,334.50
Part 4 - PRINCES STREET
ROADWORK
1
N/A
2
206, SP
Earth excavation
3
501,506
Water for compaction
4
506
Calcium chloride
5
314, SP
Granular "A"
6
314, SP
Granular "B"
7-8
N/A
9
310, SP
Hot Mix HL-4
10
310, SP
Hot Mix Miscellaneous
11
510, SP
Removal of bituminous pavement
(outside excavation)
12
408, SP
Adjust existing maintenance holes &
catch basins
1000 m3
7.40
7,400.00
90 m3
4.40
396.00
1 t
500.00
500.00
650 t
11.10
7,215.00
1200 t
5.90
7,080.00
140 t
64.00
8,960.00
140 m2
17.25
2,415.00
340 m2
2.70
918.00
3 Ea.
185.00
555.00.
T-19
Item
Spec. #
Description
No. of
Ducts/Size Qty./unit
Price
Amount
13
N/A
14
510, SP
Removal of existing maintenance
holes and catch basins
a)
Catch basins
2 Ea.
100.00
200.00
15
510, SP
Removal of concrete curb and gutter
346 m
3.45
1,193.70
16
353, 507,
Concrete curb and gutter (all types)
SP
a)
Sta. 0+100 to Sta. 0+120
40 m
33.35
1,334.00
(incl. restoration)
b)
Sta. 0+120 to Sta. 0+225
306 m
30.35
9,287.10
17 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk 35 m2 14.00 490.00
and drives
18 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk and drives 35 m2 45.25 1,583.75
19-20 N/A
21 570, SP Topsoil (imported) 800 m2 2.75 2,200.00
22 571, SP Sodding (nursery, unstaked) 800 m2 4.00 3,200.00
23-24 N/A
Sub -Total Roadwork -- 54,927.55
STORM SEWERS
25 410, 507, Supply, excavate for and place storm
SP pipe sewers including bedding,
granular backfill
a) 300 mm CL-ES concrete or equiv. 13.5 m 80.00 1,080.00
(incl. rest.)
b) 300 mm CL-ES concrete or equiv. 75.5 m 72.00 5,436.00
T-20
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
26 407, SP Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill catch basins and/or twin
inlet catch basins, including frames
and grates
a) 600 mm x 600 mm (OPSD 705.010)
27 407, SP Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill precast maintenance holes
and maintenance hole catch basins
including frames and grates
a) 1200 mm manhole (701.010)
28 407, SP Relocate existing catch basins
29 410, SP . Reconnect existing drains and
services (up to 250 mm dia.)
Sub -Total Storm Sewers --
SANITARY SEWERS
30-34 N/A
WATERMAINS
35 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place PVC
SP watermain including cathodic
protection, bedding, granular backfill
and restoration beyond the general
grading operations
a) 150 mm CL-150 (DR-18) incl.
restoration
b) 150 mm CL-150 (DR-18)
1 Ea. 950.00 950.00
1 Ea. 2,500.00 2,500.00
1 Ea. 555.00 555.00
20 m 30.00 600.00
11,121.00
30 m
140 m
90.00 2,700.00
80.00 11,200.00
T-21
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.
1
1
1
1
1
1
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./unit Price Amount
36 507, 701, Supply, excavate for, place and
SP backfill ductile iron fittings, incl.
mechanical thrust restraints, thrust
blocking or anchoring
a)
150 min dia. gate valves
1 Ea.
650.00
650.00
b)
150 x 150 x 150 mm tees
1 Ea.
325.00
325.00
c)
Connect to existing watermain
2 Ea.
790.00
1,580.00
d)
Reconnect fire hydrants
1 Ea.
700.00
700.00
37 701, SP Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill water service fitting, incl.
tapping main and all connections
a)
19 min main stops
14 Ea.
250.00
3,500.00
b)
19 mm curb stops
14 Ea.
50.00
700.00
c)
Broadband Saddle
14 Ea.
70.00
980.00
38 701, SP Supply, excavate for, place and
backfill water services, including
bedding, testing, disinfection and
all required connections, cathodic
protection, native backfill and
restoration beyond the general
grading operations
a) 19 mm dia. copper service tubing
installed by trenching
39 507, SP Swabbing, .testing, flushing,
disinfection and sampling
Sub -Total Watermains --
LANDSCAPE ITEMS
40-52 N/A
ELECTRICAL ITEMS
53-61 N/A
145 in 43.00 6,235.00
1 L.S. 790.00 790.00
29,360.00
T-22
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty.[Unit Price Amount
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
62-68 N/A
Part 4 Summary
Sub -Total Roadwork -- 54,927.55
Sub -Total Storm Sewers -- 11,121.00
Sub -Total Watermains -- 29,360.00
TOTAL PART 4 -- 959408.55
PROVISIONAL ITEMS -- PARTS 14 INCLUSIVE
69 206, 514,
Additional trench excavation in
50 m3 4.50 225.00
SP
proposed trench bottom where
unsuitable soils are encountered,
incl. removal from site
70 314, 514,
Supply and place approved imported
125 t 8.00 1,000.00
SP
granular material in sewer trenches
where native material is unsuitable,
including removal of a similar amount
of unsuitable material
71 314, SP
Supply and place 20 mm dia. stone
100 t 8.00 800.00
bedding where conditions warrant &
as directed
72 314, SP
Supply and place imported granular
100 t 7.00 700.00
bedding where conditions warrant
and as directed
73 314, SP Unshrinkable backfill 30 m3 100.00 3,000.00
T-23
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
74 355, 507, Supply, excavate for and place 233 mZ 49.00 11,417.00
SP precast concrete unit pavers incl.
Granular "A" base and restoration.
Location: around flag pole base
at the west end of Harbour Street
Sub -Total Provisional Items - Parts 1-4 Inclusive --
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS -- PARTS 1-4 INCLUSIVE
75 SP Cost of 100% Performance and
100% Labour and Material Payment
Bonds and cost of insurance
76 SP Material and compaction testing
(Quality Control)
77 SP Contingencies
78 Mobilization and demobilization at
the job site of offices, stores,
conveniences, other temporary
facilities, construction plant and
other items not required to form part
of the permanents and not covered
by other items of the Schedule of
Items and Prices (refer to Item 43 of
Information to Bidders)
79 Lump sum to cover all other
requirements of the contract not
specifically covered by or related
.to the preceding items (refer to Item
44 of Information to Bidders)
17,142.00
1 L. S. 7,100.00 7,100.00
1 L.S. 10,000.00 10,000.00
1 L.S. 20,000.00 20,000.00
1 L.S. 11,900.00 11,900.00
1 L.S. 1,000.00 1,000.00
Sub -Total Miscellaneous Items - Parts 1-4 Inclusive — 50,000.00
T-24
No. of
Item Spec. # Description Ducts/Size Qty./Unit Price Amount
TENDER SUMMARY
Total Part 1 - HARBOUR STREET
Total Part 2 - "RABBIT HOLE" PARKETTE
Total Part 3 - DURHAM MARKET NORTH
Total Part 4 - PRINCES STREET
Total PROVISIONAL - Parts 1-4 Inclusive
Total MISCELLANEOUS - Parts 14 Inclusive
Sub -Total
7% G.S.T.
339,383.60
46,159.25
86,334.50
95,408.55
17,142.00
50,000.00
634,427.90
44,409.95
TOTAL TENDER 678,837.85
I T-A
I
STANDARD TENDER REQUIREMENTS
I/We agree to complete the work within the time specified in the Information to Bidders.
' I/We also agree that this Tender is subject to a formal contract being prepared and
executed.
I/We also agree that the Municipality shall have the option of:
Deleting any Part or Parts shown in the Tender.
In submitting this Tender for the work, the Tenderer further declares:
(a)
That no person, firm or corporation other than the one whose signature or seal is attached
'
below, has any interest in this tender or in the contract proposed to be taken;
(b)
That this tender is made without any connection, knowledge, comparison of figures or
arrangement with any other company, firm or person making a tender for the same work
and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud;
(c)
That no member of the Municipal Council or any officer of the Owner will become
interested directly or indirectly as a contracting party without disclosing his interest and
1
otherwise complying with "the Municipal Conflict of Interest Act, 1983";
(d)
That the offer shown in the Schedule of Items and Prices is to continue open to acceptance
until the formal contract is executed by the successful Tenderer for the said work or until
thirty (30) days after the tender closing date, whichever event occurs first and that the
Owner may at any time within that period without notice, accept this tender whether any
other tender had been previously accepted or not;
(e)
That if we, the undersigned, withdraw this tender before the Owner shall have considered
'
the tenders and awarded the contract at any time within thirty (30) days after the tender
closing date, the amount of the deposit accompanying this tender shall be forfeited to the
Owner;
(f)
That the awarding by the Owner of the contract based on this tender shall be an
acceptance of the tender;
'
(g)
The Tenderer solemnly declares that the several matters stated in the foregoing tender are
in all respects true;
1
E
1
1
r
Ci
1
(h) That if this tender is accepted, we the undersigned agree to furnish an approved surety
bond for the proper fulfilment of the contract and to execute the Agreement in triplicate
within ten (10) days after being notified so to do. In the event of default or failure on our
part to do so, we the undersigned agree that the Owner shall be at liberty to retain the
money deposited by us to the use of the Owner, and to accept the next lowest or any
tender or to advertise for new tenders or to carry out the works in any other way deemed
best and we also agree to pay to the said Owner the difference between this tender and any
greater sum which the Owner may expend or incur by reason of such default or failure, or
by reason of such acting, as aforesaid, on their part including the cost of any advertising
for new tenders and to indemnify and save harmless the said Owner and its officers from
all loss, damage, cost, charges and expenses which they may suffer or be put to by reason
of any such default or failure on our part.
The "Agreement to Bond" of the Guarantee Company of *North America
Q36ff}Rh`y, a company lawfully doing business in the Province of Ontario, to furnish a Performance
Bond and a separate Labour and Material Payment Bond, each in an amount equal to 100% of the
contract price, is enclosed herewith.
A certified cheque for the sum of
($ 30,000.00 ) is attached hereto.
DATED AT R.R.#2, Clinton this
day of march 2002
t
' NOTE:
1
(Signed)
Signature of Witness
Thirty Thousand Dollars
27th
(Signed and Sealed)
Signature of Bidder
If the tender is submitted by or on behalf of an incorporated company, it must be signed in the
name of such company by the duly authorized officers and the seal of the corporation must be
affixed. If the tender is submitted by or on behalf of an individual or a partnership, a seal must be
affixed opposite the signature of the individual or the partner.
STATEMENT RE: SUB -CONTRACTORS
The following is a list of Sub -Contractors or Sub -Trades intended to be used in the
execution of the contract showing the portion of the work to be allotted to each.
ITEM SUB -CONTRACTOR'S NAME AND ADDRESS
' I Paving Stones/Planters/Walls First Choice Interlock Inc.,_ London, Ont.
' 2 Curb, Sidewalk Nicholson Concrete, Stratford, Ont.
3. Fountain Elroy Wagler Masonry, Brunner, Ont.
4.
' 5.
6
7.
8.
9
10.
11.
', 12.
'Lavis Contracting Co. Limited hereby certifies/certify that the information given on this
statement and in any documents attached is true, correct and complete in every respect.
IDated at R.R. #2, Clinton, Ontario
C
F
(Signed)
Signature of Witness
this 27th day of March 2002
c
( (Signed and Sealed) _
Signature of Tenderer
I
1
1
1
1
r
AGREEMENT TO BOND
(PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOUR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND)
DATE: , 20
PROJECT NO.
CONTRACT NO.
TO:
Dear Sirs:
RE:
In consideration of
(hereinafter referred to as "the Owner") accepting the tender of and executing an Agreement with:
(herein (hereinafter referred to as "the Tenderer") for the construction of
subject to
the express conditions that the Owner receive the Performance Bond and the Labour and
Material Payment Bond in accordance with the said tender, we the undersigned hereby agree with
the Owner to become bound to the Owner as surety for the Tenderer in a Performance Bond and
a Labour and Material Payment Bond each in an amount equal to 100% of the contract price or
other such greater amount as may be determined by the Owner, in the forms of Performance Bond
and Labour and Material Payment Bond provided and in accordance with the said tender, and we
agree to furnish the Owner with said Bonds within seven (7) days after notification of the
acceptance of the said tender and execution of the said Agreement by the Owner has been mailed
to us.
Yours very truly,
(Seal)
NOTE: This Agreement to Bond must be executed on behalf of the Surety Company by its
authorized officers under the company's corporate seal. Of the two forms bound herein, one shall
become a part of the tender and the other shall be retained by the Surety Company.
* * Enter the name and address of the Surety Company at the top of the page.
PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No. Project No.
Amount $ Contract No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we
hereinafter called the Principal
and
hereinafter called "the Surety",
are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto
hereinafter called "the Obligee" its successors and assigns, in the
g
sum of Dollars ($ )
of lawful money of Canada, to be paid unto the Obligee, for which payment well and truly to be
made we the Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind ourselves, our and each of our
respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns by these presents.
SIGNED AND SEALED with our respective seals and dated this day of
20
WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the day of
20 , the Principal has entered into a contract with the Obligee, hereinafter called "the
Contract", for the construction, alteration, repair or maintenance of a public work, namely
as in the Contract provided, which Contract is by reference herein made a part hereof as fully to
all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein.
NOW THEREFORE THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Principal
shall at all times duly perform and observe the Contract including all the terms and conditions
thereof, to the satisfaction of the Obligee and shall at all times fully indemnify and keep
indemnified the Obligee from and against all and any manner of loss, damage, expense, suits,
actions, claims, liens, proceedings, demands, awards, payments and liabilities arising out of or in
any manner based upon or attributable to the Contract and shall fully reimburse and repay the
Obligee for all outlay, expense, liabilities, or payments incurred or undertaken to be made by the
Obligee pursuant to the Contract, then this obligation shall be void, but otherwise it shall be and
remain in full force and effect.
IPerformance Bond
fl
1
Page 2
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that there shall be no liability under
this instrument of the Principal and Surety for payment of any claims for labour, material or
services used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract to the extent the
amount of such claims is paid pursuant to a Labour and Materials Payment Bond.
Provided always and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal
have the right to change, alter and vary the terms of the Contract and that the Obligee may in its
discretion at any time or times take and receive from the Principal any security whatsoever and
grant any extension of time thereon or on any liability of the Principal to the Obligee.
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety shall
not be discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not be in any
way affected by any such changes, alterations, or variations, taking or receiving of security, or
extension of time, as aforesaid, or by the exercise by the Obligee of any of the rights or power
reserved to it under the Contract or by its forbearance of exercise any such rights or powers,
including (but without restricting the generality of the foregoing) any changes in the extent or
nature of the works to be constructed, altered, repaired or maintained under the Contract, or by
any dealing, transaction, forbearance or forgiveness which may take place between the Principal
and the Obligee.
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Surety shall not be liable for
a greater sum than that specified in this bond.
In Witness Whereof the Principal and the Surety have executed these presents.
SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL )
In the presence of: )
Witness )
Occupation )
Address )
Per:
Per:
Principal
Surety
Bond No.
Amount $
LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
Project No.
Contract No.
IKNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we
hereinafter called "the Principal",
and
hereinafter called "the Surety",
1 are jointly and severally held and firml bound unto
J Y Y Y
as Trustee,
hereinafter called the "Obligee", for the use and benefit of the Claimants, their and each of the
their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, in the amount of
Dollars ($ )
of lawful money of Canada, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made we the
Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind ourselves, our and each of our respective heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns by these presents.
WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the day of 20
the Principal entered into a contract with the Obligee, hereinafter called "the Contract", for
I
which Contract is b reference herein made a art hereof as full to all intents and purposes as
Y P Y P �
though recited in full herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if the Principal
shall make payment to all Claimants for all labour and material used or reasonably required for use
in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall
remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
1
['I
Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 2
1. A Claimant for the purpose of this Bond is defined as one having a direct contract with the
Principal for labour, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the
performance of the Contract, labour and material being construed to include that part of
water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment, directly
applicable to the Contract provided that a person, firm or corporation who rents equipment
to the Principal to be used in the performance of the Contract under a contract which
provides that all or any part of the rent is to be applied towards the purchase price thereof
shall only be a Claimant to the extent of the prevailing industrial rental value of such
equipment for the period during which the equipment was used in the performance of the
Contract.
2. The Principal and the Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee, as Trustee,
that every Claimant who has not been paid as provided for under the terms of his contract
with the Principal, before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after the date on
which the last of such Claimant's work or labour was done or performed or materials were
furnished by such Claimant, may as a beneficiary of the trust herein provided for, sue on this
Bond, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due to
such Claimant under the terms of his contract with the Principal and have execution
thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not obliged to do or take any act, action or
proceeding against the Surety on behalf of the Claimants, or any of them, to enforce the
provisions of this Bond. If any act, action or proceeding is taken either in the name of the
Obligee or by joining the Obligee as a party to such proceeding, then such act, action or
proceeding, shall be taken on the understanding and basis that the Claimants, or any of
them, who take such act, action or proceeding shall indemnify and save harmless the
Obligee against all costs, charges and expenses or liabilities incurred thereon and any loss or
damage resulting to the Obligee by reason thereof. Provided still further that, subject to the
foregoing terms and conditions, the Claimants or any of them, may use the name of the
Obligee to sue on and enforce the provisions of this Bond.
3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any Claimant:
(a) Unless such Claimant shall have given written notice within the time limits hereinafter set
forth to each of the Principal, the Surety and the Obligee, stating with substantial accuracy
the amount claimed. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail, or
served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the Province of Ontario, to
the Principal, the Surety, and the Obligee, at any place where an office is regularly
maintained for the transaction of business by such persons. Such notice shall be given:
fl
I
1
H
Labour and Material Payment Bond
I
1
I
I
Page 3
1) in respect of any claim for the amount or any portion thereof required to be held back
from the Claimant by the Principal under either the terms of the Claimant's contract
with the Principal or under the Construction Lien Act, Chapter 6, S.O. 1983 applicable
to the Claimant's contract with the Principal, whichever is the greater within one
hundred and twenty (120) days after such Claimant should have been paid in full under
the Claimants contract with the Principal.
2) in respect of any claim other than for the holdback, or portion thereof, referred to
above, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date upon which such
Claimant did, or performed, the last of the work or labour or furnished the last of the
materials for which such claim is made, under the Claimant's contract with the Principal.
(b) After the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which the Principal ceased work
on the Contract, including work performed under the guarantees provided in the Contract.
(c) Other than in a Court jurisdiction in the Province of Ontario, and the parties hereto agree to
submit to the jurisdiction of such Court.
4. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by, and to the extent of any payment or payments
made in good faith, and in accordance with the provisions hereof, inclusive of the payment
by the Surety of claims under the Construction Lien Act, whether or not such claims be
presented under and against this Bond.
PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal
have the right to change, alter and vary the terms of the Contract, and that the Obligee may in its
discretion at any time or times take and receive from the Principal any security whatsoever and
grant any extension of time thereon or on any liability of the Principal to the Obligee.
PROVIDED FURTHER and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety
shall not be discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not be in
any way affected by any such changes, alterations, or variations, taking or receiving of security, or
extension of time, as aforesaid, or by the exercise by the Obligee of any of the rights or powers
reserved to it under the Contract or by its forebearance to exercise any such rights or powers,
including (but without restricting the generality of the foregoing) any changes in the extent or
nature of the works to be constructed, altered, repaired or maintained under the Contract, or by
any dealing, transaction, forebearance or forgiveness which may take place between the Principal
and the Obligee.
i
I
Labour and Material Payment Bond
Page 4
PROVIDED FURTHER and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Surety shall not be liable for
a greater sum than that specified in this Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Principal and the Surety have AFFIXED THEIR SIGNATURES
AND CORPORATE SEALS this day of , 20
SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL )
In the presence of: )
Witness )
Occupation )
Address )
Principal
Surety
SCHEDULE OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, GENERAL CONDITIONS AND STANDARDS
The work specified in this contract will be performed in strict accordance with the following
plans, specifications, General Conditions, standards, etc. for the Municipality of Kincardine,
Streetscape Reconstruction, Contract No. 00058.
A. SPECIAL PROVISIONS — Pages SP-1 to SP-46
B. PLANS —Drawing Nos. 1-16
C. INFORMATION TO BIDDERS — Pages IB-1 to IB-14
D. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Ontario Provincial Standard Specification Numbers
201 - Feb. `96
301 - Sept. `88
407 - Nov. `01
501 -Feb. `96
603 - Mar. `93
206 - Nov. 00
310 -Mar. `93
408 -Nov. `01
506 - Nov. `01
616 - Nov. 01
314 - Dec. `93
410 - Apr. `99
507 - Apr. `99
351 - Sept. `96
514 - Apr. `99
701 - Apr. `99
352 -Nov. `00
570 - Aug. `90
353 - Sept. `96
571 -Nov. `01
904 - Jan. 95
355 - Sept. `96
572 -Nov. `01
shall apply to this contract mutatis mutandis. Only the most recent specifications shall apply to
this contract.
E. STANDARD DRAWINGS
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
K.
L.
M.
310.010
400.020
600.040
701.010
802.010
1006.010
310.020
400.100
600.110
701.021
802.013
1103.010
310.030
401.010A
705.010
802.030
1103.020
404.020
802.031
1104.010
802.032
1104.020
802.033
1105.010
Cleanout
Detail
1 2112.01
FORM OF TENDER
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS — SGC-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS — Ontario Provincial Standards (September 1999)
AGREEMENT
PERFORMANCE BOND
LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
CONTRACT RELEASE
STATUTORY DECLARATION RE PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
STATUTORY DECLARATION RE LIENS AND LIABILITIES
m m m m m ' m S m m m m r m m m m m
F�
ii
fl
INDEX TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS
General...................................................................
SP-1
Traffic Control
.............................................................
SP-1
Compaction...............................................................
SP-1
Co-ordination of Work by Others ..............................................
SP-2
No. 1
Grubbing (Stumps all sizes) by Mechanical Stump Cutter ..............
SP-2
No. 2
Earth Excavation ..............................................
SP-2
Nos. 5 & 6
Granular "A" and Granular "B"..................................
SP-3
No. 7
Stabilized Limestone Screenings .................................
SP-3
Nos. 8-10
Hot Mix HL-3, HL-4 and Hot Mix Miscellaneous ....................
SP-3
No. 11
Removal of Bituminous Pavement (Outside Excavation) ..............
SP-4
No. 12
Adjust Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins to Grade .........
SP-4
No. 13
Supply Maintenance Hole Covers and/or Catch Basin Frames and Grates .
SP-5
No. 14
Removal of Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins .............
SP-5
No. 15
Removal of Concrete Curb or Curb and Gutter ......................
SP-5
No. 16
Concrete Curb and Gutter (All Types) .............................
SP-5
No. 17
Removal of Concrete Sidewalk ...................................
SP-6
No. 18
Place Concrete Sidewalk and Drives ..............................
SP-6
No. 19
Remove and Replace Precast Concrete Unit Pavers ...................
SP-6
No. 20
Place Precast Concrete Unit Pavers ...............................
SP-7
No. 21
Topsoil (Imported) ...........................................
SP-10
No. 22
Sodding (Nursery, Unstaked)...................................
SP-10
No.23
Seed and Mulch ..............................................
SP-11
No. 24
Fine Grading Existing Surfaces ..................................
SP-11
No. 25
Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill Storm Pipe Sewers ...........
SP-11
No. 26
Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 600 mm x 600 mm
Catch Basins (705.010), including Frame and Grates .................
SP-13
No. 27
Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast
Maintenance Holes and Maintenance Hole -Catch Basins,
OP SD 701.010, Including Frames and Grates ......................
SP-13
No. 28
Relocate Existing Catch Basins .................................
SP-14
No. 29
Reconnect Existing Drains and Services (up to 250 mm dia.) ..........
SP-14
No. 30
P.V.C. Sanitary Sewer Pipe .....................................
SP-14
No. 31
Installation of Services ........................................
SP-16
Index to Special Provisions (cont'd)
1
,
No. 32
Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast
Maintenance Holes, OPSD 701.010 ..............................
SP-17
'
No. 33
Supply and Install Safety Platform ...............................
SP-17
No. 34
Sewer Service Cleanout Construction .............................
SP-17
Nos. 35-38
Watermain Construction and Materials ...........................
SP-18
'
No. 39
Testing, Flushing, Swabbing and Disinfection of Watermains ..........
SP-22
Nos. 40 & 41
Precast Concrete .............................................
SP-26
'
Nos. 42 & 43
Brick and Wrought Iron Fence ..................................
SP-27
No. 44
Street Name Marker ..........................................
SP-29
'
Nos. 45-49
Site Furnishings ..............................................
SP-30
No.50
Wood Screen Fence ...........................................
SP-31
No. 51
Guardrail ...................................................
SP-33
No. 52
Water Feature ...............................................
SP-36
SP-36
,
Nos. 53-61
PVC Ducts and Appurtenances ..................................
No. 62
Place Concrete Steps ..........................................
SP-42
No.63
Place Wooden Steps ..........................................
SP-42
r
No. 65
Material and Compaction Testing ................................
SP-43
No. 66
Remove and Replace Wooden Posts ..............................
SP-43
'
No. 67
Install Wooden Posts ..........................................
SP-43
No. 69
Additional Trench Excavation ..................................
SP-43
No. 70
Imported Granular Backfill.....................................
SP-43
No. 71
Supply and Place 20 mm Crushed Stone Bedding ...................
SP-44
No. 72
Supply and Place Imported Granular Bedding ......................
SP-44
No. 73
Unshrinkable Backfill (Controlled Density Fill) .....................
SP-44
No. 74
Supply, Excavate for and Place Precast Unit Pavers Including
Granular "A" Base ...........................................
SP-45
No. 75
Bonding and Insurance ........................................
SP-45
t
No. 76
Material and Compaction Testing ................................
SP-46
No. 77
Contingencies ...............................................
SP-47
Restoration .................................................
SP-46
J
d
SP-1
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
' GENERAL
Disposal of Surplus Materials:
All excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor, and the Contractor's
unit price bid for the item shall include the cost of loading, hauling, dumping and levelling the
material off -site at an approved location for the materials.
1. Earth material shall be disposed of as outlined under the Information to Bidders.
2. Asphalt shall be dispose
d of as outlined under the Information to Bidders.
' 3. Concrete shall be disposed of as outlined under the Information to Bidders.
ITRAFFIC CONTROL
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a traffic plan as per Book 7 to the Project
' Engineer for review and acceptance.
In addition to the requirements in the Information to Bidders for Contractors to control
traffic and provide signage, in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7 and
Temporary Conditions Manual (March 2001), the following conditions will apply:
- At the end of each working day, a minimum of one lane of traffic, controlled by
barricades, delineators, etc., shall be maintained for emergency vehicles.
1 COMPACTION
OPSS 514 and 516 are amended to include the following:
514.07.10.03 and 516.07.09.01— Bedding
514.07.10.04 — Cover
514.07.10.05 and 516.07.09.02 — Backfill.
The compaction requirements in the above paragraphs shall be revised to 100% for this
project. All backfilling shall be placed in layers as specified in OPSS 514 and will be strictly
enforced.
The Contractor will be required to proof roll all areas of excavation prior to the placing of
granulars for the roadbed, sidewalk and paved area.
SP-2
CO-ORDINATION OF WORK BY OTHERS 1
The Contractor will co-ordinate his work with Westario Power Services Inc. for the
installation of the new underground hydro and street light wiring and street light pole installation.
'
This work will also involve the removal of the existing overhead power.
,
When it is impossible to be working in the area at the same time, a barrier will have to be
maintained to have a separation in time and space between the Contractor and Utility. Where
necessary, the Contractor shall move the operation to another part of the contact and give
Westario sufficient time to complete any work deemed necessary at that time during the contract.
BMTS and Kincardine Cable T.V. will have representatives on -site during construction to
'
assist in the location of these plants and supply of these materials.
ITEM NO. 1 -- GRUBBING (STUMPS ALL SIZES) BY MECHANICAL STUMP
'
CUTTER
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall machine cut all stumps designated on the plans
'
or directed by the Engineer at the time of construction. These designated stumps shall be cut off
not less than 450 mm below existing ground or finished grade as directed by the Engineer.
,
Stumps included in this item are outside limits of roadbed excavation and/or behind
existing sidewalks.
,
At the Contractor's expense, all cuttings and debris shall be disposed of at a site approved
by the Engineer at the time of construction.
'
The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to all underground utilities, sidewalks,
adjacent property, persons, etc. and shall make restitution for such damage to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 2 -- EARTH EXCAVATION I
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate to the required line and grade, or as
directed by the Engineer at the time of construction. All excavated material shall be disposed of
as outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Material.
. The unit price bid shall also include all excavation and grading required for sidewalks and '
all excavation required at side street and private entrances. The unit price bid shall include the
removal and disposal of designated asphalt, including curbs and any other minor structures '
encountered during the course of construction if not included as a separate item in the contract.
I SP-3
The Contractor may be required to use approved excavated material as fill behind the
proposed curbs at sites designated by the Engineer.
The Contractor may be required to salvage existing granular material to be used as
granular backfill to the roadbed and placed as directed by the Engineer.
' Payment for this work will be paid as earth excavation per cubic metre based on the
theoretical calculated end areas for the roadbed excavation.
The Contractor shall give the local utility sufficient time after the road excavation is
completed to do any work deemed necessary regarding utilities before any granular backfill is
placed.
The Contractor shall restore each block to traffic before beginning excavation in any
' other block. Access to commercial establishments will be maintained at all times by a method
satisfactory to the Engineer.
ITEM NOS. 5 & 6 -- GRANULAR "A" AND GRANULAR "B"
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place, fine grade and
compact Granular "A" and Granular "B" materials required in the roadway for roadbed,
subdrains, shouldering, driveways, under the sidewalk and curb and gutter, which are applicable
to this contract. All other Granular "A" or Granular "B" materials required shall be included in
the unit prices bid for those items where material is required.
ITEM NO.7 — STABILIZED LIMESTONE SCREENINGS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, material and equipment for
the complete installation of stabilized limestone walkway as indicated on the contract drawings
and detail D 15.
' ITEM NOS. 8,9 & 10 -- HOT MIX HL-4, HL-3, AND HOT MIX MISCELLANEOUS
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all material, including the asphalt
cement, for the proper execution of paving work in accordance with the specifications outlined
under OPSS 310.
Performance graded asphalt cement shall be PG 58-28. The Performance Graded Asphalt
Cement (PGAC) will conform with the MTO standard special provision 111 S08 for the specified
grade. All asphalt plant operations shall comply to municipal regulations and ordinances
governing the area in which the plant is located.
OPSS 310 is amended in that automatic screed controls are not required. No surface trial
coat area shall be required under this contract.
SP-4 I
The Contractor's unit price bid for this item shall include all labour and equipment to
place ramping, transverse joints, and/or remove at all transverse joints, maintenance holes, catch
basins, drives and crosswalks as directed by the Engineer.
OPSS 310.07.02.10 Longitudinal and Transverse Joints is amended as follows:
d. Requirements for Transverse ,
2. Where a surface course is placed flush against an existing bituminous pavement, a
stepped joint shall be prepared by removing the existing surface course to its full '
depth for a length of 0.5 m and the remaining depth shall be trimmed to form a
straight vertical face. (See Asphalt Joint Detail). Removal of existing surface course
shall be by means of burning out or milling machine.
The Contractor shall also take note that he is to pave designated drives, boulevards and
any other areas between the curb and property line. This will involve hand laid asphalt and will ,
only apply to areas which, in the opinion of the Engineer, do not permit the operation of a paving
machine. The supply of the HL-3 for these areas shall be included under the item for Hot Mix
Miscellaneous.
Hot Mix Miscellaneous shall be measured in square metres. In areas where Hot Mix '
Miscellaneous is designated on the plans and more than one 50 mm lift of Hot Mix is required,
measurement for payment will be made as if two single courses of Hot Mix were required.
ITEM NO. 11 -- REMOVAL OF BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT (OUTSIDE EXCAVATION) ,
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of bituminous pavement '
from those areas shown on the drawings or designated by the Engineer at the time of
construction. This item will only be used for removal of asphalt when the earth excavation item
is not required and will include saw -cutting, if required, as directed by the Engineer at the time of
construction.
ITEM NO. 12 -- ADJUST EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS 1
TO GRADE
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall adjust the designated maintenance holes or ,
catch basins to the grade established by the Engineer at the time of construction. The adjustment
of the frames and grates shall be carried out by removing or adding to the required amount of
precast concrete adjustment units and place the frame and grate at the required elevation. The
unit will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside
and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. Asphalt removal and restoration around structures
shall be included in the price bid per each and shall include placing asphalt to the depth of
existing asphalt for all disturbed areas where applicable. All work shall be carried out to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. I
I SP-5
I
Adjustment
The adjustment of maintenance holes and catch basins will apply where the tops are to be
' raised or lowered by 600 mm or less using adjustment units.
ITEM NO. 13 -- SUPPLY MAINTENANCE HOLE COVERS AND/OR CATCH BASIN
fFRAMES AND GRATES
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply maintenance hole covers or catch basin
covers as specified in the Tender Form, as designated on the drawings or by the Engineer at the
time of construction. All existing frames and grates removed, where applicable, are the property
' of the Owner and shall be delivered to the Owner's yard at the Contractor's expense.
ITEM NO. 14 -- REMOVAL OF EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES & CATCH
' BASINS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate, remove and dispose of only those
maintenance holes and catch basins shown on the drawings or designated by the Engineer at the
time of construction. The Contractor shall backfill the excavation with Granular "B", compact
the excavation and dispose of all debris to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All existing frames
and grates removed are the property of the owner and shall be delivered to the owner's Yard at
the Contractor's expense. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to seal off any existing pipes or
reconnect to new outlets.
The Contractor shall note here that catch basins constructed from inverted sewer tile shall
not be considered for payment.
ITEM NO. 15 -- REMOVAL OF CONCRETE CURB OR CURB AND GUTTER
For the unit price bid and where indicated on the drawings or designated by the Engineer,
the Contractor shall remove the existing concrete curb or curb and gutter and dispose of as
outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Materials. The unit price bid shall also include the
cost of saw cutting the existing asphalt pavement adjacent to the area of curb and gutter removed,
if required.
ITEM NO. 16 -- CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (ALL TYPES)
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials. Further to the
requirements of 353.07.06, Joints, the Contractor, when placing concrete curb and gutter, by the
extrusion method, shall saw -cut contraction joints in the hardened concrete within a sufficient
' time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent uncontrolled cracking.
The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 5.0 metres.
SP-6 I
ITEM NO. 17 -- REMOVAL OF CONCRETE SIDEWALK
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove all concrete sidewalk and the material
under it sufficient to allow for the new walk and the required minimum 125 mm of Granular "A"
base if required.
The unit price bid shall include the saw cutting of existing concrete sidewalk at the side
streets and private walks adjacent to the front of buildings. The Contractor shall be responsible
for any damages to existing building fronts during the removal of existing sidewalks, where
applicable.
Excavated material and concrete sidewalk shall be disposed of as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials.
ITEM NO. 18 -- PLACE CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVES
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials to place
concrete sidewalks and drives. where indicated on the drawings or designated by the Engineer at
the time of construction.
OPSS 351 is amended to include the following:
351.05.01 - Concrete - coarse aggregate shall be 20 mm ACI quarry stone and the mix
design shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
351.05.04 - Granular - the granular material shall be Granular "A".
351.07.02.02 - Granular Base - the placement depth of Granular "A" shall be 125 mm
minimum or to the same depth as the sidewalk or drive.
351.07.10 - Joints - all longitudinal and transverse joints shall be saw cut contraction
joints in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing the sidewalk.
351.10 - Basis of Payment - Granular "A" shall be paid under the item Granular "A" as
specified in OPSS 314.
ITEM NO. 19 -- REMOVE AND REPLACE PRECAST CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove and salvage existing concrete unit
pavers and relay the pavers in the same pattern as removed.
Any additional pavers required shall be supplied by the owner and any surplus pavers
shall become the property of the owner.
Setting bed for the pavers to be limestone screening 25 mm thickness. Joint filler to be a
clean, sharp natural, fine masonry sand. Sealer to be applied as per manufacturer's specifications.
All materials required for setting bed, joint filler and sealer shall be included in the unit price bid
for this item.
1�
77
11
1
[1
All other work shall be in accordance with OPSS 355.
LI
1
►yam
ITEM NO. 20 — PLACE PRECAST CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
' GENERAL
Description
I�
11
This section specifies the supply and installation of precast concrete unit pavers
(interlocking paving stone).
References
' CAN3-A231.2-M85 Precast Concrete Pavers.
ASTM D698-78 Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate
Mixtures, using 2.49 kg Rammer and 304.8 mm drop.
CSA A23.1-94/A23.2-94 setting bed sand. CSA-A179-94 Joint Sand.
OPSS 1010.05 Granular "A" base.
Submittals
Submit sample of each type of paving unit prior to installation.
All required paving stones are to be supplied from the same production run to ensure
uniform colour throughout paved area.
Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
All paving stones are to be delivered and stored on site on wooden pallets in location
approved by Landscape Architect.
stones.
Protect paving stone against damage and adverse conditions while in storage.
Remove and replace, at no extra cost, all damaged, cracked, chipped or broken paving
Store sand on site in location approved by Landscape Architect. Various types of sand to
be kept separate in separate locations.
Inspection
Stake out paving locations and place stakes indicating proposed grades. Obtain approval
of Landscape Architects before proceeding.
Obtain approval of the paving base from the Landscape Architect before proceeding.
Protection
Prevent damage to trees, fences, curbs, roads and adjacent property. Make good any
damage.
PRODUCTS
Materials
Unit Pavers: uniform in material, colour, size and from Lafarge Canada Inc. 1-800-263-
4162 or approved equal, to CAN3-A231.2. Paving stone types and colours as follows:
a) "Romanesque" Harvest Blend colour;
b) "Avenue 4 x 8 Stone" Colonial Blend colour.
Paving patterns as shown on plan and details.
Limestone screenings: crushed limestone products composed of 50% limestone dust and
the balance composed of an even spread of particles up to 6 mm maximum size.
Bedding Sand: a sharp, angular, hard, durable, granular, natural sand, consisting of fine
and coarse particles, free from clay lumps, cementation, organic material, frozen material and all
other deleterious materials, and conforming to CSA A23.1-94/A23.2-94.
Granular Base: Granular "A", conforming to OPSS 1010.05.
Joint filler: a clean sharp, fine sand, free of deleterious material, conforming to CSA-
A179-94 or polymeric sand joint filler as supplied by Lafarge or approved equivalent, as per
details.
PVC Edge: Pave Edge as supplied by Lafarge or approved equivalent.
EXECUTION
Subgrade
Ensure that subgrade preparation conforms to levels and compaction required to allow for
installation of granular base.
Ensure finished subgrade is smooth and even.
I
1
�7,
SP-9
IGranular Base
' Spread and compact granular "A" in uniform layers not exceeding 100 mm compacted
thickness. Compact to 100% S.P.D.D. as per details.
' Shape and roll alternately to obtain a smooth, even and uniformly compacted granular
base and ensure conformity of grades with finished surface.
Apply water as necessary during compaction to obtain specified density. If granular base
is excessively moist, aerate by scarifying with suitable equipment until moisture content is
corrected.
In areas not accessible to rolling equipment, compact to specified density with approved
mechanical tampers.
' Ensure top of granular base does not exceed plus or minus 109 mof finished grade less
�' m
combined thickness of granular laying course plus surface course.
Maintain all straight edges t and uniform with continuous smooth curves to radii indicated.
g �
' Granular materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in accordance with the
amended OPSS 514, as outlined under the General SP - Compaction.
Installation
Place sand as setting bed material to thickness indicated. Spread evenly over prepared
base. Avoid mixing with granular base material.
Ensure setting bed is dry (4-8% moisture content) prior to placement of unit pavers.
Screed setting bed to obtain a smooth surface, free of irregularities, and parallel to the finished
grade.
' Install unit paving true to grade, in location, layout and patterns as indicated.
Use edge stones as required and unit paver edge material as per details and ensure a tight
butt joint between all stones.
Where required, cut units accurately with a concrete saw, without damaging edges. Cut to
provide a clean, finished edge, flush and tune with adjacent structures or materials.
Tamp down and level pavers with mechanical plate vibrator on minimum 19 mm thick
plywood until pavers are true to grade and free of movement.
SP-10
Fill spaces between pavers by sweeping in joint sand in several directions until all joints
are full.
Pass mechanical plate vibrator on sand cushion over surface course to achieve compaction
of sand in joints.
Replace, at no extra cost, all broken or chipped stones and all cut stones marked by the
Landscape Architect as unacceptable.
Surface of finished pavement to be smooth and even throughout, free from irregularities
and depressions exceeding 3 mm as measured with 3 in straight edge.
Sweep surface course clean.
Edging
Where edge of paving abuts a soft surface (lawn or planting bed) install complete PVC
edge as per detail. Adjust location of edge to suit installation of full stone.
ITEM NO. 21-- TOPSOIL (IMPORTED)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall fine grade to a uniform surface the areas to be
topsoiled as indicated on the contract drawings or as designated by the Engineer at the time of
construction. The topsoil shall be of og od quality, subject to the Engineer's approval. The
Contractor shall uniformly spread the topsoil to a depth of not less than 100 mm. The cost of fine
grading, supplying, placing and raking the topsoil shall be included in the unit price bid.
ITEM NO.22 -- SODDING (NURSERY, UNSTAKED)
For the unit price bid, the nursery sod and water for sod shall be supplied and placed by
the Contractor at locations designated by the Engineer at the time of construction.
All sod shall meet the requirements current at the date of contract of the Ontario Sod
Growers Association for No. 1 Bluegrass Fescue Sod and shall be cut to a minimum thickness of
19 mm.
All sod shall be delivered to the site in good condition and placed in a manner satisfactory
to the Engineer.
The sod shall be watered by the Contractor at his expense using approved equipment and
in a manner that shall not erode, wash away, or damage the sod or topsoil.
1
1
1
SP-11
ITEM NO.23 -- SEED AND MULCH
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all material, equipment and labour to
place the fertilizer, seeding and mulching.
All material and construction procedures shall be in accordance with OPSS 572. Cover
material shall be Straw Mulch or Hydraulic Mulch, unless defined elsewhere in the contract.
The seed shall be top-quality standard roadside mix, consisting of the following:
Creeping Red Fescue 55%
Canadian Bluegrass 27%
Perennial Ryegrass 15%
White Clover 3%
The rate of application for the seed shall be one kilogram per 100 square metres. The
Contractor shall guarantee a catch of grass and will be responsible for all reseeding if necessary.
ITEM NO.24 -- FINE GRADING EXISTING SURFACES
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall fine grade the existing surfaces and include
water required for compaction and calcium for dust suppression. The Contractor shall fine grade
and compact as directed by the Engineer at the time of construction.
Approximate area for restoring is 1,000 square metres.
ITEM NO.25 -- SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL STORM PIPE
SEWERS
Pipe Material
OPSS 410.05 materials is amended to accept the following pipe material for storm
i) Concrete Sewer Pipe (Rigid)
- 300 mm & 375 mm Class 3
- 375 mm or Greater as specified in the tender form
ii) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (Flexible)
- Class SDR 35 or Class V (320 kPa)
- Annular ribbed profile for ribbed pipe
iii) Polyethylene Sewer Grade Pipe (Flexible) - CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6
- 300 mm to 600 mm
- smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile (320 kPa), 15 PSI bell and spigot
joints shall have elastomeric gaskets (CSA certified to B 182.6).
1
SP-12 I
If pipe material selected differs from that specified in the Form of Tender, the Contractor
'
shall, upon request, supply the Engineer with proof of CSA certification for both the pipe and the
elastomeric gaskets, all at the expense of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall supply the pipe in the size and strength designated, as noted in the
Form of Tender or approved equivalent by the Engineer.
Bedding And Backfill
Bedding shall be as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid
pipe and which ever soil type is applicable.
Bedding shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe and which
ever soil type is applicable.
Bedding material shall be Granular "A". Cover material shall be approved granular
'
material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe.
Backfill shall be approved selected native material compacted to a minimum dry density
of 100% or granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of 100% as noted in the Form
of Tender.
'
The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, cover material and the
backfilling noted herein.
'
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid
'
of sewer.
All deflection testing of sewers as per 410.07.15.05 shall be included in the unit price bid ,
if using PVC or polyethylene pipe.
Compaction '
All bedding, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in I
accordance with the amended OPSS 514 as outlined under the General SP - Compaction.
All costs of compaction and water used for compaction shall be included in the unit price '
for sewer. No additional payment will be made for removal of existing sewers, watermains, or
minor structures encountered in the trench excavation.
Removing Existing Storm Sewer
The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing storm sewers where
applicable.
SP-13
Abandoning Sewers
The Contractor will be required to plug up, by means of brick and mortar, certain existing
sewers that are to be abandoned, as directed by the Engineer. The cost of this work is to be
included in the Contractor's bid for new sewer intercepting these old sewers or drains.
' Connecting Sewers
The Contractor will be required, at his own expense, to make all connections to new and
existing catch basins, maintenance holes, culverts, or sewers (regardless of pipe material) in a
manner set out in the contract drawings or as designated by the Engineer at the time of
construction.
Maintenance Of Flow
' The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow in all sewers and maintenance
holes at all times.
Restoration
See restoration requirements stated elsewhere in the contract, where applicable.
ITEM NO.26 -- SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 600 mm x
600 mm CATCH BASINS (705.010), INCLUDING FRAME AND
' GRATES
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall carry out all excavation, bedding and backfill
and supply all materials and labour required to complete the construction of catch basins in
accordance with OPSD 705.010.
' The unit price bid in all cases shall also include the supply and placing of catch basin
frames and grates in accordance with OPSD 400.020 and 400.100 and the cost of connecting new
basins to existing sewers as directed at the time of construction.
ITEM NO.27 -- SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm
PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES AND MAINTENANCE HOLE -
CATCH BASINS, OPSD 701.010, INCLUDING FRAMES AND GRATES
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the
complete installation. He shall excavate to the required grade and shall also supply the necessary
granular bedding and backfill and compact the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
' i the Contractor will supply and install frames and grates as shown
For the unit price bid, C pp y
on the drawings to the grade established by the Engineer. He shall also supply the required
ladder rungs and all materials for and make all connections to existing sewers where required.
SP-14 I
Also included in the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the benching of all storm
maintenance holes and/or sanitary maintenance holes designated, as per OPSD 701.021.
Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers, the Contractor
will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole
location or providing by-pass pumping around the maintenance hole site. The method proposed
for maintaining flow shall be approved by the Engineer before this work commences. '
ITEM NO.28 -- RELOCATE EXISTING CATCH BASINS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall carry out all excavation, bedding and backfill
and supply all materials and labour required to complete the relocation of existing catch basin and
connection to existing storm sewer outlet in accordance with OPSS 407 and OPSD 705.010.
The Contractor will be required to plug up, by means of brick and mortar, existing catch
basin sewer laterals that are to be abandoned, as directed by the Engineer. The cost of this work is
to be included in the Contractor's unit price bid for this item.
ITEM NO.29 -- RECONNECT EXISTING DRAINS AND SERVICES
(up to 250 mm dia.)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate for, supply and install, reconnect and '
backfill all existing drains and/or services encountered, as directed at the time of construction.
Payment under this item will only be paid when directed by the Engineer to: ,
• Relocate drains and services that conflict with the sewer and/or watermain in horizontal
or vertical alignment.
• Repair any drains and services encountered that have not been shown on the drawings.
• Supply and install 50 mm ABS drain from the Water Feature to CB for drainage.
The Contractor is responsible for replacing all other broken or damaged drains and
services encountered in the excavation.
ITEM NO.30 — P.V.C. SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Pipe Material
Pipe material for sanitary sewers shall be polyvinyl chloride (P.V.C.) SDR-35. Where
required and shown on the drawings, end caps, adapters, reducers, etc. shall be provided and the
cost included in the unit price bid for this item. '
Bedding and Backfill
Bedding for sanitary sewers shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, 802.014 which ever
soil type is applicable.
I
F-
L
1
L
SP-15
Bedding and cover material shall be Granular "A" and as specified in OPSS 410.
The remainder of the backfill shall be with native material to subgrade elevation where
applicable or original ground and compacted to 100% minimum dry density.
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the price bid per
metre of sewer.
All bedding, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in
accordance with the amended OPSS 514, as outlined under the General SP - Compaction.
Maintenance of Flow
The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow of sanitary sewage in the sewers
and in any maintenance holes being connected by this work.
The Contractor shall provide adequate pumping and power facilities to maintain operation
of the sewer system on a continuous basis. The method of maintaining flow shall be approved by
the Engineer in advance of construction proceeding.
All cost of maintaining sewage flow, where required, shall be included in the unit price
bid for these items.
Connecting Sewers and Modifying Benching
The cost of breaking into, connecting, sealing and modifying the existing benching to
accommodate the same pipe size shall be included in the unit price bid.
Removing Existing Sanitary Sewer
The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sanitary sewers where
applicable.
IField Testing
The unit price bid shall include infiltration and/or exfiltration test and deflection testing in
accordance with OPSS 410.07.15 - Field Testing.
Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines
All mainline sewer shall be television camera inspected.
r,
I
SP-16
The Contractor will engage a T.V. Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate the work to have
it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract.
The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the T.V. Inspection Contractor
directly, however, the T.V. inspection work will be carried out under the supervision of, and to
the satisfaction of, the Engineer. '
All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409 and 409.10. Basis of payment is
amended to be included in the unit price bid per metre of sewer pipe.
Cleaning and Flushing Pipe Sewers
OPSS 410.07.16 is amended to include the cleaningand flushing in the unit rice bid for
g p
this item.
Restoration
See restoration requirements stated elsewhere in the contract.
ITEM NO. 31-- INSTALLATION OF SERVICES
Pipe Material
Pipe material for sanitary sewer services shall be polyvinyl chloride (P.V.C.) SDR-28.
The unit price bid shall include the cost of the main line service tee and end cap required
for each service.
Bedding and Backfill
Bedding and backfill requirements shall be the same as that for sanitary sewers stated
elsewhere. '
Installation of Services
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of connecting to existing
sanitary services with the proper fittings and material to make the connection. The unit price bid
shall include all restoration outside the limits of the grading operations of the road reconstruction
part of the project, when applicable.
All services to vacant lots shall include an end cap and the ends of all services shall be S
marked by a 50 mm x 100 mm wood post extending from the service to 300 mm above the
surface of the ground with the top section painted fluorescent green. The post shall be supplied
and placed by the Contractor.
SP-17
Restoration
See restoration requirements stated elsewhere in the contract.
ITEM NO.32 -- SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm
PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES OPSD 701.010
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the
complete installation. He shall excavate to the required grade and shall also supply the necessary
granular bedding and backfill and compact the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as shown
on the drawings to the grade established by the Engineer. He shall also supply the required
ladder rungs and all materials for and make all connections to existing sewers.
Also included in the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the benching of all
sanitary maintenance holes designated in accordance with standard drawing OPSD 701.021.
Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers, the Contractor
will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole
location or providing by-pass pumping around the maintenance hole site. The method proposed
for maintaining flow shall be approved by the Engineer before this work commences.
ITEM NO.33 — SUPPLY AND INSTALL SAFETY PLATFORM
id the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials
For the unit puce b pp y
required to install aluminum safety platforms.
The safety platforms shall be aluminum and as per OPSD 404.020.
The installation shall be in accordance with OPSS 407.
ITEM NO.34 -- SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUT CONSTRUCTION
i
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the
complete installation of service cleanouts as shown on the detail drawing.
Each cleanout shall have a 100 mm diameter cover equal to a Malcolm Bolter Cover (Bell
end) as supplied by Crowle Fittings Ltd., or equivalent. Adaptors to be provided as required.
Each cleanout shall be clearly marked with a minimum of 2.0 m of 50 x 100 wooden post.
I
SP-18
ITEM NOS. 35-38 — WATERMAIN CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS I
The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Operating Authority of his proposed
disruption of service to make all connections to the existing distribution system.
The watermain construction shall be staged so as to minimize water service distribution to
residences and shall be informed 24hrs. in advance as to when these disruptions will occur.
The unit price bid for each item shall include all costs incurred in excavating for, placing,
anchoring and blocking, connecting, testing, flushing, and disinfecting all watermain and fittings,
as outlined in OPSS 701 and restoration outside general grading operations.
The unit price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding and
backfill up to subgrade and/or original ground. All costs of compaction and water shall be borne
by the Contractor.
Materials
All materials for watermains, valves, valve boxes, etc., shall be supplied by the
Contractor. (No substitutes without Operating Authority approval.)
Watermain
Watermain material shall be C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Class 150 (DR-18) c/w
Ring-Tite joints and No. ionstrand copper cable for a means of maintaining electrical
continuity.
PVC watermain shall be in accordance with AWWA C900.
Gate Valves and Boxes
Valves shall be resilient seated gate valves. Main line valves to be MJ type with standard
operating nut. Hydrant valves to be MJ to MJ gate valve with standard operating nut.
All valves to be supplied with "O" ring packing for water use and open counter-
clockwise.
Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve screw type with No. 6 base.
Tapping valves and sleeves must meet with approval f h pp g pp o the Operating Authority.
Resilient -seated gate valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509.
11
E
11
SP-19
Fittings
All fittings shall be ductile iron cement mortar lined mechanical joint type, with adaptors
to suit other materials, where necessary. Fittings must be suitably thrust blocked or anchored
with tie -backs.
Ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110, pressure rating 1035kPa.
Hydrants
Fire hydrants shall be the Canada Valve New Century e Compression. Hydrant
Y �'Y type p Y
specifications as follows:
• 2-64 mm hose connections
• B pumper connection
• Hydrants shall open counter -clockwise
• Colour shall be RED
• Operating nut shall be standard
• Hydrant length shall be such that the bottom of the upper barrel shall be 100 mm above
finished grade
• Bury depth 1.7m.
Dry -barrel fire hydrants shall be in accordance with AWWA C502.
Services Min. 19 mm, Max. 50 mm
i) Main Stops - to be 19 mm standard AWWA corporation valve inlet thread and
copper compression outlet as supplied by Mueller.
ii) Curb Stop - to be 19 mm CJ inlet and CJ outlet as supplied by Mueller or approved
equivalent.
iii) Pipe - to be 19 mm Type "K" copper tubing.
iv) Curb Boxes — Erie/Eclipse extension service box and stem (1.4 m to 1.7 m) with
25 mm dia. steel upper section. Box lids shall be regular ribbed with brass pentagon
plus c/w standard stationary rod, supplied by Concord -Clow D-1 or Mueller
equivalent.
v) For PVC watermain, service saddles shall be Robar Stainless steel 2616 Double Bolt
Wide Band.
ri
C]
SP-20 I
vi) Ground hydrants - Ground hydrant to be Zurn Inground Hydrant Model Z-1360 as
manufactured by Zurn Industries 905-405-8272. Zurn Z-1360-HD-RK-5-6-17
encased, non -freeze hydrant, for flush with grade or finished (non -traffic) floor
installation, complete with bronze casting, all bronze interior parts, bronze seat and
replaceable seat washer, non -turning operating rod with free-floating compression
closure valve with 3/4" connection. Plan bronze box and scoriated cover with
operating key lock. Hydrant is equipped with a tapped 1/4" drain port in valve
housing. Six (6) keys are to be included for each. Depth of bury to be 4' (1200).
WATERMAIN INSTALLATION I
Excavation I
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the bid per metre
of watermain.
Removal of Old Mains, Services and Fittings
For the unit prices bid for watermain construction, the Contractor shall include the
removal of existing mains and services when required, and/or as directed by the Engineer at the
time of construction.
These mains shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the
site of the work.
Any fittings deemed salvageable shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's
Workshop.
Removal of Exiting Hydrant and Salvage
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove the existing hydrant as directed by the
Engineer and the hydrant shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Workshop in good '
order.
Bedding and Backfill i
All bedding and cover material from the bottom of the pipe to a height of 0.30 metres
above the top of the pipe shall be granular "A"or approved equal and shall be as required by
OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032 and 802.034 (Class B), whichever is applicable for rigid pipe,
OPSD 802.010, 802.013, 802.014, 802.020, whichever is applicable for flexible pipe.
L�
' The remainder of the backfill shall be with approved native material compacted to a
minimum dry density of 100% or granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of
100% as noted in the Form of Tender.
11
I
SP-21
The price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding, cover material
and the backfilling.
All bedding, cover and backfill material shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in
accordance with the amended OPSS 514, as outlined under the General SP - Compaction.
Laying and Jointing - P.V.C.
Y g
The laying and jointing of pipe shall conform to OPSS 701 and shall also include the
supply and the installation of a tracer wire (#12/7 stranded copper) for providing electrical
continuity with all fittings and services. The tracer wire shall rise to ground level at all valve
boxes and be connected to all fittings and services.
Installation of Services
For the unit price bid per each, the Contractor shall include the cost of tapping the main,
installing saddles where applicable, main stops and curb stops c/w service box, including all
connections to new and existing mains and services.
For the unit price bid per lineal metre, the Contractor shall include the cost of installing
water service tubing by means of trenching and all services shall be laid to a depth of not less
than 1.5 m.
At vacant lots, the ends of all services shall be marked by a 38 mm x 89 mm wood post
extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the ground and the top section painted
fluorescent blue. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor.
The unit price bid shall include all restoration beyond the general grading limits. See
restoration requirements stated elsewhere in the contract.
Connection to Existing Main
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to
reconnect the existing main to the new main with the proper fittings to make the connection.
Anode Installation
For the unit price bid for the watermain and fittings, the Contractor shall supply and
install anodes as outlined under Anodes for Cathodic Protection and Installation.
11
SP-22
For all mechanical joint fittings and couplings used with either ductile iron or PVC pipe, a
sacrificial zinc nut shall be installed on each bolt. They shall be of the protecto-cap type.
Anodes for Cathodic Protection and Installation
Zinc anodes shall be supplied for installation on pipe (131), valves, fittings, hydrants,
services, etc.
They shall consist of a zinc casting with a galvanized steel core, packaged in a cardboard
or cloth bag of minimum diameter of 100 mm. The backfill material shall consist of a
gypsum/bentonite material having an electrical resistivity of less than 50 ohm cm. wet. An
insulated copper wire shall be brazed to the core wire.
Anodes shall be supplied in sizes of 2.3, 5.5 and 11.0 kg to provide installation as
detailed.
Packaged zinc anodes are to be installed with all new watermains as follows:
Watermain Sizes
100 - 150 mm dia.
200 - 250 mm dia.
Each copper service
Hydrants
Steel pipe encasement
Anode Spacing/Requirements
5.5 kg anode per pipe length and fitting
5.5 kg anode per pipe length and fitting
5.5 kg anode per each
2 - 5.5 kg anode per each (see hydrant
standard drawing 1105.01)
2 - 11.0 kg anode, one at each end.
Connect anode copper lead wire to pipe, valve, fitting, hydrant, etc., with "cadweld" type
connection. Connect to main stops or curb stops with the electrical ground connections
supplied. Place anode in trench a minimum of 500 mm from pipe, valve, fitting, etc.
Complete installation shall conform to anode manufacturer's recommendations.
ITEM NO.39 — TESTING, FLUSHING, SWABBING AND DISINFECTION OF
WATERMAINS
For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and
materials for the temporary connection, testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of
watermains and services in accordance with the following specifications, OPSS 701 for
pressure testing, AWWA C651-99 for disinfection and connection to waterworks system.
1
I
C�
1
1
SP-23
The new watermain shall be isolated from the existing waterworks system using a
physical separation until satisfactory bacteriological testing has been completed and accepted by
the Contract Administrator and the Municipality. Water required to fill the new main for
hydrostatic pressure testing, disinfection, and flushing shall be supplied through a temporary
connection between the existing water system and the new main. The temporary connection shall
include an appropriate cross -connection control device consistent with the degree of hazard (a
double check valve assembly (used above or below ground level) or a reduced pressure principle
backflow preventer (used above ground level ONLY)). The backflow preventer operation shall
be in accordance with CAN/Canadian Standards Association-1364 Series Manual. The backflow
preventer shall be disconnected (physically separated) from the new main during the hydrostatic
pressure test. It will be necessary to re-establish the temporary connection after completion of the
hydrostatic pressure test to swab, chlorinate and flush out the disinfectant water prior to final
connection of the new main to the waterworks system. (Refer to AWWA C651-99).
Swabbing will be required prior to pressure testing, disinfection and commissioning of the
main. A minimum of two (2) new swabs will be passed through each section of main line pipe to
ensure that there is no blockage, debris, etc. The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment
may be required for the swabbing operation.
The pressure testing shall be in accordance with OPSS 701.07.22.01 hydrostatic testing
and under the supervision of the Contract Administrator.
At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions to above
the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations.
At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed.
The cost of providing for such extensions are to be included in the lump sum price bid.
After disinfection in accordance with AWWA C651-99 of the watermains and services
for 24 hours and final flushing, two consecutive sets of water samples, taken at least 24 hours
apart, shall be collected for every 350 metres or part there of watermain plus from the end of the
line and from each branch line off the main line. In addition, it is recommended that the existing
water system be tested as well.
Following disinfection of the watermains, the chlorinated water shall be managed and
disposed of in accordance with OPSS 701.07.25.
Certified municipal staff or trained designate only (OWRA Reg. 459/00) shall collect
samples for bacteriological testing. All water samples are to be analyzed by a Provincially
accredited Laboratory. One 200 ml bacteriological sample (bottles supplied by the Labs ONLY)
must be obtained from each location. The sample form is to be filled out requesting E.coli (Fecal
Coliform), Total Coliform and background analysis and is to include the samplers license
number. Each sample collected must include a "Total and Free Chlorine residual" reading.
SP-24 I
The Owner or Municipality will pay Laboratory expenses for the initial first 2 sets of
sampling requirement for bacteriological results. If the disinfection fails to produce satisfactory
samples, disinfection shall be repeated at the Contractor's expense.
The minimum requirements for acceptability of bacteriological tests are:
E.coli (Fecal Coliform) Less than 1 cfu/100 ml ,
Total Coliform Less than 1 cfu/100 ml
Background Colonies not greater than 200/100 ml.
Commissioning of New Main
Once a complete set of tests including the bacteriological samples are satisfactory and the
results are received, the Contract Administrator must request approval from the Municipality for
the main to be connected to the existing water system. The Contract Administrator or designate
must be present on site during the removal of the temporary connection and until the connecting
of the new main to the existing waterworks has been completed.
All new piping, services and appurtenances placed in the connection of the new main and
existing waterworks system must be disinfected with a 1% (10,000 mg/1) solution of sodium
hypochlorite or equivalent method at the Contractor's expense.
The Contractor must provide in writing, a method of dewatering in order to protect the
final connection from contamination of the new or existing watermain with foreign material or
groundwater. Should the need to re -disinfect, the entire cost of re -disinfecting the mains will be
at the Contractor's expense.
Testing, Flushing and Disinfection of New Services to be Connected to Existing Main
The Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for the testing, flushing
and disinfection of the services in accordance with AWWA C651-99 and the following.
The tubing and fitting shall be cleaned and disinfected with a 1-% (10,000 mg/L solution
of sodium hypochlorite or equivalent method and the service flushed until two consecutive
chlorine residual tests of 0.75 to 1.0 mg/L as free chlorine are achieved before connecting to the
existing service.
SP- 25
REPLACEMENT SECTION AFTER
COMPLETION OF TESTING, FLUSHING
AND DISINFECTION OPERATIONS
GATE VALVE TO BE LEFT
IN PLACE AND INCLUDED
IN TESTING, FLUSHING,
DISINFECTION AND SWABBING TEMPORARY THRUST
ITEM SOLID SLEEVE BLOCK SOLID SLEEVE OR
rCAP CAP BELL END
` NEW OR EXIST.
r I GATE VALVE
NEW �I ��� EXIST.
"-- GA i VALVE (TYP)
(SAMPLE TAP ALSO USED
FOR CHLORINE INJECTION �- FILL LINE OR ((BY-PASS
CO
AND PRESSURE TESTING) ASNNECTION PER TABLEMINIMUM BELOW) SIZE
LBACKFLOW PREVENTOR
DEVICE
LIMIT OF PAYMENT (TO BE INCLUCED IN TESTING,
FLUSHING, DISINFECTION AND SWABBING ITEM)
TYPICAL TEMPORARY CONNECTION ON WATERMAINS
N.T.S.
PIPE
DIAMETER
FLOW REQUIRED
TO PRODUCE
0.76m s (APPROX)
VELOCITY IN
MAIN
SIZE OF TAP (mm)
NUMBER OF OPEN
64mm
HYDRANT
OUTLETS
25
38
51
mm
I/s
NUMBER OF TAPS ON
PIPES
100
6.3
1
—
1
150
12.6
—
1
—
1
200
25.2
—
2
1
1
250
37.9
—
3
2
1
300
56.8
—
—
2
2
400
109.9
—
—
4
2
0
�LJ
SP-26 I
ITEM NOS. 40 & 41— PRECAST CONCRETE
GENERAL
Description
This section specifies the supply and installation of precast concrete products.
Quality Assurance
Use only products from approved and/or specified manufacturers.
All concrete products must conform to CSA A231.1-72 and CAN3-A23.4-M78, latest
edition for materials and method of manufacture.
Product Delivery, Storage & Handling
Chipped or damaged wall blocks and other precast products and products not conforming
to the approved sample will be rejected.
Job Conditions
Do not proceed with installation if the sub -grade is in a frozen or muddy condition.
Inspection
Obtain the approval of the Landscape Architect of the layout, compacted sub -grade and
compacted granular base before proceeding with subsequent work.
Payment
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for
the complete installation of Precast Concrete Block Planters and Precast Concrete Retaining
Walls.
PRODUCTS
Materials
Precast concrete products: pre -manufactured concrete products conforming in all respects with
CSA A231.1-72 and CAN3-A23.4-M78, latest edition for materials and method of manufacture.
Precast planter: Tumbled "Fieldstone" by Lafarge Canada Inc. 1-800-263-4162. Chartan colour
blend. Tapered and square -sided units as required, c/w coping units.
1
1
Ll
1
SP-27
Adhesive: HP Masonry Adhesive (product code 141-711) available through Lafarge Canada Inc.
1-800-263-4162.
EXECUTION
Preparation
Fine grade subgrade eliminating uneven areas and filling low spots. Remove all debris.
Tamp finished subgrade to provide solid and stable base.
Installation of Precast Planter Wall
Place and compact the base material to 100% Standard Proctor Dry Density. Provide a
minimum 300 mm of Granular "A" compacted material.
Tightly butt wall sections together. Ensure finished wall is straight and true. Top of wall
is to be maintained level in all cases.
ITEM NOS. 42 & 43 — BRICK AND WROUGHT IRON FENCE
I
GENERAL
1
1
Description
This section describes the supply and installation of brick pier (pillar) and wrought iron
fencing.
Related Work
Cast -in -place concrete bases, footings and caps: Concrete shall be placed according to
OPSS 904.
Quality Assurance
The Contractor (or masonry sub -contractor) must have minimum of five (5) years
experience in this type of work.
Welding contractor must be fully approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau under the
requirements of CSA W-47. Welding is to be done in accordance with CSA W-59-84.
ISamples
Submit samples of face brick prior to ordering materials and obtain the approval of the
Landscape Architect.
SP-28 I
Shop Drawings and Product Data
Submit shop drawings and product data when requested by Landscape Architect.
Shop drawings to indicate dimensions, sizes, assembly and installation details for each
item.
Payment
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for
the complete construction of wrought iron fencing, posts and brick piers.
PRODUCTS
Face Brick
Canada Brick, "Georgetown" colour, "Ontario Size" available through Simcoe Block.
Contact Marc Gariepy 1-800-487-3704.
Mortar
Type S based on proportion specifications. Mortar to be grey in colour.
Sealants
"Hydrozzo" concrete repellency agent (penetrating stain sealant).
Hydrozzo "Enviroseal 7" masonry repellency agent.
Ties
Ties to be hot -dipped galvanized horizontal reinforcement, BL-42 adjustable veneer tabs
as supplied by Simcoe Block.
Wrought Iron Fencing
"Wrought iron" fencing panels to be "Princess" Imperial Collection c/w decorative top by
Dura Fence 1-800-667-3965. Panels to be "Galvalume" coated prime steel with black polyester
powder -coating. All welds to be stainless steel.
Panel widths to be as required so posts are spaced 2012 mm O.C. and height to be
1219 mm or 914 mm as indicated on drawings. Post caps to be ball type. Supply complete with
fence panel hangers for mounting on brick piers (pillars) as required.
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for
the complete construction of wrought iron fencing, posts and brick piers.
I
I
1
I
fl
Ll
it
H
SP-29
Installation
detail.
Pour concrete footings as detailed and in accordance with OPSS 904.
Construct precast concrete block backup in centre of each fence pier, installing ties as per
Install clay bricks in running bond pattern on concrete footing with weep hole vents in
vertical joints in first course immediately above concrete base and in top course immediately
under cap as per detail.
Mason to randomly blend bricks on site at time of installation to the satisfaction of the
Landscape Architect. Ensure uniform blend of colour and texture.
Install fence panel hangers in brick piers according to manufacturer's recommendations.
Form and cast in place Portland base concrete cap on top of each pier. Lightly sandblast
cap prior to applying two coats of Hydrozzo sealant as per manufacturer's recommendations.
Touch-up damaged finishes and remove all mortar and concrete spills from face brick and
adjacent surfaces to approval of Landscape Architect. Apply two coats Hydrozzo masonry
sealant as per manufacturer's recommendations.
Install "wrought iron" fence posts and panels as per details and manufacturer's
recommendations.
Contractor to ensure that all brick piers and iron posts are plumb and aligned in a straight
line, as shown on the drawings and to the approval of the Landscape Architect.
Install post caps immediately following installation of posts and panels.
ITEM NO.44 — STREET NAME MARKER
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, material and equipment for
the complete installation of street name markers as indicated on the contract drawings and detail
D8.
ITEM NOS. 45-49 — SITE FURNISHINGS
GENERAL
Description
items.
This section describes the supply and installation of standard manufactured catalogue
SP-30
Related Work
Cast -in -place concrete bases and footings: Concrete shall be laced according ,
g p rding to OPSS
904.
Shop Drawings and Product Data
r
Submit shop drawings and product data when requested by Landscape Architect. i
Shop drawings to indicate dimensions, sizes, assembly and installation details for each
furnishing/fixture.
Payment I
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for
the complete installation of landscape furnishings. '
PRODUCTS
Item No. 45 — Benches '
Bench with back to be #7199-6'-IPE (Midway Bench) c/w stainless steel hardware, wood ,
components to be left unfinished. Metal components to be galvanized then finished with
polyurethane primer and paint, black colour. By Toronto Fabricating. Available through Wayne
Morrison 519-473-5214.
Item No. 46 — Trash Receptacles
Trash receptacle to be #922-22 complete with hinged cast , P p g t lid and liner and stainless steel
hardware. Metal components to be galvanized then finished with polyurethane primer and paint,
black colour. By Toronto Fabricating. Available through Wayne Morrison 519-473-5214.
Item No. 47 — Bicycle Racks
New bicycle racks to be #937-DB with cast aluminum ring and hot -dipped galvanized
post. Ring to be c/w name "Harbour Street, Kincardine" in casting. By Toronto Fabricating. ,
Available through Wayne Morrison - 519-473-5214.
Item No. 48 — Telephone Booths I
Telephone Booth to be #J-4bb Antique c/w Handset Logo. Each "telephone booth" as
indicated on drawings consists of two booths fastened back-to-back on a single #P-15-A9
Pedestal. #P-15-A4 Anchor Straps to be included. All by Jaro Industries - 905-874-4760.
Contact Ralph Bennett 1-877-874-4760.
1 SP-31
Item No. 49 — Picnic Tables
Picnic table to be heavy duty picnic table with southern yellow pine slats and black
powder coated frame #P768 by Gametime available through Crozier Agencies -
1-800-665-3821.
EXECUTION
IInstallation
( Assemble furnishings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Obtain approval of final furnishings locations from Landscape Architect prior to
anchoring to concrete footings.
' Install furnishings true, plumb, and anchored as detailed. Shore up, if necessary, to ensure
true, plumb placement. Bench seats will slope to follow grade of paving.
Touch-up damaged finishes to approval of Landscape Architect.
Refer to Manufacturer's standards for ground hydrant installation.
ITEM NO.50 — WOOD SCREEN FENCE
GENERAL
Description
I This sections specifies the supply and installation of timber and wood elements.
P
Quality Assurance
All work must be executed by skilled tradesmen having at least five (5) years experience
in this type of work.
All timber and wood to be pressure -treated must be done in accordance with CSA 080-
M 1983 wood preservation. All material to be inspected and stamped by the Canadian Wood
Preservers Bureau (CWPB).
All wood must comply with the grade specified.
Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
■ Protect all materials from harmful exposure during transportation to the site.
SP-32
On delivery, store all materials off the ground and protect from adverse conditions to
prevent deterioration, damage, or impairment of structure or other essential properties.
All damaged or deteriorated materials will be rejected and must be removed from the site
immediately.
Job Conditions
Check and verify all site dimensions governing the fabrication of shop -made items and
report any discrepancies immediately to the Consultant.
Sample Panel
When instructed by the Consultant, erect a sample wall and green edging section,
minimum 4000 mm long. Have sample approved before proceeding. Ensure all other work
conforms to sample panel.
Inspection
All timber, wood and plywood which has been pressure treated, must bear an inspection
label of the CWPB.
Make all pressure treated items available for inspection by the Consultant at the place of
treatment, before shipment to the job site.
Payment
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for
the complete construction of the wood screen fence as detailed in the contract drawings.
PRODUCTS
Materials
Pressure treated timber and lumber: grade and type specified on the drawings, conforming to
CSA 0141 for nominal size, fully incised before pressure treatment, with minimum penetration of
13 mm on all faces and pressure treated to the densities as stated in CSA 080-M1983. All timber
and lumber must be straight, sound and free of splits, warps, checks, large knots or other defects.
Preservative must be water based material.
Nails spikes bolts, lag, screws, etc.: hot dipped galvanized. All galvanizing shall be hot dipped
galvanizing after fabrication with 60 mg minimum weight of zinc coating in accordance with
CSA G164-1964 (R1972).
Finishes: all wood to be left unfinished.
1
SP-33
EXECUTION
1 Installation
Lay out all work true to line and level, plumb and true. Accurately place structural
supports and members in position and brace securely to remain plumb and true until permanently
fixed.
1
Ensure structural supports and members are capable of safely supporting imposed loads.
Report any discrepancies immediately to the Consultant.
Execute all fastening with nails, spikes, bolts, or framing anchors as detailed. Counter
sink all exposed bolts and nuts. Drill bolt hole 2 mm larger than diameter of bolt and after final
installation damage bolt threads to prevent removal of nuts.
Treat all cuts with 2 coats of the same preservative which was originally used in the
pressure treatment of the timber.
1 Finishing
All timber and wood installations are to be left unfinished.
1 ITEM NO. 51— GUARDRAIL
1 GENERAL
Description
This section specifies the supply, fabrication and installation of guardrail and handrail.
1 Samples
1
I
I
Fabricate 3 m long sample section of guardrail and handrail and obtain the approval of the
Landscape Architect.
Quality Assurance
The Contractor (or welding sub -contractor) must have minimum of five (5) years
experience in this type of work.
Welding Contractor must be fully approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau under the
requirements of CSA W-47. Welding is to.be done in accordance with CSA W-59-84.
SP-34
Inspection
Stake out and obtain the approval of the Lakesca e Architect of handrail an '
P d guardrail
locations before proceeding.
Payment
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for '
the complete installation of guardrail and handrail as detailed in the contract drawings.
PRODUCTS
Materials I
Guard and Handrail Pipe: 51, 42, or 38 mm O.D., 3.8, or 3.6 mm wall thickness respectively,
black iron pipe to ASTM AS3-82 or as noted on details. No substitution of material will be
considered.
Shop Primer: primer conforming to CGSB 1 GP40D, enamel or epoxy as per details, conforming
to CGSM 1 GP59M.
Finish Paint: polyurethane paint and primer. Primer to be 5109A and finish paint to be 530C by
IMCO Jethane Paints 905-628-0082. Finish paint colour to be as directed by Landscape
Architect.
Concrete: minimum 32 MPa strength at 28 days; slum 75 mm maximum at point of deposit,,
P p
ready mixed at plant and transported to the site by truck in accordance with CAN3-A23.1M77.
Concrete mixed on site will not be accepted unless approved in writing by the Landscape t
Architect prior to use.
Prefabrication r
Guardrail and handrail sections may be shop fabricated at the option of the Contractor. ,
Grind all welds smooth and shop prime all prefabricated sections in the shop.
EXECUTION ,
Guardrail and Handrail Installation
For guardrail and handrail installed in concrete footings: excavate post holes with
200 mm auger to a depth as indicated. Hand excavate around all utility lines. Top of concrete
footing is to be 150 mm below finished grade of asphalt paving.
Where guardrail or handrail is to be installed on a timber curb, wall or planter, weld pipe ,
to base plate as per detail and secure to timber as detailed.
n
SP-35
Where guardrail or handrail is to be installed in precast concrete retaining wall or poured -
in -place concrete steps or paving: core drill into concrete and insert metal sleeve. Place guardrail
or handrail post into sleeve and caulk with non -shrink cement grout as per OPSD 980.101.
' Maximum post spacing is to be 2000 mm O.C. Posts are to be plumb in both directions.
Posts are to be spaced evenly in any given run of guardrail or handrail.
Apply coat of shop primer and install in footing, sleeve in concrete retaining wall or
fasten to timber. Ensure each post in concrete footings has a key at the bottom, as per detail.
Weld rail to posts bending the rail as required to follow the grade and any adjacent walk, steps or
curb.
Form the top rail by butt -welding random lengths of pipe. All welds are to be continuous
seam electric welds.
' Bend to suit and install middle rail (where shown on details) butt -welding each section
between adjacent posts.
' All changes in direction of the handrail are to be done by bending the pipe. Bends made
by welding adjacent straight lengths of pipe together will not be permitted.
Ensure all posts are plumb and railing follows the edge of adjacent paving (or retaining
wall) within 150 mm of edge or is consistently in centre of steps or retaining wall as per details.
Handrail shall follow the contour of the site at a height as indicated in drawings. Ensure
transitions in level are smooth and uniform without sharp vertical bends.
I Make all bends with approved pipe bending tools. Bends are to be smooth transition,
without kinks, crimps, bulges or other deformations.
Finishing
Grind all welds smooth and flush with the pipe surface.
Clean pipe of all rust, dirt, oil, grease and scale. Rough -up entire surface with wire brush
or by sanding.
' Apply one coat of 510A primer as per manufacturer's recommendations.
Apply one coat of 530C finish paint within two (2) to four (4) hours of primer application,
following the manufacturer's. Colour as directed by the Landscape Architect.
rTouch up paint work to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect.
1
r�
!I
SP-36 I
Clean-up
At the completion of construction make good all damage to c , g g concrete, stone and/or unit
paving, concrete retaining wall, concrete steps and other adjacent surfaces. Remove all paint
spills.
In grassed areas, fill top of footing with topsoil to match existing grade. '
ITEM NO.52 — WATER FEATURE
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to '
complete the construction of the water feature as shown on the contract drawings.
The Contractor shall supply all utilities to CB#24C with material allowances made for the
Municipality to connect a submersible pump. The submersible pump and all controls to be
supplied and installed by the Municipality.
ITEM NOS. 53-61— PVC DUCTS AND APPURTENANCES
a) Pipe and Fittings
PVC Pine (Supplied by the Contractor)
All 50 mm, 75 mm & 100 mm diameter to be Type D132 PVC Duct #1, duct fittings,
sleeves, plugs, couplers, bends, duct terminators (Bell Ends), and separators will be ,
supplied by the Contractor.
Pipe (supplied by BMTS and Kincardine Cable TV): '
75 mm and 100 mm diameter DB2 PVC Duct
38 mm polyethylene conduit '
including duct fittings, sleeves, plugs, couplers, bends duct terminators (Bell Ends) supplied
by BMTS and Kincardine Cable TV.
b) Joints and Duct Separators
All PVC fitting joints shall be solvent weld duct separators to be of approved type as I
supplied by duct manufacturer.
c) Bends
All bends to be long sweep type.
I
SP-37
d) Bedding and Backfill Materials
Granular "A"
Granular "A" shall be crushed gravel and shall conform to the quality and gradation
requirements of OPSS 1010.
19 mm crusher run crushed stone may be used as an alternate to Granular "A".
Granular "B"
Granular "B" shall conform to the requirements of OPSS 1010.
e) Selected Excavated Material
Selected material shall be suitable for and capable of being compacted as specified for
trench backfill. Such material shall be subject to the Engineer's approval, prior to usage,
and shall be separately stockpiled, at no extra cost to the Owner, if so directed by the
Engineer.
f) Tie Wires
Will be supplied and installed by the Contractor at intervals that will keep the ducts in true
horizontal and vertical alignment in accordance with the drawings.
g) Fish Wire
All fish wire will be a nylon twine, supplied by the Contractor.
h) Duct Identification
Each duct shall be identified by the number and letter shown on the drawings at each
terminus point by a permanent marking on the end of each duct and a tag ID attached to the
end of the fishwire.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
a) Setting Out
All pipe shall be laid on the line and to the grade shown on the drawings or determined by
the Engineer. Any variation therefrom shall be correctly relaid at no extra cost to the
Owner.
c)
SP-38
The Engineer shall be notified of any layout work carried out and may check same if he so
desires. Checking of layout work or failure to do so on the part of the Engineer in no way
relieves the Contractor of full responsibility for construction to the proper location,
alignment and grade.
Depth of Trenches
Trenches shall be excavated to the depth required for the foundations of the pipe, duct and
appurtenances shown on the drawings. If the trench is excavated below required grade, the
Contractor shall fill it to grade with concrete or other material as directed by the Engineer,
at no extra cost to the Owner.
Storage and Disposal of Excavated Material
The Contractor shall deposit material excavated from the trenches and all material required
for the work in such a manner as to cause the least possible interference with other work on
the site.
The location of stockpiles for storage of excavated material shall be subject to the
Engineer's approval. In general, all excavated material shall be kept piled and trimmed to
the satisfaction of the Engineer and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
The Contractor shall dispose of all debris and excess materials as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials.
Protection of Excavations
At all times outside working hours, including nights, weekends and holidays, all
excavations shall be completely surrounded by "snow fencing" or similar approved fence.
Fence shall be continuous with adequate supports and braces. No extra payment will be
made for such fencing.
Placement of Ducts
Ducts shall be arranged and placed in the trench as shown on the drawings and spacers
inserted at intervals of 1.5 metres. The location of couplers shall be staggered for each duct
within the duct formation.
Ducts shall be anchored in place using tie wire to ensure that there is no movement during
the placing of backfill.
Pulling -in wires shall be installed in each duct length as it is placed.
Orange underground warning tape shall be placed within 200 mm to 300 mm above the
duct.
1
11
I
11
SP-39
Immediately after backfill has been placed and compacted, a mandrel not less than 300 mm
long and having a diameter of 6 mm less than the diameter of the conduit shall be pulled
through each run to ensure that it is not blocked. A stiff bristle brush shall be pulled
through each conduit to remove all sand and other foreign matter. The Engineer shall be
present during these operations.
To facilitate future connection to ducts installed under this contract, with disruption of
traffic and damage to new road surfaces, stubs are required at designated intersections as
shown on the drawings.
The installation of these stubs shall comply with the specification for duct installation.
These stubs shall be installed in conjunction with the laying of the main ducts and the
associated manholes and not after the duct is completely installed. All stubs shall terminate
with an approved "push on" type cap complete with rubber gasket. Before backfilling, the
location of all caps shall be marked with a 50 mm x 100 mm stake extending up to 150 mm
below finished grade.
The ends of all ducts within the manholes shall be capped with approved type plugs.
Bedding and backfilling shall comply with the Bedding and Backfilling Sections of these
specifications.
Completion of bedding and backfilling operations shall commence immediately following
the placing of ducts.
d) Bedding; and Backfill
General
Materials for backfill and bedding shall be in accordance with "Backfill and Bedding
Materials".
Backfill from the trench bottom to 150 mm above the top of the conduit shall be classified
as "bedding" and shall be Granular "B". All materials above this level shall be considered
"backfill" and may be native material except where otherwise indicated on the drawings.
Excavation shall be dewatered until bedding and backfilling have been completed. If any
duct encasement, pipe, or structure is damaged during bedding or backfilling, or due to
improper dewatering or any such cause, the Contractor shall remedy or replace damaged
materials to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no extra cost to the Owner.
Bedding and backfill shall be as shown on the drawings and as specified herein.
No bedding or backfill material shall be dropped or pushed into the trench and allowed to
drop freely; ramps or sloping chutes or similar approved method shall be employed.
11
1
a)
SP40 I
Beddin
Bedding shall be of the class, materials and dimensions shown on the drawings and as
specified.
Granular bedding shall be hand tamped to 100 per cent Proctor Standard Density in layers
not exceeding 150 mm thickness. Care shall be taken to ensure even compaction of the
bedding. Material to the sides of the conduit shall be compacted to the same degree as that
underneath the conduit.
Backfill
Materials and methods for backfilling trenches and excavations for structures shall be as
shown on the drawings and specified herein.
Backfill for structures such as manholes shall start at the subgrade for the structure and shall
be brought up simultaneously and equally on all sides of the structure. Backfill around
manholes shall be same as for trench adjacent to manholes.
Top elevation of all backfill shall generally suit the requirements for surface restoration
specified under "Restoration".
All bedding, cover and backfill material shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in
accordance with the amended OPSS 514 as outlined under the General SP - Compaction.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
General
The intention of the unit prices in the Form of Tender is to give a complete price for each
particular unit, complete as a finished product and constructed in accordance with the
contract drawings and documents. If, upon completion of construction, the actual quantities
show either an increase or decrease from those originally estimated, the contract unit prices
shall still prevail.
Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for
under the contract. Payment will only be made for materials actually incorporated into the
work. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material, except
as specifically allowed herein.
b) Duct
Lengths for payment for ducts shall be measured in a horizontal plane from inside face to
inside face of manholes, or from inside face of manhole to termination point if duct does
not end at a manhole.
n
SP-41
The price per lineal metre for duct shall be considered full compensation for:
- Supply of all materials, equipment, labour, and supervision for complete installation.
- Excavation, saw cutting, breaking out and dewatering including disposal of debris and
'
excess excavated material.
- Location, protection and temporary support of existing utilities and structures.
- Installation and removal of sheathing and shoring.
- Bedding and backfilling with native or imported granular materials, including
compaction, as specified.
'
- Connections to existing ducts and manholes
- Flushing and cleaning.
- Maintenance of surface water and ground water flows and of flow in the existing
sewers. -
Traffic maintenance and control.
- All restoration except where otherwise specified.
- Maintenance of flows where indicated and specified.
If the duct encasement inverts are changed by the Engineer, an appropriate credit or
'
deduction shall be made: to the contract price to allow for the change in the amount of
excavation. This adjustment shall be based on the price submitted for excavation in the
Schedule of Additional Unit Prices.
' If the average duct encasement depths between manholes differ from those shown in the
Form of Tender for any other reason, an adjustment will be made to the contract price only
if the difference is more than 300 mm. This adjustment shall be based on the price
submitted for excavation in the Schedule of Additional Unit Prices or alternative basis as
may be agreed by the Engineer. No adjustment will be made if the difference is 300 mm or
less.
During the course of the work, payment for the installation of duct encasement will be
based on the extent of the works completed and adjustments will be made to the unit price
by the Engineer based upon the extent of the restoration or maintenance work remaining to
be done.
c) Vaults
' Vaults shall be paid for on an individual price basis as set out in the Form of Tender. The
tender price shall include the complete placement of the structure, including duct stubs,
' split sleeves, and shall be full compensation for:
Supply of all materials, equipment, labour and supervision for complete installation.
- All excavation, saw -cutting, breaking -out and dewatering including disposal of debris
and excess excavated material location.
Location, protection and temporary support of existing utilities and structures
' - Backfilling, including compaction.
Complete restoration.
SP-42 1
d) Excavation and Bedding
Payment for excavation and bedding shall be included in the price per metre bid for the
installation of the conduit as shown on the drawings and as specified. If soft, unstable or
unacceptable material is encountered upon which the bedding material or conduit is to be
placed, this unsuitable material shall be removed to a depth ordered by the Engineer, and
replaced with suitable bedding material. Additional excavation and bedding as ordered,
over and above the amount required by the plans and specifications, will be paid for based n
the unit rates entered under the Schedule of Additional Items and Prices in the Form of
Tender or as otherwise agreed by the Engineer.
If the necessity for such additional bedding material has been caused by an act or failure to
act on the part of the Contractor, or required for the control of ground water, the Contractor
shall bear the cost of the additional excavation and bedding.
ITEM NO.62 — PLACE CONCRETE STEPS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to
construct reinforced concrete steps in accordance with OPSS 352 and with instructions given by
the Engineer at the time of construction. See the drawings for locations and table giving vertical
height and width of the steps.
Sta.
Approx. Vertical (m)
Width (m)
1 +043 Lt
0.6
2.0
1+120 Rt
0.4
1.7
ITEM NO.63 — PLACE WOODEN STEPS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to
remove and reconstruct wooden steps as shown on the contract drawings and in accordance with
the Ontario Building Code.
The stringers shall be supported on 250 mm dia. (min.) reinforced concrete sonotube.
Burial depth of concrete pier shall be a minimum of 1.2 m below grade. The top stair tread shall
match the top of the precast "Fieldstone" coping unit.
All fasteners shall be galvanized and the lumber shall be pressure treated SPS grade 1 & 2
pine or spruce.
F�
H
11
F11
u
I
I
11
11
I�
SP-43
ITEM NO. 65 — MATERIAL AND COMPACTION TESTING
All allowance for material and compaction testing has been included within the contract.
The actual cost of material and compaction testing as might be ordered by the Engineer on behalf
of the Owner, will be paid by the Contractor and this sum will be reimbursed to the Contractor
within said contract.
ITEM NO. 66 — REMOVE AND REPLACE WOODEN POSTS
For the unit price, the Contractor shall supply all labour and equipment to remove and
salvage existing 8" x 8" wooden posts and reinstall in the same pattern at the new location laid
out by the Engineer.
ITEM NO.67 — INSTALL WOODEN POSTS
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to
complete the installation of 8" x 8" wooden posts along the south side of Durham Market North.
The new 8" x 8" wooden posts shall be approximately 0.9 m above ground with 0.9 m bury. The
new posts shall resemble the existing posts with the corners chamfered.
ITEM NO.69 -- ADDITIONAL TRENCH EXCAVATION
When unsuitable soils are encountered and where conditions warrant and on the Engineer's
direction, the Contractor shall excavate below the proposed trench bottom. Payment shall be at
the unit price bid for this item and shall include the removal and disposal of this material.
ITEM NO.70 -- IMPORTED GRANULAR BACKFILL
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place and compact approved
imported granular material in the sewer and/or watermain trenches, whichever is applicable,
where native material is unsuitable. The removal and disposal of a similar amount of unsuitable
excavated material shall be included in the unit price bid for this item.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where native backfill has been
specified, and in the opinion of the Engineer, the native material is unsuitable for backfill.
' In all areas where granular backfill is specified, the cost of this material shall be included in
the unit price bid for the item.
1
1
SP-44 I
ITEM NO. 71-- SUPPLY AND PLACE 20 mm CRUSHED STONE BEDDING
Where conditions warrant, and on the Engineer's direction, and for the unit price bid per
tonne, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place, fine grade and compact 20 mm crushed stone
bedding required in the sewer and/or watermain trench.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where, in the opinion of the
engineer, it is necessary to excavate below the proposed trench bottom and additional
crushed stone bedding to provide a proper foundation.
ITEM NO.72 -- SUPPLY AND PLACE IMPORTED GRANULAR BEDDING
When directed by the Engineer, and for the unit price bid per tonne measurement, the
Contractor shall supply to the site, place, fine grade, and compact approved imported granular
bedding required in the sewer trench. The removal and disposal of a similar amount of
unsuitable excavated material shall be included in the unit price bid for this item.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where, in the opinion of the
Engineer, it is necessary to excavate below the proposed trench bottom and provide
additional granular bedding to provide a proper foundation.
ITEM NO.73 — UNSHRINKABLE BACKFILL (Controlled Density Fill)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, material and equipment for the
placing of the unshrinkable backfill when directed by the Engineer.
Materials
The controlled density fill material used shall be a ready mixed flowable fill as
manufactured by local ready mixed concrete producers. The controlled density fill shall consist
of and meet the following requirements:
Cement
- Type 10 Portland Cement
- 25 kg/m3
Aggregates
- In accordance with OPSS 1002, maximum size 25 mm
Slump
150 mm minimum at point of discharge
1
1
I
n
1
SP-45
Strength
- 0.07 MPa within 24 hours
- maximum 0.4 MPa at 28 days
Air Entrainment
- In accordance with CSA (CAN3-A23.1)
Construction Methods
(1) Placina
The controlled density fill is to be placed in the trench so as not to displace any conduits or
pipes and shall be vibrated to ensure elimination of all voids. The surface shall be
trowelled to leave a uniform finish.
(2) Steel Plating
If traffic must be allowed to pass over the trench into which controlled density fill has been
placed, steel plating, supplied by the Contractor, shall be placed across the trench until the
controlled density fill has reached sufficient strength to allow for placement of asphalt and
the subsequent passage of traffic. The steel plating used by the Contractor shall be
physically restrained to prevent it from slipping or lifting away from the trench and to
prevent excessive rattling. The steel plates shall have sufficient strength and width to carry
the traffic safely over the trench. The Contractor shall note that any trench shall be steel
plated for no more than four days before the asphalt is placed.
ITEM NO.74 — SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR AND PLACE PRECAST UNIT PAVERS
INCLUDING GRANULAR "A" BASE
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to
' place precast unit pavers in the Romanesque style around the flag pole at the west end of Harbour
Street. The unit price shall include excavation and supply and placing of the Granular "A" base.
The special provision for Item 20 - Place Precast Concrete Unit Pavers shall also be
included under this item.
ITEM NO.75 — BONDING AND INSURANCE
For the lump sum price, the Contractor shall include the cost of bonding and insurance as
specified. Payment under this item will be made proportional to completion of the entire project.
SP-46
ITEM NO. 76 — MATERIAL AND COMPACTION TESTING
An allowance for material and compaction testing has been included within the contract.
The actual cost of material and compaction testing as might be ordered by the Engineer on behalf
of the Owner, will be paid by the Contractor and this sum will be reimbursed to the Contractor
within said contract.
ITEM NO. 77 — CONTINGENCIES
A lump sum allowance has been made for contingencies in the contract. Only those
additional items approved in writing on behalf of the Owner, by the Engineer, will be expended
from this allowance.
RESTORATION
Restoration and resurfacing of trenches when such work is beyond the limits of the general
grading operations, to be carried out under other items. Where other work is not performed, this
work shall be in accordance with OPSS 507 and as follows. The unit price bid for the
appropriate item(s) shall include all labour, equipment and material to do the work of site
restoration.
(a) Lawn Areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the existing
ground, followed by nursery sod approved by the Engineer.
(b) Non -lawn, Non -roadway Areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to
conform to the existing ground, followed by an approved seed and mulch application.
(c) Where existing roadway/driveway is paved -- 300 mm minimum of Granular "B", 150 mm
of Granular "A", and 50 mm of HL-3 in driveways, or 2-40 mm lifts of HL-4 minimum in
roadways or to match the depth of existing asphalt. Where 2 or more lifts of asphalt are
required against existing pavement, a stepped joint shall be prepared by removing 0.5 m
wide by the depth of the existing surface course prior to paving.
(d) Where existing roadway/driveway is gravel -- 300 mm of Granular "B"; and 150 mm of
Granular "A".
(e) All disturbed or damaged concrete structures, such as sidewalks, curbs and gutter, etc., shall
be removed and replaced.
NOTE -- In (a) and (b) above, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure a catch of
grass at the termination of the contract.
-- All asphalt surfaces shall be saw -cut prior to resurfacing.
-- All concrete structures shall be saw -cut prior to replacement.
1
1
F1I
IJ
ii
n
F
1
1999.
SGC-1
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
The following items shall supplement the OPS General Conditions of Contract, September
Section GC2.02, Order of Precedence, shall be revised such that documents shall take
precedence and govern in the following order:
a) Agreement
b) Addenda
c) Special Provisions
d) Contract Drawings
e) Information to Bidders
f) Standard Specifications
g) Standard Drawings
h) Tender
i) Supplemental General Conditions
j) General Conditions
2.0 Section GC8.02.02, Advance Payments for Materials, shall be revised as follows:
"The Owner may make advanced payments for materials on site, provided:
a) That such materials or equipment has been delivered and is properly stored on the
construction site.
b) The Contractor has presented the Contract Administrator with invoices to verify the
costs of such materials or equipment."
1
1
1
I
11
1
OPS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Table of Contents September 1999
'
SECTION GC 1.0 -
INTERPRETATION
GC 1.01
Captions
'
GC 1.02
Abbreviations
'
GC 1.03
Gender and Singular References
GC 1.04
Definitions
'
GC 1.05
Substantial Performance
GC 1.06
Completion
'
GC 1.07
Final Acceptance
GC 1.08
Interpretation of Certain Words
'
SECTION GC 2.0 -
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
GC 2.01
Reliance on Contract Documents
'
GC 2.02
Order Precedence
of
SECTION GC 3.0 -
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 3.01
Contract Administrator's Authority
'
GC 3.02
Working Drawings
GC 3.03
Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment
'
GC 3.04
Emergency Situations
GC 3.05
Layout
GC 3.06
Working Area
'
GC 3.07
Extension of Contract Time
GC 3.08
Delays
'
GC 3.09
Assignment of Contract
GC 3.10
Subcontracting by the Contractor
GC 3.11
Changes
GC 3.11.01
Changes in the Work
GC 3.11.02
Extra Work
GC 3.11.03
Additional Work
GC 3.12
Notices
GC 3.13
Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance
GC 3.14
Claims, Negotiations, Mediation
GC 3.14.01
Continuance of the Work
GC 3.14.02
Record Keeping
GC 3.14.03
Claims Procedure
GC 3.14.04
Negotiations
GC 3.14.05
Mediation
GC 3.14.06
Payment
GC 3.14.07
Rights of Both Parties
GC 3.15
Engineering Arbitration
GC 3.15.01
Conditions for Engineering Arbitration
GC 3.15.02
Arbitration Procedure
GC 3.15.03
Appointment of Arbitrator
GC 3.15.04
Costs
GC 3.15.05
The Decision
GC 3.16
Archaeological Finds
SECTION GC 4.0 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS
GC 4.01
Working Area
GC 4.02
Approvals and Permits
GC 4.03
Management and Disposition of Materials
GC 4.04
Construction Affecting Railway Property
GC 4.05
Default by the Contractor
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 2 OPS General Conditions of Contract
'
GC 4.06
Notification of Default
GC 4.07
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default
GC 4.08
Owner's Right to Correct Default
'
GC 4.09
Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work
GC 4.10
Final Payment to Contractor
'
GC 4.11
Termination of the Contract
GC 4.12
Continuation of Contractor's Obligations
'
GC 4.13
Use of Performance Bond
SECTION GC 5.0 - MATERIAL
GC 5.01
Supply of Material
GC 5.02
Quality of Material
'
GC 5.03
Rejected Material
GC 5.04
Substitutions
GC 5.05
Owner Supplied Material
GC 5.05.01
Ordering of Excess Material
GC 5.05.02
Care of Material
SECTION GC 6.0 - INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE
GC 6.01
Protection of Work, Persons and Property
GC 6.02
Indemnification
GC 6.03
Contractor's Insurance
GC 6.03.01
General
GC 6.03.02
General Liability Insurance
GC 6.03.03
Automobile Liability Insurance
GC 6.03.04
Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance
GC 6.03.05
Property and Boiler Insurance
'
GC 6.03.05.01
GC 6.03.05.02
Property Insurance
Boiler Insurance
GC 6.03.05.03
Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion
GC 6.03.05.04
Payment for Loss or Damage
I
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 3 OPS General Conditions of Contract
GC 6.03.06
Contractor's Equipment Insurance
GC 6.03.07
Insurance Requirements and Duration
GC 6.04
Bonding
SECTION GC 7.0 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
GC 7.01
General
,
GC 7.02
Layout
GC 7.03
Damage by Vehicles
or Other Equipment
GC 7.04
Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles
'
GC 7.05
Condition of the Working Area
GC 7.06
Maintaining Roadways and Detours
'
GC 7.07
Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services
GC 7.08
Approvals and Permits
'
GC 7.09
Suspension of Work
GC 7.10
Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract
GC 7.11
Notices by the Contractor
GC 7.12
Obstructions
'
GC 7.13
Limitations of Operations
GC 7.14
Cleaning Up Before Acceptance
GC 7.15
Warranty
SECTION GC 8.0 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
GC 8.01
Measurement
'
GC 8.01.01
Quantities
GC 8.01.02
Variations in Tender Quantities
I
GC 8.02
Payment
GC
8.02.01
Price for Work
GC 8.02.02
Advance Payments for Material
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 4 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
'
GC 8.02.03
Certification and Payment
GC 8.02.03.01
Progress Payment Certificate
GC 8.02.03.02
Certification of Subcontract Completion
'
GC 8.02.03.03
Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment
GC 8.02.03.04
Certification of Substantial Performance
GC 8.02.03.05
Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory
GC 8.02.03.06
Holdback Release Payment Certificates
Certification of Completion
GC 8.02.03.07
Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release
Payment Certificates
GC 8.02.03.08
Interest
GC 8.02.03.09
Interest for Late Payment
GC 8.02.03.10
Interest for Negotiations and Claims
GC 8.02.03.11
Owner's Set -Off
GC 8.02.03.12
Delay in Payment
GC 8.02.04
Payment on a Time and Material Basis
'
GC 8.02.04.01
GC 8.02.04.02
Definitions
Daily Work Records
GC 8.02.04.03
Payment for Work
GC 8.02.04.04
Payment for Labour
GC 8.02.04.05
Payment for Material
GC 8.02.04.06
Payment for Equipment
GC 8.02.04.06.01
Working Time
GC 8.02.04.06.02
Standby Time
'
GC 8.02.04.07
Payment for Hand Tools
GC 8.02.04.08
Payment for Work by Subcontractors
GC 8.02.04.09
Submission of Invoices
'
GC 8.02.05
Final Acceptance Certificate
GC 8.02,06
Payment of Workers
'
GC 8.02.07
Records
'
GC 8.02.08
Taxes and Duties
GC 8.02.09
Liquidated Damages
J
I
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 5 OPS General Conditions of Contrad
^'• Ontario Provincial Standards
Ei [ for
Roads and Public Works
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SECTION GC 1.0 - INTERPRETATION
GC 1.01 Captions
September 1999 '
01 The captions appearing in these General Conditions have been inserted as a matter of convenience
and for ease of reference only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of the I
General Conditions or any provision hereof.
GC 1.02
Abbreviations
,
.01 The abbreviations on the left below are commonly found in the Contract Documents and represent
the organizations and phrases listed on the right:
"AASHTO" -
American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials
'
"ANSI" -
American National Standards Institute
"ASTM" -
American Society for Testing and Materials
"AWG" -
American Wire Gauge
'
"AWWA" -
American Water Works Association
"CESA" -
Canadian Engineering Standards Association
"CGSB" -
"CSA" -
Canadian General Standards Board
Canadian Standards Association
'
"CWB" -
Canadian Welding Bureau
"GC" -
General Conditions
"MOE" -
Ministry of the Environment (Ontario)
"MTC" -
Ministry of Transportation (Ontario)
'
"MTO" -
Ministry of Transportation (Ontario)
"MUTCD" -
lops"
Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published by MTO
-
Ontario Provincial Standard
"OPSD" -
Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing
"OPSS" -
Ontario Provincial Standard Specification
"PEO" -
Professional Engineers Ontario
"SAE" -
Society of Automotive Engineers
"SSPC" -
Structural Steel Painting Council
"UL" -
Underwriters Laboratories
"ULC" -
Underwriters Laboratories Canada
GC 1.03
Gender and Singular References
.01 References to the masculine or singular throughout the Contract Documents shall be considered to
,
include the feminine and the plural and vice versa as the context requires.
Rev. Date: 99/09
General Conditions Page 6 OPS General Conditions of Contract
11
1 GC 1.04 Definitions
.01 For the purposes of this Contract the following definitions apply:
Actual Measurement: means the field measurement of that quantity within the approved limits of the
Work.
' Additional Work: means work not provided for in the Contract and not considered by the Contract
Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope.
Base: means a layer of material of specified type and thickness placed immediately below the pavement,
driving surface, finished grade, curb and gutter, or sidewalk.
Certificate of Subcontract Completion: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator in
accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.02, Certification of Subcontract Completion.
Certificate of Substantial Performance: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at
1 Substantial Performance.
Change Directive: means any written instruction signed by the Owner, or by the Contract Administrator
where so authorized, directing that a Change in the Work or Extra Work be performed.
Change in the Work: means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease or alteration of lines, grades,
dimensions, quantities, methods, drawings, substantial changes in geotechnical, subsurface, surface or
' other conditions, changes in the character of the Work to be done or materials of the Work or part thereof,
within the intended scope of the Contract.
Change Order means a written amendment to the Contract signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or
the Contract Administrator where so authorized, covering contingencies, a Change in the Work, Extra
Work, Additional Work and changed subsurface conditions, and establishing the basis for payment and
the time allowed for the adjustment of the Contract Time.
' Completion Certificate: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at completion.
Constructor: means, for the purposes of, and within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety
' Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended and amendments thereto, the Contractor who executes the
Contract.
Contract: means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties,
responsibilities and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents.
Contract Administrator: means the person, partnership or corporation designated by the Owner to be
1 the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract.
Contract Documents: mean the executed Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, the
Tender, the General Conditions of Contract, the Supplemental General Conditions of Contract, Standard
' Specifications, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, addenda incorporated in a Contract Document
before the execution of the Agreement, such other documents as may be listed in the Agreement and
subsequent amendments to the Contract Documents made pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
Contract Drawings: or Contract Plans: mean drawings or plans, any Geotechnical Report, any
Subsurface Report and other reports and information provided by the Owner for the Work, and without
limiting the generality thereof, may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports, reinforcing steel
' schedules, aggregate sources lists, Quantity Sheets, cross -sections and standard drawings.
I
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 7 OPS General Conditions of Contract
Contract Time: means the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance of the
Work, including any extension of Contract Time made pursuant to the Contract Documents.
Contractor: means the person, partnership or corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the
Agreement.
Controlling Operation: means any component of the Work, which, if delayed, will delay the completion '
of the Work.
Cost Plus: See "Time and Material".
Cut -Off Date: means the date up to which payment will be made for work performed.
Daily Work Records: mean daily Records detailing the number and categories of workers and hours
worked or on standby; types and quantities of Equipment and number of hours in use or on standby; and
description and quantities of Material utilized.
Day: means a calendar day.
Drawings: or Plans: mean any Contract Drawings or Contract Plans or any Working Drawings or
Working Plans, or any reproductions of drawings or plans pertaining to the Work.
,
Equipment: means all machinery and equipment used for preparing, fabricating, conveying or erecting
the Work and normally referred to as construction machinery and equipment.
Estimate:
,
means a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it depending on the context.
Extra Work: means work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but considered by the Contract
Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope,
including unanticipated work required to comply with legislation and regulations which affect the Work.
Final Acceptance Certificate: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Final
Acceptance of the Work.
Final Detailed Statement: means a complete evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator showing
the quantities, unit prices and final dollar amounts of all items of work completed under the Contract,
'
including variations in tender items and Extra Work, all as set out in the same general form as the monthly
estimates.
Force Account: See "Time and Material".
t
Geotechnical Report: means a report or other information identifying soil, rock and ground water
conditions in the area of any proposed excavation or fill.
'
Grade: means the required elevation of that part of the work.
Hand Tools: means tools that are commonly called tools or implements of the trade and include small
,
power tools.
Highway: means a common and public highway any part of which is intended for or used by the general
public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 8 OPS General Conditions of Contrail
Lump Sum Item: means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment will be made at
a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given
' in the Contract Documents.
Major Item: means any tender item that has a value, calculated on the basis of its actual or estimated
tender quantity, whichever is the larger, multiplied by its tender unit price, which is equal or greater than
the lesser of,
a) $100,000, or
b) 5% of the total tender value calculated on the basis of the total of all the estimated tender
quantities and the tender unit prices.
Material: means material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming part of the Work.
Owner: means the party to the Contract for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the
' Agreement, and includes, with the same meaning and import, "Authority".
Pavement: means a wearing course or courses placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic
1 concrete, hydraulic cement concrete - Portland cement concrete, or plant or road mixed mulch.
Performance Bond: means the type of security furnished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the
Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent provided in the bond.
Plan Quantity: means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in
the Contract Documents.
' Project: means the construction of the Work as contemplated by this Contract.
Quantity Sheet: means a list of the quantities of Work to be done.
' Rate of Interest: means the rate determined by the Minister of Finance of Ontario and issued by, and
available from, the Owner.
Records: mean any books, payrolls, accounts or other information which relate to the Work or any
Change in the Work or claims arising therefrom.
Roadway: means that part of the Highway designed or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes
the Shoulders.
I Shoulder: means that portion of the Roadway between the edge of the wearing surface and the top
inside edge of the ditch or fill slope.
Special Provisions: mean special directions containing requirements peculiar to the Work.
' Standard Specification: means a standard practice required and stipulated by the Owner for
performance of the Work.
' Subbase: means a layer of material of specked type and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base.
Subcontractor: means a person, partnership or corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the
' Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor.
Subgrade: means the earth or rock surface, whether in cut or fill, as prepared to support the Base,
Subbase and Pavement.
' Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 9 OPS General Conditions of Contract
Subsurface Report: means a report or other information identifying the location of utilities, concealed
and adjacent structures and physical obstructions which fall within the influence of the Work.
Superintendent: means the Contractor's authorized representative in responsible charge of the Work.
'
Surety: means the person, partnership or corporation, other than the Contractor, licensed in Ontario to
transact business under the Insurance Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.1.8, as amended, executing a bond provided by
the Contractor.
'
Tender: means an offer in writing from the Contractor, submitted in the format prescribed by the Owner,
to complete the Work.
Time and Material: means costs calculated according to clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and
Material Basis. Where "Cost Plus" and "Force Account" are used they shall have the same meaning.
Utility: means an aboveground or underground facility maintained by a municipality, public utility authority
or regulated authority and includes services such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric, gas, oil,
steam, data transmission, telephone and cable television.
'
Warranty Period: means the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance or such
longer period as may be specified for certain Materials or some or all of the Work. Where a date of
Substantial Performance is not established, the Warranty Period shall commence on the date of
Completion.
,
Work: means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents.
Working Area: means all the lands and easements owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction
of the Work.
Working Day: means any Day,
'
a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays;
b) except a Day as determined by the Contract Administrator, on which the Contractor is prevented by
inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom, from proceeding with a Controlling
Operation. For the purposes of this definition, this will be a Day during which the Contractor cannot
proceed with at least 60% of the normal labour and equipment force effectively engaged on the
Controlling Operation for at least 5 hours;
c) except a Day on which the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with a Controlling Operation, as
determined by the Contract Administrator by reason of,
i. any breach of the Contract by the Owner or if such prevention is due to the Owner, another
contractor hired by the Owner, or an employee of any one of them, or by anyone else acting on
behalf of the Owner.
ii. on -delivery of Owner -supplied materials,
iii. any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor which can be substantiated by the
Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
'
Working Drawings: or Working Plans: means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for
the execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include falsework plans,
Roadway protection plans, shop drawings, shop plans or erection diagrams.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 10 OPS General Conditions of Contract
' GC 1.05 Substantial Performance
01 The Work is substantially performed,
' a) when the Work to be performed under the Contract or a substantial part thereof is ready for use
or is being used for the purpose intended; and
b) when the Work to be performed under the Contract is capable of completion or, where there is a
' known defect, the cost of correction, is not more than
i. 3% of the first $500,000 of the Contract price,
ii. 2% of the next $500,000 of the Contract price, and
iii. 1 % of the balance of the Contract price.
' 02 For the purposes of this Contract, where the Work or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is
being used for the purposes intended and the remainder of the Work cannot be completed
expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor or, where the Owner and the
1 Contractor agree not to complete the Work expeditiously, the price of the services or materials
remaining to be supplied and required to complete the Work shall be deducted from the Contract
price in determining Substantial Performance.
1 GC 1.06 Completion
.01 The Work shall be deemed to be completed and services or Materials shall be deemed to be last
supplied to the Work when the price of completion, correction of a known defect or last supply is not
more than the lesser of,
a) 1 % of the Contract price; or
b) $1,000.
GC 1.07
Final Acceptance
01 Final Acceptance shall be deemed to occur when the Contract Administrator is satisfied that, to the
best of the Contract Administrator's knowledge at that time, the Contractor has rectified all imperfect
work and has discharged all of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract.
GC 1.08 Interpretation of Certain Words
.01 The words "acceptable", "approval", "authorized", "considered necessary", "directed", "required",
' "satisfactory", or words of like import, shall mean approval of, directed, required, considered
necessary or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the Contract Administrator unless the
context clearly indicates otherwise.
1
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 11 OPS General Conditions of Contract
SECTION GC 2.0 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS '
GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents
.01 The Owner warrants that the information furnished in the Contract Documents can be relied upon ,
with the following limitations or exceptions:
a) The location of all mainline underground utilities which will affect the Work will be shown to a
tolerance of: '
i. 1 m horizontal and
ii. 0.3 m vertical
b) The Owner does not warrant interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any Subsurface
Report available for the perusal of the Contractor and excluded from the Contract Documents;
and
c) Other information specifically excluded from this warranty.
GC 2.02 Order of Precedence
.01 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of the following documents, such
documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order:
a) Agreement
'
b) Addenda
c) Special Provisions
d) Contract Drawings
,
e) Standard Specifications
f) Tender
g) Supplemental General Conditions
h) General Conditions
i) Working Drawings
Later dates shall govern within each of the above categories of documents.
In the event of any
.02 conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings, the
following rules shall apply:
a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing shall govern where they differ from dimensions
scaled from the same drawing;
b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale;
c) Detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings; and
d) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those of an earlier date in the same series.
'
.03 In the event of any conflict in the contents of Standard Specifications the following order of
precedence shall govern:
a) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications; then
'
b) Other Standard Specifications, such as those produced by CSA, CGSB, ASTM and ANSI, and
referenced in the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications.
.04 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding
w
as if required by all.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 12 OPS General Conditions of Contract
' SECTION GC 3.0 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority
' .01 The Contract Administrator will be the Owner's representative during construction and until the
issuance of the Completion Certificate or the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate whichever
is later. All instructions to the Contractor including instructions from the Owner will be issued by the
Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator will have the authority to act on behalf of the
Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents.
02
All claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance and the quality of the
Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Contract Administrator.
.03
The Contract Administrator will inspect the Work for its conformity with the plans and specifications,
'
and to record the necessary data to establish payment quantities under the schedule of tender
quantities and unit prices or to make an assessment of the value of the work completed in the case
of a lump sum price contract.
04
The Contract Administrator will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract
and will issue certificates for payment in such amounts as provided for in Section GC 8.0,
Measurement and Payment.
'
.05
The Contract Administrator will with reasonable promptness review and take appropriate action
upon the Contractor's submissions such as shop drawings, product data, and samples in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
'
.06
The Contract Administrator will investigate all allegations of a change in the character of the Work
made by the Contractor and issue appropriate instructions.
.07
The Contract Administrator will prepare Change Directives and Change Orders.
.08
Upon written application by the Contractor, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor will jointly
'
conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date of Substantial Performance of the Work
and/or the date of Completion of the Work.
1 .09 The Contract Administrator will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the Contract Documents
and the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and
decisions of the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents
and in making these decisions the Contract Administrator will not show partiality to either party.
.10 The Contract Administrator will have the authority to reject part of the Work or Material which does
not conform to the Contract Documents.
11 Defective work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective material, or damage
through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether incorporated in the
Work or not, which has been rejected by the Contract Administrator as failing to conform to the
' Contract Documents shall be removed promptly from the Work by the Contractor and replaced or
re -executed promptly in accordance with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the
Owner.
12 Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by such removals, replacements or re -executions shall
be made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner.
' Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 13 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
13 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, it is not expedient to correct defective work or work '
not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from monies
otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that
called for by the Contract Administrator.
14 !Notwithstanding any inspections made by the Contract Administrator or the issuance of any
certificates or the making of any payment by the Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to
reject any defective work or Material shall not constitute acceptance of defective work or Material. '
15 The Contract Administrator will have the authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such
reasonable time as may be necessary to facilitate the checking of any portion of the Contractor's ,
construction layout or the inspection of any portion of the Work. There shall not be any extra
compensation for the suspension of work.
GC 3.02 Working Drawings
.01
The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as
called for by the Contract Documents.
The Contractor
'
.02
shall submit Working Drawings to the Contract Administrator with reasonable
promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in the Work. If either the Contractor
or the Contract Administrator so requests they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for
submission and return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall be submitted in printed form.
'
At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any
deviations from the Contract requirements that exist in the Working Drawings.
.03
The Contract Administrator will review and return Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed
upon schedule, or otherwise, with reasonable promptness so as not to cause delay.
.04
The Contract Administrator's review will be to check for conformity to the design concept and for
'
general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors
or omissions in the Working Drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the
Contract Documents unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been approved in writing by
the Contract Administrator.
'
.05
The Contractor shall make any changes in Working Drawings which the Contract Administrator may
require consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit unless otherwise directed by the
Contract Administrator. When resubmitting, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in
writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Contract Administrator.
.06
Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Working Drawings have been
'
signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with the words "Reviewed. Permission
to construct granted."
The Contractor
'
.07
shall keep one set of the reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the site
at all times.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 14 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
1 GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment
.01 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, make alterations in the method, Equipment or work
force at any time the Contract Administrator considers the Contractor's actions to be unsafe, or
damaging to either the Work or existing facilities or the environment.
02 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, alter the sequence of its operations on the Contract
so as to avoid interference with work being performed by others.
03 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and
protection are maintained throughout the Work.
GC 3.04
Emergency Situations
.01 The Contract Administrator has the right to determine the existence of an emergency situation, and
when such an emergency situation is deemed to exist, the Contract Administrator may instruct the
Contractor to take action to remedy the situation. If the Contractor does not take timely action, or if
the Contractor is not available, the Contract Administrator may direct others to remedy the situation.
02 If the emergency situation was the fault of the Contractor, the remedial work shall be done at the
Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was not the fault of the Contractor, the Owner will
pay for the remedial work.
GC 3.05
Layout
' 01 The Contract Administrator will provide baseline and benchmark information for the general location,
alignment and elevation of the Work. The Owner will be responsible only for the correctness of the
information provided by the Contract Administrator.
' GC 3.06 Working Area
.01 The Contractor's sheds, site offices, toilets, other temporary structures and storage areas for
material and equipment shall be grouped in a compact manner and maintained in a neat and orderly
condition at all times.
' 02 The Contractor shall confine his construction operations to the Working Area. Should the
Contractor require more space than that shown on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall
obtain such space at no additional cost to the Owner.
I
03 The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy any private property for any purpose, unless the
Contractor has received prior written permission from the property owner.
' GC 3.07 Extension of Contract Time
.01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the
Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such extension becomes evident and at least 15
Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time
shall enumerate the reasons, and state the length of extension required.
' .02 Circumstances suitable for consideration of an extension of Contract Time include the following:
a) Delays; See subsection GC 3.08.
b) Changes in the Work; See clause GC 3.11.01.
c) Extra Work; See clause GC 3.11.02.
' d) Additional Work; See clause GC 3.11.03.
' Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 15 OPS General Conditions of Contract
Ll
.03 The Contract Administrator will, in consideringa lication for an extension to the Contract Time,
an pp
take into account whether the delays, Changes in the Work, Extra Work or Additional Work involve a
Controlling Operation.
.04 The Contract Time shall be extended for such additional time as may be recommended by the
Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable by the Owner.
'
.05 The terms and conditions of the Contract shall continue for such extension of Contract Time.
GC 3.08 Delays
.01 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by,
a) war, blockades, and civil commotions, errors in the Contract Documents; an act or omission of
the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or
'
indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents;
b) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued
as the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the
Contractor directly or indirectly;
'
c) the Contract Administrator giving notice under subsection GC 7.09, Suspension of Work;
d) abnormal inclement weather; or
e) archaeological finds in accordance with subsection GC 3.16, Archaeological Finds,
,
then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the
Contractor as the result of such delay, provided that in the case of an application for an extension of
Contract Time due to abnormal inclement weather, the Contractor shall, with the Contractor's
application, submit evidence from Environment Canada in support of such application. Extension of
,
Contract Time will be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
.02 If the Work is delayed by labour disputes, strikes or lock -outs - including lock -outs decreed or '
recommended to its members by a recognized contractor's association, of which the Contractor is a
member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound - which are beyond the Contractor's control,
then the Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with subsection GC 3.07, Extension of
Contract Time. In no case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than the time lost as the ,
result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the result of such delays unless
such delays are the result of actions by the Owner. '
GC 3.09 Assignment of Contract
.01 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract, either in whole or in part, without the written consent of '
the Owner.
GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the Contractor ,
.01 The Contractor may subcontract any part of the Work, subject to these General Conditions and any
limitations specified in the Contract Documents.
.02 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator, in writing, of the intention to subcontract '
Such notification shall identify the part of the Work, and the Subcontractor with whom it is intended.
.03 The Contract Administrator will, within 10 Days of receipt of such notification, accept or reject the ,
intended Subcontractor. The rejection will be in writing and will include the reasons for the rejection.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 16 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
1
I
04 The Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who has
been engaged in accordance with subsection GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the Contractor.
1
.05 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to
that part of the Work to be performed under subcontract and shall,
a) enter into agreements with the intended Subcontractors to require them to perform their work in
accordance with the Contract Documents: and
b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors
and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons
directly employed by the Contractor.
.06 The Owner's consent to subcontracting by the Contractor shall not be construed to relieve the
Contractor from any obligation under the Contract and shall not impose any liability upon the Owner.
Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between a
Subcontractor and the Owner.
GC 3.11
Changes
' GC 3.11.01 Changes in the Work
.01 The Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, may, by order in writing, make a
Change in the Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to
proceed with a Change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Directive. Upon the receipt of such
Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Change in the Work.
I
O2 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
' .03 If the Changes in the Work relate solely to quantities, payment for that part of the Work will be made
according to the conditions specified in clause GC 8.01.02, Variations in Tender Quantities. If the
Changes in the Work do not solely relate to quantities, payment may be negotiated pursuant to
subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation or payment may be made according to the
' conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3.11.02 Extra Work
01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform
Extra Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with
the Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Directive. Upon receipt of such Change Directive the
' Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work.
02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time,
03 Payment for the Extra Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.14, Claims,
Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause
' GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3.11.03 Additional Work
' 01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may request the Contractor to perform
Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the Contractor agrees to perform Additional
Work, the Contractor shall proceed with such Additional Work upon receipt of a Change Order.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 17 OPS General Conditions of Contract
,
.02
The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
.03
Payment for the Additional Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.14, Claims,
'
Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause
GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3.12 Notices
'
.01
Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in
respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been given to and received by the addressee on the
date of delivery if delivered by hand or by facsimile transmission and on the fifth Day after the date
of mailing if sent by mail.
.02
The Contractor and the Owner shall provide each other with the mailing addresses, telephone
numbers and facsimile terminal numbers for the Contract Administrator and the Superintendent at
the commencement of the Work.
.03
In the event of an emergency situation or other urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the
'
Superintendent may give a verbal notice, provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2
Days.
the Contractor shall be in
'
.04
Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Owner or given
accordance with the notice provision of the Contract.
GC 3.13 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance
,
.01
Where it is not contemplated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner may use or occupy
the Work or any part thereof prior to Substantial Performance, provided that at least 30 Days' written
,
notice has been given to the Contractor.
.02
The use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner prior to Substantial
Performance shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or parts so occupied. In addition, the
,
use or occupancy of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any
liability that has arisen, or may arise, from the performance of the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The Owner will be responsible for any damage that occurs because of the
Owner's use or occupancy. Such use or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner does not
'
waive the Owner's right to charge the Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the terms
of the Contract.
GC 3.14 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation
GC 3.14.01 Continuance of the Work 1
.01 Unless the Contract has been terminated or completed, the Contractor shall in every case, after
serving or receiving any notification of a claim or dispute, verbal or written, continue to proceed with
the Work with due diligence and expedition. It is understood by the parties that such action will not I
jeopardize any claim it may have.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 18 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
1
IGC 3.14.02 Record Keeping
01 Immediately upon commencing work which may result in a claim, the Contractor shall keep Daily
Work Records during the course of the Work, sufficient to substantiate the Contractor's claim, and
the Contract Administrator will keep Daily Work Records to be used in assessing the Contractor's
claim, all in accordance with clause GC 8.02.07, Records.
I
O2 The Contractor and the Contract Administrator shall reconcile their respective Daily Work Records
on a daily basis, to simplify review of the claim, when submitted.
03 The keeping of Daily Work Records by the Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily
Work Records with those of the Contractor shall not be construed to be acceptance of the claim.
GC 3.14,03 Claims Procedure
.01 The Contractor shall give verbal notice of any situation which may lead to a claim for additional
payment immediately upon becoming aware of the situation.
' 02 The Contractor shall provide written notice in the standard form "Notice of Intent to Claim" within 7
Days of the commencement of any part of the Work which may be affected by the situation.
03 The Contractor shall submit detailed claims as soon as reasonably possible and in any event no
later than 30 Days after completion of the work affected by the situation. The detailed claim shall:
a) identify the item or items in respect of which the claim arises;
b) state the grounds, contractual or otherwise, upon which the claim is made; and
c) include the Records maintained by the Contractor supporting such claim.
In exceptional cases the 30 Days may be increased to a maximum of 90 Days with approval in
writing from the Contract Administrator.
04 Within 30 Days of the receipt of the Contractor's detailed claim, the Contract Administrator may
request the Contractor to submit any further and other particulars as the Contract Administrator
considers necessary to assess the claim. The Contractor shall submit the requested information
within 30 Days of receipt of such request.
.05 Within 90 Days of receipt of the detailed claim, the Contract Administrator shall advise the
' Contractor, in writing, of the Contract Administrator's opinion with regard to the validity of the claim.
GC 3.14.04 Negotiations
01 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and
agree to provide, without prejudice, open and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and
documents to facilitate these negotiations.
02 Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05, with respect to
any part of the claim, the Contract Administrator shall enter into negotiations with the Contractor to
resolve the matters in dispute. Where a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is agreed
that payment cannot be made on a Time and Material basis in accordance with clause GC 8.02.04,
Payment on a Time and Material Basis, the parties shall proceed in accordance with clause GC
3.14.05, Mediation, or subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration.
1
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 19 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
GC 3.14.05 Mediation I
.01
If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.14.04.
Negotiations, within a period of 30 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05,
'
and the Contractor wishes to pursue the issue further, the parties may, upon mutual agreement,
utilize the services of an independent third party mediator.
.02
The mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor.
.03
The mediator shall be knowledgeable regarding the area of the disputed issue. The mediator shall
meet with the parties together and separately, as necessary, to review all aspects of the issue. In a
final attempt to assist the parties in resolving the issue themselves prior to proceeding to arbitration
the mediator shall provide, without prejudice, a non -binding recommendation for settlement.
.04
The review by the mediator shall be completed within 90 Days following the opinion given in
paragraph GC 3.14.03.05.
.05
Each party is responsible for its own costs related to the use of the third party mediator process.
'
The cost of the third party mediator shall be equally shared by the Owner and Contractor.
GC 3.14.06 Payment
,
.01
Payment of the claim will be made no later than 30 Days after the date of resolution of the claim or
dispute. Such payment will be made according to the terms of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and
Payment.
GC 3.14.07 Rights of Both Parties
.01
It is agreed that no action taken under this subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, by
'
either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourse available
to the parties, provided that the requirements set out in this subsection are fulfilled.
GC 3.15 Engineering Arbitration
'
GC 3.15.01 Conditions for Engineering Arbitration
through the stage noted in clause GC 3.14.04,
'
.01
If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily negotiation
Negotiations, or the mediation stage noted in clause GC 3.14.05, Mediation, either party may invoke
the provisions of subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration, by giving written notice to the other
party.
.02
Notification that arbitration shall be implemented to resolve the issue shall be communicated in
writing as soon as possible and no later than 60 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC
3.14.03.05. Where the use of a third party mediator was implemented, notification shall be within
'
120 Days of the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05.
.03
The parties shall be bound by the decision of the arbitrator.
.04
The rules and procedures of the Arbitration Act, 1991, S.O. 1991, c.17, as amended, shall apply to
any arbitration conducted hereunder except to the extent that they are modified by the express
provisions of this subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration.
'
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 20 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
' GC 3.15.02 Arbitration Procedure
.01 The following provisions are to be included in the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to
such right of appeal as exist where the arbitrator has exceeded his or her jurisdiction or have
otherwise disqualified him or herself:
a) All existing actions in respect of the matters under arbitration will be stayed pending arbitration;
b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled are to be set out in a schedule to the
' agreement. Only such claims and matters as are in the schedule will be arbitrated; and
c) Before proceeding with the arbitration, the Contractor shall confirm that all matters in dispute are
set out in the schedule.
' GC 3.15.03 Appointment of Arbitrator
.01 The arbitrator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor to adjudicate the dispute.
' .02 Where the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 Days of the notification
of arbitration noted in paragraph GC 3.15.01.02, the Owner and the Contractor shall each choose
an appointee within 37 Days of the notice of arbitration.
' 03 The appointees shall mutually agree upon an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 15 Days
after the last appointee was chosen or they shall refer the matter to the Arbitration and Mediation
' Institute of Ontario Inc. which will select an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 7 Days of being
requested to do so.
.04 The arbitrator shall not be interested financially in the Contract nor in either party's business and
' shall not be employed by either party.
.05 The arbitrator may appoint independent experts and any other persons to assist him or her.
' .06 - The arbitrator is not bound by the rules of evidence which govern the trial of cases in court but may
hear and consider any evidence which the arbitrator considers relevant.
' 07 The hearing will commence within 90 Days of the appointment of the arbitrator.
GC 3.15.04 Costs
' .01 The arbitrator's fee shall be equally shared by the Owner and the Contractor.
.02 The fees of any independent experts and any other persons appointed to assist the arbitrator shall
' be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor.
.03 The arbitration hearing shall be held in a place mutually agreed upon by both parties or in the event
the parties do not agree, a site shall be chosen by the arbitrator. The cost of obtaining appropriate
' facilities shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor.
.04 The arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs, related to the arbitration.
' GC 3.15.05 The Decision
.01 The reasoned decision will be made in writing within 90 Days of the conclusion of the hearing. An
extension of time to make a decision may be granted with consent of both parties. Payment shall be
made in accordance with clause GC 3.14.06, Payment.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 21 OPS General Conditions of Contract
GC 3.16 Archaeological Finds
.01 If the Contractor's operations expose any items which may indicate an archaeological find, such as
building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones, pottery, or arrowheads, the Contractor shall
immediately notify the Contract Administrator and suspend operations within the area identified by
the Contract Administrator. Notification may be verbal provided that such notice is confirmed in
writing within 2 Days. Work shall remain suspended within that area until otherwise directed by the
Contract Administrator in writing, in accordance with subsection GC 7.09, Suspension of Work.
.02 Any delay in the completion of the Contract that is caused by such a suspension of Work will be
considered to be beyond the Contractor's control in accordance with paragraph GC 3.08.01.
.03 Any work directed or authorized in connection with an archaeological find will be considered as
Extra Work in accordance with clause GC 3.11.02, Extra Work.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 22 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
SECTION GC 4.0 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS
GC 4,01 Working Area
.01 The Owner will acquire all property rights which are deemed necessary by the Owner for the
construction of the Work, including temporary working easements, and will indicate the full extent of
the Working Area on the Contract Drawings.
.02 The Geotechnical Report and Subsurface Report which will be provided by the Owner as part of the
tender documents shall form part of the Contract Drawings.
GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits
01 The Owner will pay for all plumbing and building permits.
.02 The Owner will obtain and pay for all permits, licenses and certificates solely required for Project
approval.
GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials
.01 The Owner will identify in the Contract Documents the materials to be moved within or removed
' from the Working Area, and any characteristics of those materials which will necessitate special
materials management and disposition.
02 In accordance with regulations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.0.1,
as amended, the Owner advises that
a) the designated substances silica, lead and arsenic are generally present throughout the
Working Area occurring naturally or as a result of vehicle emissions;
' b) the designated substance asbestos is present in asbestos conduits for utilities;
c) the following hazardous materials are ordinarily present in construction activities: limestone,
gypsum, marble, mica and Portland cement; and
' d) exposure to these substances may occur as a result of activities by the Contractor such as
sweeping, grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, cutting and abrasive blasting.
.03 The Owner will identify in the Contract Documents any designated substances or hazardous
materials other than those identified above and their location in the Working Area.
04 If the Owner or Contractor discovers or is advised of the presence of designated substances or
hazardous materials which are in addition to those listed in paragraph GC 4.03.02, or not dearly
identified in the Contract Documents according to paragraph GC 4.03.03, then verbal notice will be
provided to the other party immediately with written confirmation within 2 Days. The Contractor will
stop work in the area immediately and will determine the necessary steps required to complete the
work in accordance with applicable legislation and regulation.
.05 The Owner will be responsible for any reasonable additional costs of removing, managing and
disposing of any material not identified in the Contract Documents, or where conditions exist that
could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time of tendering. All work under this paragraph
shall be deemed to be Extra Work.
' Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 23 OPS General Conditions of Contract
06 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Owner will provide to the Contractor a list of those
products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or WHMIS, which
the Owner will supply or use on the Contract, together with copies of the Materials Safety Data
Sheets for these products. All containers used in the application of products controlled under
WHMIS shall be labelled. The Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of changes to the list and
provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property
01 The Owner will pay the costs of all flagging and other traffic control measures required and provided
by the railway company unless such costs are solely a function of the Contractor's chosen method
of completing the Work.
GC 4.05
Default by the Contractor
01 The Contractor shall be in default of the Contract if,
a) the Contractor fails to commence the Work or execute the Work properly or otherwise fails to
comply with the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree; or
b) if the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency.
GC 4.06 Notification of Default
'
.01 The Owner will give written notice of a default to the Contractor as soon as the Owner becomes
aware of the alleged default but failure to give such notice in a timely way shall not constitute
condonation of the default. The notice will include instructions to correct the default within 5
'
Working Days.
GC 4.07 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default
.01 The Contractor shall have the right within the 5 full Working Days following the receipt of a notice of
default to correct the default and provide the Owner with satisfactory proof that appropriate
corrective measures have been taken.
.02 If the correction of the default cannot be completed within the 5 full Working Days following receipt
of the notice, the Contractor shall not be in default if the Contractor,
a) commences the correction of the default within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of the
notice;
b) provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for the progress of such correction; and
c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule.
'
GC 4.08 Owner's Right to Correct Default
.01 If the Contractor fails to correct the default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.07,
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice
to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may correct such default and deduct the cost
thereof, as certified by the Contract Administrator, from any payment then or thereafter due to the
'
Contractor.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 24 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
GC 4.09 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work
.01 Where the Contractor fails to correct a default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.07.
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice
to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate the Contractor's right to continue
the Work in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Contractor.
02 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part, the
Owner will be entitled to,
a) take possession of the Working Area or that portion of the Working Area devoted to that part of
the Work terminated;
b) utilize the Equipment of the Contractor and any Material within the Working Area which is
intended to be incorporated into the Work, the whole subject to the right of third parties;
c) withhold further payments to the Contractor with respect to the Work or the portion of the Work
withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or portion thereof withdrawn is completed;
d) charge the Contractor the additional cost over the Contract price of completing the Work or
portion thereof withdrawn from the Contractor, as certified by the Contract Administrator and
any additional compensation paid to the Contract administrator for such additional service
' arising from the correction of the default;
e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance, as determined by the Contract Administrator, to
cover correction to the Work performed by the Contractor that may be required under
subsection GC 7.15, Warranty;
f) charge the Contractor for any damages the Owner may have sustained as a result of the
default; and
g) charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Work under subsection
GC 7.15, Warranty, exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections.
GC 4.10 Final Payment to Contractor
01 If the Owner's cost to correct and complete the Work in whole or in part is less than the amount
withheld from the Contractor under subsection GC 4.09, Termination of Contractor's Right to
Continue the Work, the Owner will pay the balance to the Contractor as soon as the final accounting
for the Contract is complete.
GC 4.11 Termination of the Contract
01 Where the Contractor is in default of the Contract the Owner may, without prejudice to any other
right or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the Contract by giving written notice of termination
to the Contractor, the Surety and any trustee or receiver acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate
or creditors.
02 If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract the Owner will provide the Contractor and the trustee
or receiver with a complete accounting to the date of termination.
GC 4.12 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations
01 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction and warranty of the Work
performed prior to the time of termination of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to
continue with the Work in whole or in part shall continue to be in force after such termination.
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 25 OPS General Conditions of Contract
GC 4.13 Use of Performance Bond
.01 If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and the Contractor has provided a Performance Bond,
the provisions of this Section shall be exercised in accordance with the conditions of the
Performance Bond.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 26 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
SECTION GC 5.0 - MATERIAL
GC 5.01 Supply of Material
.01 All Material necessary for the proper completion of the Work, except that listed as being supplied by
the Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract price for the appropriate tender items
shall be deemed to include full compensation for the supply of such Material.
GC 5.02 Quality of Material
01 All Material supplied by the Contractor shall be new or unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
02 Material supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Contract.
.03 As specified or as requested by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall make available for
inspection or testing a sample of any Material to be supplied by the Contractor.
04 The Contractor shall obtain for the Contract Administrator the right to enter upon the premises of the
Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such inspection, sampling and testing as specified or
a requested by the Contract Administrator.
' .05 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in
advance of the Material shipping dates to enable the Contract Administrator to perform the required
inspection, sampling and testing.
.06 The Owner will not be responsible for any delays to the Contractor's operations where the
Contractor fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract Administrator to enable the Contract
' Administrator to carry out the required inspection, sampling and testing before the scheduled
shipping date.
.07 The Contractor shall not change the source of supply of any Material without the written
authorization of the Contract Administrator.
.08 Material which is not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required and the use
of such Material shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator.
GC 5.03 Rejected Material
01 Rejected Material shall be removed from the Working Area expeditiously after the notification to that
effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the Contractor fails to comply with such notice the
Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material to be removed from the Working Area and
disposed of in what the Contract Administrator considers to be the most appropriate manner and the
Contractor shall pay the costs of disposal and the appropriate overhead charges.
GC 5.04 Substitutions
t.01 Where the specifications require the Contractor to supply a Material designated by a trade or other
name, the Tender shall be based only upon supply of the Material so designated, which shall be
regarded as the standard of quality required by the specification. After the acceptance of the
Tender, the Contractor may apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute another Material
identified by a different trade or other name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The
application shall be in writing and shall state the price for the proposed substitute Material
designated as aforesaid, and such other information as the Contract Administrator may require.
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 27 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
02 Rulings on a proposed substitution will not be made prior to the acceptance of the Tender.
Substitutions shall not be made without the prior approval of the Contract Administrator. The
approval or rejection of a proposed substitution will be made at the discretion of the Contract
Administrator.
03 If the proposed substitution is approved by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall be
entitled to the first $1000 of the aggregate saving in cost by reason of such substitution and to 50%
of any additional saving in cost in excess of such $1000. Each such approval shall be conveyed to
the Contractor in writing or by issuance of a Certificate of Equality on the Owner's standard form of
"Certification of Equality" and if any adjustment to the Contract price is made by reason of such
substitution a Change Order shall be issued as well.
GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material
GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material
01 Where Material is supplied by the Owner and where this Material is ordered by the Contractor in
excess of the amount specified to complete the Work, such excess Material shall become the
property of the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be charged to the Contractor at cost
plus applicable overheads.
GC 5.05.02 Care of Material
.01 The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide
adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to the Contract Administrator, and on the receipt
of such Material shall promptly place it in storage except where it is to be incorporated forthwith into
the Work.
02 The Contractor shall be responsible for acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the
specified delivery point and for its safe handling and storage. If such Material is damaged while
under the control of the Contractor it shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no expense
to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. If such Material is rejected by
the Contract Administrator for reasons which are not the fault of the Contractor it shall remain in the
care and at the risk of the Contractor until its disposition has been determined by the Contract
Administrator.
.03 Where Material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition or where
there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on the bills of
lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or discrepancies to the Contract
Administrator who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the
Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such damage or deficiencies. Where
damage or deficiencies are not so reported it will be assumed that the shipment arrived in good
order and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at
no extra cost to the Owner.
04 The full amount of Material supplied by the Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the
Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after taking delivery. Such
Material shall not, except with the written permission of the Contract Administrator, be used by the
Contractor for purposes other than the performance of the Work under the Contract.
I
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 28 OPS General Conditions of Contract
d
05 Empty reels, crates, containers and other type of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner
shall become the property of the Contractor when they are no longer required for their original
purpose and shall be disposed of by the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
06 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator, immediately upon receipt of each shipment,
copies of bills of lading, or such other documentation the Contract Administrator may require to
substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material received.
07 Where Material supplied by the Owner is ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the Contract,
the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, immediately upon commencement of operations,
check the Material, report any damage or deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take charge
of the Material at the stockpile site. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the
Contractor it shall be assumed that the stockpile was in good order when the Contractor took charge
of it and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no
extra cost to the Owner.
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 29 OPS General Conditions of Contract
ll
SECTION GC 6.0 - INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE
,
GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property
.01 The Contractor, the Contractor's agents and all workers employed by or under the control of the
,
Contractor, including Subcontractors, shall protect the Work, persons and property from damage or
injury, and shall be responsible for all losses and damage which may arise as the result of the
Contractor's operations under the Contract unless indicated to the contrary below.
'
.02 The Contractor is responsible for the full cost of any necessary temporary provisions and the
restoration of all damage where the Contractor damages the Work or property in the performance of
the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for the damage that occurs to the Work or property
the Contractor shall restore such damage, and such work shall be administered according to these
General Conditions.
.03 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of all damage and injuries which
occur during the term of the Contract.
.04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that occurs as a result of,
a) war;
b) blockades and civil commotions;
c) errors in the Contract Documents; or
d) acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contract Administrator, their agents and employees, or
,
others not under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's
permission.
.05 The Contractor and his Surety or Sureties shall not be released from any term or provisiori 'of any
,
responsibility, obligation or liability under the Contract or waive or impair any of the rights. of the
Owner except by a release duly executed by the Owner. -
GC 6.02 Indemnification
.01 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, their
agents, officers and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs,
damages, actions, suits or proceedings by third parties, hereinafter called "claims", directly or
indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or the failure to perform the Work,
provided such claims are,
a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to damage to or destruction of
tangible property;
b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the
Contractor may be liable; and
c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work
as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work or, where so specified in the
Contract from the date of certification of Final Acceptance.
.02 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all and every claim for damages,
royalties or fees for the infringement of any patented invention or copyright occasioned by the
Contractor in connection with the Work performed or Material furnished by the Contractor under the
Contract.
.03 The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above in
paragraphs GC 6.02.01 and GC 6.02.02.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 30 OPS General Conditions of Contract
rJ
I
04 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, his agents, officers and employees
from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or
proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a
lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Working Area.
.05 The Contractor expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above in
paragraph GC 6.02.04.
GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance
GC 6.03.01 General
01 Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall
provide, maintain and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 and GC
6.03.03. Insurance coverage in clauses GC 6.03.04, GC 6.03.05 and GC 6.03.06 will only apply
when so specified in the Contract Documents.
GC 6.03.02 General Liability Insurance
01 General liability insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract
Administrator named as additional insureds, with limits of not less than 5 million dollars inclusive per
occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, with a
property damage deductible of not more than $5000. The form of this insurance shall be the
Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100, dated 8-87.
02 Another form of insurance equal to or better than that required in IBC Form 2100 may be used,
provided all the requirements listed in the Contract are included. Approval of this insurance will be
conditional upon the Contractor obtaining the services of an insurer licensed to underwrite insurance
in the Province of Ontario and obtaining the insurer's certificate of equivalency to the required
insurance.
.03 The insurance shall be maintained continuously from the commencement of the Work until 12
months following the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the Certificate of
Substantial Performance of the Work, or until the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued, whichever
is later, and with respect to completed operations coverage for a period of not less than 24 months
1 from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate, and
thereafter to be maintained for a further period of 4 years.
.04 The Contractor shall submit annually to the Owner, proof of continuation of the completed
operations coverage and if the Contractor fails to do so, the limitation period for claiming indemnity
described in paragraph GC 6.02.01 c), will not be binding on the Owner.
1 .05 Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of
explosives for blasting, or pile driving or caisson work, or removal or weakening of support of
property building or land, iBC Form 2100 as required shall include the appropriate endorsements.
1 .06 The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in
advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage.
' .07 "Claims Made" insurance policies will not be permitted.
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 31 OPS General Conditions of Contract
GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance ,
.01 Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than 5
million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death and damage to property, in the
following forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in advance
of any cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage:
a) standard non -owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement, and
b) standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits
insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by the Contractor.
GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance
.01 Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non -owned aircraft and watercraft
if used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises,
shall be subject to limits of not less than 5 million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury,
death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, and limits of not less than 5 million
dollars for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner.
The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in
advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage.
,
GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance
GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance
.01 All risks property insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract
Administrator named as additional insureds, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the
'
Contract price and the full value, as may be stated in the Supplemental General Conditions, of
Material that is specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work, _with a
deductible not exceeding 1% of the amount insured at the site of the Work. This insurance shall be
in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall be maintained continuously until 10 Days after the date
,
of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance
.01 Boiler insurance insuring the interests of the Contractor, the Owner and the Contract Administrator
for not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work,
shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. This insurance shall be maintained continuously from
commencement of use or operation of the property insured until 10 Days after the date of Final
Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion
01 Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work prior to Substantial Performance, the
Owner will give 30 Days' written notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such
use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of
the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the
Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide
coverage, the Owner upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to such use or occupancy
,
shall provide, maintain and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work,
including coverage for such use or occupancy, and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such
insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the
,
Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 32 OPS General Conditions of Contract
Ll
02 The policies shall provide that, in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the
Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on
behalf of both the Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or
1 damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined the
Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and
obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such
reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Contract
Administrator may decide in consultation with the Contractor.
GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage
01 The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the
Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised,
such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance with the
requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. In addition the Contractor shall be
entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurers the amount of the Contractor's interest in
the restoration of the Work.
02 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such
amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of this Contract.
03 In the event of a loss or. damage to the Work arising from the action or omission of the Owner or
others, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the
Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and
Payment.
' GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance
01 All risks Contractor's equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by
the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and
pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims
by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less
1 than 30 Days' written notice in advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage
Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance of the
Contractor's Equipment, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement, and for
the purpose of this Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be insured. This policy shall be
amended to provide permission for the Contractor to grant prior releases with respect to damage to
the Contractor's Equipment.
GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration
.01 Unless specified otherwise the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of
commencement of the Work until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out
in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
.02 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, proof of insurance prior
to commencement of the Work, and signed by an officer of the Contractor and either the underwriter
or the broker.
.03 The Contractor shall, on request, promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each
insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the
insurer to determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true copy shall include a signature by
an officer of the Contractor and in addition, a signature by an officer of the insurer or the underwriter
' or the broker.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 33 OPS General Conditions of Contract
04 Where a policy is renewed the Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the
Owner, renewed proof of insurance immediately following completion of renewal.
05 Unless specified otherwise the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of deductible
amounts under the policies.
06 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in subsection GC 6.03,
Contractor's Insurance, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, then the Owner will have the right
to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. The Owner's
cost thereof shall be payable by the Contractor to the Owner on demand.
07 If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the insurance placed by the Owner within 30 Days of the
date on which the Owner made a formal demand for reimbursement of such costs the Owner may
deduct the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor.
GC 6.04 Bonding
01 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the surety bonds in the amount required by the tender
documents.
.02 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of
suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of
the Contract.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 34 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
1]
1 SECTION GC 7.0 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
1
P-
I
1
GC 7.01 General
.01 The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work has been visited during the preparation of the
Tender and the character of the Work and all local conditions which may affect the performance of
the Work are known.
.02 The Contractor shall not commence the Work nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the
Contractor has received a written order to commence the Work, signed by the Contract
Administrator.
.03 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise
the Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be
responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for
coordinating the various parts of the Work.
.04 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance
and removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of
construction methods required in their use.
.05 Notwithstanding paragraph GC 7.01.04, where the Contract Documents include designs for
temporary structures and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or
part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work, and the
Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specked method of
construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or
specified method of construction in the same manner that the Contractor is responsible for the
execution of the Work.
.06 The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of
the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.0.1 (the "Act") and Ontario Regulation
213/91 (which regulates Construction Projects) and any other regulations under the Act (the
"Regulations") which may affect the performance of the Work, as the "constructor" or "employer", as
defined by the Act, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure that:
a) worker safety is given first priority in planning, pricing and performing the Work;
b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a
"constructor" and employer" as defined by the Act and the provisions of the Regulations
applicable to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them;
c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the
Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the possession of
the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work;
d) workers employed to cant' out the Work possess the knowledge, skills and protective devices
required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to allow them to
work in safety;
e) its supervisory employees carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with due
consideration for the health and safety of the workers; and
f) all Subcontractors and their employees are properly protected from injury while they are at the
work place.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 35 OPS General Conditions of Contract
PJ
.07
The Contractor when requested shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy
and program at the pre -start meeting, and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for
confirmation that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and
Regulations. The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and inspectors
appointed to enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in
the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from
any additional expense which the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the
Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations.
.08
Prior to commencement of the Work the Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator a list
of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or
WHMIS, which the Contractor expects to use on the Contract. Related Materials Safety Data
Sheets shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the application of products
controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled. The Contractor shall notify the Contractor Administrator
of changes in writing and provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
'
.09
The Contractor shall have an authorized representative on the site while any work is being
performed, to act for or on the Contractor's behalf. Prior to commencement of construction, the
Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the names, addresses, positions and telephone
numbers of the Contractor's representatives who can be contacted at any time to deal with matters
relating to the Contract.
.10
The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities and
assistance required by the Contract Administrator for the proper inspection and examination of the
Work or the taking of measurements for the purpose of payment.
.11
The Contractor shall prepare, and update as required, a construction schedule indicating the timing
of the major and critical activities of the Work. The schedule shall be designed to ensure conformity
with the specified Contract Time. The schedule shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator
within 14 Days from the date of the Contract award.
.12
Where the Contractor finds any error, inconsistency or omission relating to the Contract, the
Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract Administrator and shall not proceed with the
activity affected until receiving direction from the Contract Administrator.
.13
The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate utility authorities for the stake out of all
underground utilities and service connections which may be affected by the Work. The Contractor
'
shall be responsible for any damage done to the underground utilities by the Contractor's forces
during construction if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given in paragraph GC
2.01.01 a).
GC 7.02 Layout
.01
Prior to commencement of construction, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor will locate on
site those property bars, baselines and benchmarks which are necessary to delineate the Working
Area and to lay out the Work, all as shown on the Contract Drawings.
.02
The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all property bars while the Work is in
'
progress, except those property bars which must be removed to facilitate the Work. Any other
property bars disturbed, damaged or removed by the Contractor's operations shall be replaced by
an Ontario Land Surveyor, at the Contractor's expense.
'
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 36 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
11
11
03 At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with such
materials and devices as may be necessary to lay out the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be
necessary for the inspection of the Work.
04 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out and establish all lines and grades
necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout
work carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator.
05 The Contractor shall install and maintain substantial alignment markers and secondary benchmarks
as may be required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply one copy of
all alignment and grade sheets to the Contract Administrator.
06 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevations and dimensions of each and
all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the Contractor's layout work has been checked by the
Contract Administrator.
.07 All stakes, marks and reference points provided by the Contract Administrator shall be carefully
preserved by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal as a result of the
Contractor's operations, such stakes, marks and reference points will be replaced by the Contract
Administrator at the Contractor's expense.
GC 7.03 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment
.01 If at any time, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage is being done or is likely to be
done to any Roadway or any improvement thereon, outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's
vehicles or other equipment, whether licensed or unlicensed equipment, the Contractor shall, on the
direction of the Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the Owner, make changes or
substitutions for such vehicles or equipment, and shall alter loadings, or in some other manner,
remove the cause of such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
GC 7.04 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles
.01 Where a vehicle is hauling Material for use on the Work, in whole or in part upon a Highway, and
where motor vehicle registration is required for such vehicle, the Contractor shall not cause or
permit such vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in the Highway Traffic Act, R.S.O.
1990, c.H.8, as amended, whether such vehicle is registered in the name of the Contractor or
otherwise, except where there are designated areas within the Working Area where overloading is
permitted. The Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed loads.
GC 7.05 Condition of the Working Area
.01 The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of
debris, other than that caused by the Owner or others.
GC 7.06 Maintaining Roadways and Detours
01 Where an existing Roadway is affected by construction, it shall be kept open to traffic, and the
Contractor shall, except as otherwise provided in this subsection, be responsible for providing and
maintaining for the duration of the Work, a road through the Working Area, whether along an
existing Highway, including the road under construction, or on detours within or adjacent to the
Highway, in accordance with the MUTCD.
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 37 OPS General Conditions of Contract
through the Working Area until such time as
'
.02
The Contractor shall not be required to maintain a road
the Contractor has commenced operations or during seasonal shut down or on any part of the
Contract that has been accepted in accordance with these General Conditions. The Contractor
shall not be required to apply deicing chemicals or abrasives or cant' out snowplowing.
'
.03
Where localized and separated sections of the Highway only are affected by the Contractor's
operations, the Contractor will not be required to maintain intervening sections of the Highway until
such times as these sections are located within the limits of the Highway affected by the
,
Contractor's general operations under the Contract.
.04
Where the Contract Documents provide for or the Contract Administrator requires detours at specific
locations, payment for the construction of the detours, and if required, for the subsequent removal of
the detours, will be made at the Contract prices appropriate to such work.
.05
The Contractor shall maintain, in a satisfactory condition for traffic, a road through the Working
Area, at the Owner's expense. The road through the Working Area will include any detour
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents or required by the Contract Administrator.
Compensation for all labour, equipment and materials to do this work shall be at the Contract prices
appropriate to the work and, where there are no such prices, at negotiated prices. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the cost of blading required to maintain the surface of such roads and detours shall
be deemed to be included in the prices bid for the various tender items and no additional payment
will be made.
.06
Where work under the Contract is discontinued for any extended period including seasonal
shutdown, the Contractor shall, when directed by the Contract Administrator, open and place the
Roadway and detours in a passable, safe and satisfactory condition for public travel.
.07
Where the Contractor constructs a detour which is not specifically provided for in the Contract
Documents, or required by the Contract Administrator, the construction of the detour and, if
required, the subsequent removal shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. The detour shall
be constructed and maintained to structural and geometric standards approved by the Contract
Administrator. Removal and site restoration shall be performed as directed by the Contract
Administrator.
,
.08
Where, with the prior written approval of the Contract Administrator, the Highway is closed and the
traffic diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost
to the Owner, supply, erect and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the MUTCD.
.09
Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of obligations under
subsection GC 6.01, Protection of Work, Persons and Property, dealing with the Contractor's
responsibility for damage claims, except for claims arising on sections of Highway within the
Working Area that are being maintained by others.
GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility
Services
.01
The Contractor shall provide at all times, and at no extra cost to the Owner,
'
a) adequate pedestrian and vehicular access; and
b) continuity of Utility services
to properties adjoining the Working Area.
.02
The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants,
and water and gas valves located in the Working Area.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 38 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
1
11
.03 Where any interruptions in the supply of Utility services are required and are authorized by the
Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall give the affected property owners notice in accordance
with subsection GC 7.11, Notices by the Contractor, and shall arrange such interruptions so as to
create a minimum of interference to those affected.
GC 7.08
Approvals and Permits
01 Except as specified in subsection GC 4.02, Approval and Permits, the Contractor shall obtain and
pay for any permits, licenses, and certificates which at the date of tender closing, are required for
the performance of the Work.
02 The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary inspections required by the approvals and permits
specified in paragraph GC 7.08.01.
GC 7.09 Suspension of Work
.01 The Contractor shall, upon written notice from the Contract Administrator, discontinue or delay any
or all of the Work and work shall not be resumed until the Contract Administrator so directs in
writing. Delays, in these circumstances, will be administered according to subsection GC 3.08,
Delays.
1 GC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract
.01 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency, the Contractor may,
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or
receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice, terminate the Contract.
.02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 Days or more under an order of a
court or other public authority and provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or
fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor
may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner
written notice, terminate the Contract.
.03 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the
Owner is in default of contractual obligations if,
a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue certificates in accordance with the provisions of Section
GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment;
b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 30 Days of the due dates identified in clause GC
1 8.02.03, Certification and Payment, the amounts certified by the Contract Administrator or within
30 Days of an award by an arbitrator or court; or
c) the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract.
1 .04 The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7
Days immediately following the receipt of the written notice the Contractor may, without prejudice to
any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract.
05 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out in this subsection, the
Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed according to the Contract Documents
' and for any losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a result of the termination of the
Contract.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 39 OPS General Conditions of Contract
F�
ii
fl
INDEX TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS
General...................................................................
SP-1
Traffic Control
.............................................................
SP-1
Compaction...............................................................
SP-1
Co-ordination of Work by Others ..............................................
SP-2
No. 1
Grubbing (Stumps all sizes) by Mechanical Stump Cutter ..............
SP-2
No. 2
Earth Excavation ..............................................
SP-2
Nos. 5 & 6
Granular "A" and Granular "B"..................................
SP-3
No. 7
Stabilized Limestone Screenings .................................
SP-3
Nos. 8-10
Hot Mix HL-3, HL-4 and Hot Mix Miscellaneous ....................
SP-3
No. 11
Removal of Bituminous Pavement (Outside Excavation) ..............
SP-4
No. 12
Adjust Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins to Grade .........
SP-4
No. 13
Supply Maintenance Hole Covers and/or Catch Basin Frames and Grates .
SP-5
No. 14
Removal of Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins .............
SP-5
No. 15
Removal of Concrete Curb or Curb and Gutter ......................
SP-5
No. 16
Concrete Curb and Gutter (All Types) .............................
SP-5
No. 17
Removal of Concrete Sidewalk ...................................
SP-6
No. 18
Place Concrete Sidewalk and Drives ..............................
SP-6
No. 19
Remove and Replace Precast Concrete Unit Pavers ...................
SP-6
No. 20
Place Precast Concrete Unit Pavers ...............................
SP-7
No. 21
Topsoil (Imported) ...........................................
SP-10
No. 22
Sodding (Nursery, Unstaked)...................................
SP-10
No.23
Seed and Mulch ..............................................
SP-11
No. 24
Fine Grading Existing Surfaces ..................................
SP-11
No. 25
Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill Storm Pipe Sewers ...........
SP-11
No. 26
Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 600 mm x 600 mm
Catch Basins (705.010), including Frame and Grates .................
SP-13
No. 27
Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast
Maintenance Holes and Maintenance Hole -Catch Basins,
OP SD 701.010, Including Frames and Grates ......................
SP-13
No. 28
Relocate Existing Catch Basins .................................
SP-14
No. 29
Reconnect Existing Drains and Services (up to 250 mm dia.) ..........
SP-14
No. 30
P.V.C. Sanitary Sewer Pipe .....................................
SP-14
No. 31
Installation of Services ........................................
SP-16
Index to Special Provisions (cont'd)
1
,
No. 32
Supply, Excavate for, Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast
Maintenance Holes, OPSD 701.010 ..............................
SP-17
'
No. 33
Supply and Install Safety Platform ...............................
SP-17
No. 34
Sewer Service Cleanout Construction .............................
SP-17
Nos. 35-38
Watermain Construction and Materials ...........................
SP-18
'
No. 39
Testing, Flushing, Swabbing and Disinfection of Watermains ..........
SP-22
Nos. 40 & 41
Precast Concrete .............................................
SP-26
'
Nos. 42 & 43
Brick and Wrought Iron Fence ..................................
SP-27
No. 44
Street Name Marker ..........................................
SP-29
'
Nos. 45-49
Site Furnishings ..............................................
SP-30
No.50
Wood Screen Fence ...........................................
SP-31
No. 51
Guardrail ...................................................
SP-33
No. 52
Water Feature ...............................................
SP-36
SP-36
,
Nos. 53-61
PVC Ducts and Appurtenances ..................................
No. 62
Place Concrete Steps ..........................................
SP-42
No.63
Place Wooden Steps ..........................................
SP-42
r
No. 65
Material and Compaction Testing ................................
SP-43
No. 66
Remove and Replace Wooden Posts ..............................
SP-43
'
No. 67
Install Wooden Posts ..........................................
SP-43
No. 69
Additional Trench Excavation ..................................
SP-43
No. 70
Imported Granular Backfill.....................................
SP-43
No. 71
Supply and Place 20 mm Crushed Stone Bedding ...................
SP-44
No. 72
Supply and Place Imported Granular Bedding ......................
SP-44
No. 73
Unshrinkable Backfill (Controlled Density Fill) .....................
SP-44
No. 74
Supply, Excavate for and Place Precast Unit Pavers Including
Granular "A" Base ...........................................
SP-45
No. 75
Bonding and Insurance ........................................
SP-45
t
No. 76
Material and Compaction Testing ................................
SP-46
No. 77
Contingencies ...............................................
SP-47
Restoration .................................................
SP-46
J
d
SP-1
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
' GENERAL
Disposal of Surplus Materials:
All excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor, and the Contractor's
unit price bid for the item shall include the cost of loading, hauling, dumping and levelling the
material off -site at an approved location for the materials.
1. Earth material shall be disposed of as outlined under the Information to Bidders.
2. Asphalt shall be dispose
d of as outlined under the Information to Bidders.
' 3. Concrete shall be disposed of as outlined under the Information to Bidders.
ITRAFFIC CONTROL
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a traffic plan as per Book 7 to the Project
' Engineer for review and acceptance.
In addition to the requirements in the Information to Bidders for Contractors to control
traffic and provide signage, in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7 and
Temporary Conditions Manual (March 2001), the following conditions will apply:
- At the end of each working day, a minimum of one lane of traffic, controlled by
barricades, delineators, etc., shall be maintained for emergency vehicles.
1 COMPACTION
OPSS 514 and 516 are amended to include the following:
514.07.10.03 and 516.07.09.01— Bedding
514.07.10.04 — Cover
514.07.10.05 and 516.07.09.02 — Backfill.
The compaction requirements in the above paragraphs shall be revised to 100% for this
project. All backfilling shall be placed in layers as specified in OPSS 514 and will be strictly
enforced.
The Contractor will be required to proof roll all areas of excavation prior to the placing of
granulars for the roadbed, sidewalk and paved area.
SP-2
CO-ORDINATION OF WORK BY OTHERS 1
The Contractor will co-ordinate his work with Westario Power Services Inc. for the
installation of the new underground hydro and street light wiring and street light pole installation.
'
This work will also involve the removal of the existing overhead power.
,
When it is impossible to be working in the area at the same time, a barrier will have to be
maintained to have a separation in time and space between the Contractor and Utility. Where
necessary, the Contractor shall move the operation to another part of the contact and give
Westario sufficient time to complete any work deemed necessary at that time during the contract.
BMTS and Kincardine Cable T.V. will have representatives on -site during construction to
'
assist in the location of these plants and supply of these materials.
ITEM NO. 1 -- GRUBBING (STUMPS ALL SIZES) BY MECHANICAL STUMP
'
CUTTER
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall machine cut all stumps designated on the plans
'
or directed by the Engineer at the time of construction. These designated stumps shall be cut off
not less than 450 mm below existing ground or finished grade as directed by the Engineer.
,
Stumps included in this item are outside limits of roadbed excavation and/or behind
existing sidewalks.
,
At the Contractor's expense, all cuttings and debris shall be disposed of at a site approved
by the Engineer at the time of construction.
'
The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to all underground utilities, sidewalks,
adjacent property, persons, etc. and shall make restitution for such damage to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
ITEM NO. 2 -- EARTH EXCAVATION I
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate to the required line and grade, or as
directed by the Engineer at the time of construction. All excavated material shall be disposed of
as outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Material.
. The unit price bid shall also include all excavation and grading required for sidewalks and '
all excavation required at side street and private entrances. The unit price bid shall include the
removal and disposal of designated asphalt, including curbs and any other minor structures '
encountered during the course of construction if not included as a separate item in the contract.
I SP-3
The Contractor may be required to use approved excavated material as fill behind the
proposed curbs at sites designated by the Engineer.
The Contractor may be required to salvage existing granular material to be used as
granular backfill to the roadbed and placed as directed by the Engineer.
' Payment for this work will be paid as earth excavation per cubic metre based on the
theoretical calculated end areas for the roadbed excavation.
The Contractor shall give the local utility sufficient time after the road excavation is
completed to do any work deemed necessary regarding utilities before any granular backfill is
placed.
The Contractor shall restore each block to traffic before beginning excavation in any
' other block. Access to commercial establishments will be maintained at all times by a method
satisfactory to the Engineer.
ITEM NOS. 5 & 6 -- GRANULAR "A" AND GRANULAR "B"
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place, fine grade and
compact Granular "A" and Granular "B" materials required in the roadway for roadbed,
subdrains, shouldering, driveways, under the sidewalk and curb and gutter, which are applicable
to this contract. All other Granular "A" or Granular "B" materials required shall be included in
the unit prices bid for those items where material is required.
ITEM NO.7 — STABILIZED LIMESTONE SCREENINGS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, material and equipment for
the complete installation of stabilized limestone walkway as indicated on the contract drawings
and detail D 15.
' ITEM NOS. 8,9 & 10 -- HOT MIX HL-4, HL-3, AND HOT MIX MISCELLANEOUS
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all material, including the asphalt
cement, for the proper execution of paving work in accordance with the specifications outlined
under OPSS 310.
Performance graded asphalt cement shall be PG 58-28. The Performance Graded Asphalt
Cement (PGAC) will conform with the MTO standard special provision 111 S08 for the specified
grade. All asphalt plant operations shall comply to municipal regulations and ordinances
governing the area in which the plant is located.
OPSS 310 is amended in that automatic screed controls are not required. No surface trial
coat area shall be required under this contract.
SP-4 I
The Contractor's unit price bid for this item shall include all labour and equipment to
place ramping, transverse joints, and/or remove at all transverse joints, maintenance holes, catch
basins, drives and crosswalks as directed by the Engineer.
OPSS 310.07.02.10 Longitudinal and Transverse Joints is amended as follows:
d. Requirements for Transverse ,
2. Where a surface course is placed flush against an existing bituminous pavement, a
stepped joint shall be prepared by removing the existing surface course to its full '
depth for a length of 0.5 m and the remaining depth shall be trimmed to form a
straight vertical face. (See Asphalt Joint Detail). Removal of existing surface course
shall be by means of burning out or milling machine.
The Contractor shall also take note that he is to pave designated drives, boulevards and
any other areas between the curb and property line. This will involve hand laid asphalt and will ,
only apply to areas which, in the opinion of the Engineer, do not permit the operation of a paving
machine. The supply of the HL-3 for these areas shall be included under the item for Hot Mix
Miscellaneous.
Hot Mix Miscellaneous shall be measured in square metres. In areas where Hot Mix '
Miscellaneous is designated on the plans and more than one 50 mm lift of Hot Mix is required,
measurement for payment will be made as if two single courses of Hot Mix were required.
ITEM NO. 11 -- REMOVAL OF BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT (OUTSIDE EXCAVATION) ,
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of bituminous pavement '
from those areas shown on the drawings or designated by the Engineer at the time of
construction. This item will only be used for removal of asphalt when the earth excavation item
is not required and will include saw -cutting, if required, as directed by the Engineer at the time of
construction.
ITEM NO. 12 -- ADJUST EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS 1
TO GRADE
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall adjust the designated maintenance holes or ,
catch basins to the grade established by the Engineer at the time of construction. The adjustment
of the frames and grates shall be carried out by removing or adding to the required amount of
precast concrete adjustment units and place the frame and grate at the required elevation. The
unit will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside
and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. Asphalt removal and restoration around structures
shall be included in the price bid per each and shall include placing asphalt to the depth of
existing asphalt for all disturbed areas where applicable. All work shall be carried out to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. I
I SP-5
I
Adjustment
The adjustment of maintenance holes and catch basins will apply where the tops are to be
' raised or lowered by 600 mm or less using adjustment units.
ITEM NO. 13 -- SUPPLY MAINTENANCE HOLE COVERS AND/OR CATCH BASIN
fFRAMES AND GRATES
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply maintenance hole covers or catch basin
covers as specified in the Tender Form, as designated on the drawings or by the Engineer at the
time of construction. All existing frames and grates removed, where applicable, are the property
' of the Owner and shall be delivered to the Owner's yard at the Contractor's expense.
ITEM NO. 14 -- REMOVAL OF EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES & CATCH
' BASINS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate, remove and dispose of only those
maintenance holes and catch basins shown on the drawings or designated by the Engineer at the
time of construction. The Contractor shall backfill the excavation with Granular "B", compact
the excavation and dispose of all debris to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All existing frames
and grates removed are the property of the owner and shall be delivered to the owner's Yard at
the Contractor's expense. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to seal off any existing pipes or
reconnect to new outlets.
The Contractor shall note here that catch basins constructed from inverted sewer tile shall
not be considered for payment.
ITEM NO. 15 -- REMOVAL OF CONCRETE CURB OR CURB AND GUTTER
For the unit price bid and where indicated on the drawings or designated by the Engineer,
the Contractor shall remove the existing concrete curb or curb and gutter and dispose of as
outlined under the General SP - Disposal of Materials. The unit price bid shall also include the
cost of saw cutting the existing asphalt pavement adjacent to the area of curb and gutter removed,
if required.
ITEM NO. 16 -- CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (ALL TYPES)
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials. Further to the
requirements of 353.07.06, Joints, the Contractor, when placing concrete curb and gutter, by the
extrusion method, shall saw -cut contraction joints in the hardened concrete within a sufficient
' time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent uncontrolled cracking.
The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 5.0 metres.
SP-6 I
ITEM NO. 17 -- REMOVAL OF CONCRETE SIDEWALK
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove all concrete sidewalk and the material
under it sufficient to allow for the new walk and the required minimum 125 mm of Granular "A"
base if required.
The unit price bid shall include the saw cutting of existing concrete sidewalk at the side
streets and private walks adjacent to the front of buildings. The Contractor shall be responsible
for any damages to existing building fronts during the removal of existing sidewalks, where
applicable.
Excavated material and concrete sidewalk shall be disposed of as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials.
ITEM NO. 18 -- PLACE CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVES
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials to place
concrete sidewalks and drives. where indicated on the drawings or designated by the Engineer at
the time of construction.
OPSS 351 is amended to include the following:
351.05.01 - Concrete - coarse aggregate shall be 20 mm ACI quarry stone and the mix
design shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
351.05.04 - Granular - the granular material shall be Granular "A".
351.07.02.02 - Granular Base - the placement depth of Granular "A" shall be 125 mm
minimum or to the same depth as the sidewalk or drive.
351.07.10 - Joints - all longitudinal and transverse joints shall be saw cut contraction
joints in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing the sidewalk.
351.10 - Basis of Payment - Granular "A" shall be paid under the item Granular "A" as
specified in OPSS 314.
ITEM NO. 19 -- REMOVE AND REPLACE PRECAST CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove and salvage existing concrete unit
pavers and relay the pavers in the same pattern as removed.
Any additional pavers required shall be supplied by the owner and any surplus pavers
shall become the property of the owner.
Setting bed for the pavers to be limestone screening 25 mm thickness. Joint filler to be a
clean, sharp natural, fine masonry sand. Sealer to be applied as per manufacturer's specifications.
All materials required for setting bed, joint filler and sealer shall be included in the unit price bid
for this item.
1�
77
11
1
[1
All other work shall be in accordance with OPSS 355.
LI
1
►yam
ITEM NO. 20 — PLACE PRECAST CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
' GENERAL
Description
I�
11
This section specifies the supply and installation of precast concrete unit pavers
(interlocking paving stone).
References
' CAN3-A231.2-M85 Precast Concrete Pavers.
ASTM D698-78 Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate
Mixtures, using 2.49 kg Rammer and 304.8 mm drop.
CSA A23.1-94/A23.2-94 setting bed sand. CSA-A179-94 Joint Sand.
OPSS 1010.05 Granular "A" base.
Submittals
Submit sample of each type of paving unit prior to installation.
All required paving stones are to be supplied from the same production run to ensure
uniform colour throughout paved area.
Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
All paving stones are to be delivered and stored on site on wooden pallets in location
approved by Landscape Architect.
stones.
Protect paving stone against damage and adverse conditions while in storage.
Remove and replace, at no extra cost, all damaged, cracked, chipped or broken paving
Store sand on site in location approved by Landscape Architect. Various types of sand to
be kept separate in separate locations.
Inspection
Stake out paving locations and place stakes indicating proposed grades. Obtain approval
of Landscape Architects before proceeding.
Obtain approval of the paving base from the Landscape Architect before proceeding.
Protection
Prevent damage to trees, fences, curbs, roads and adjacent property. Make good any
damage.
PRODUCTS
Materials
Unit Pavers: uniform in material, colour, size and from Lafarge Canada Inc. 1-800-263-
4162 or approved equal, to CAN3-A231.2. Paving stone types and colours as follows:
a) "Romanesque" Harvest Blend colour;
b) "Avenue 4 x 8 Stone" Colonial Blend colour.
Paving patterns as shown on plan and details.
Limestone screenings: crushed limestone products composed of 50% limestone dust and
the balance composed of an even spread of particles up to 6 mm maximum size.
Bedding Sand: a sharp, angular, hard, durable, granular, natural sand, consisting of fine
and coarse particles, free from clay lumps, cementation, organic material, frozen material and all
other deleterious materials, and conforming to CSA A23.1-94/A23.2-94.
Granular Base: Granular "A", conforming to OPSS 1010.05.
Joint filler: a clean sharp, fine sand, free of deleterious material, conforming to CSA-
A179-94 or polymeric sand joint filler as supplied by Lafarge or approved equivalent, as per
details.
PVC Edge: Pave Edge as supplied by Lafarge or approved equivalent.
EXECUTION
Subgrade
Ensure that subgrade preparation conforms to levels and compaction required to allow for
installation of granular base.
Ensure finished subgrade is smooth and even.
I
1
�7,
SP-9
IGranular Base
' Spread and compact granular "A" in uniform layers not exceeding 100 mm compacted
thickness. Compact to 100% S.P.D.D. as per details.
' Shape and roll alternately to obtain a smooth, even and uniformly compacted granular
base and ensure conformity of grades with finished surface.
Apply water as necessary during compaction to obtain specified density. If granular base
is excessively moist, aerate by scarifying with suitable equipment until moisture content is
corrected.
In areas not accessible to rolling equipment, compact to specified density with approved
mechanical tampers.
' Ensure top of granular base does not exceed plus or minus 109 mof finished grade less
�' m
combined thickness of granular laying course plus surface course.
Maintain all straight edges t and uniform with continuous smooth curves to radii indicated.
g �
' Granular materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in accordance with the
amended OPSS 514, as outlined under the General SP - Compaction.
Installation
Place sand as setting bed material to thickness indicated. Spread evenly over prepared
base. Avoid mixing with granular base material.
Ensure setting bed is dry (4-8% moisture content) prior to placement of unit pavers.
Screed setting bed to obtain a smooth surface, free of irregularities, and parallel to the finished
grade.
' Install unit paving true to grade, in location, layout and patterns as indicated.
Use edge stones as required and unit paver edge material as per details and ensure a tight
butt joint between all stones.
Where required, cut units accurately with a concrete saw, without damaging edges. Cut to
provide a clean, finished edge, flush and tune with adjacent structures or materials.
Tamp down and level pavers with mechanical plate vibrator on minimum 19 mm thick
plywood until pavers are true to grade and free of movement.
SP-10
Fill spaces between pavers by sweeping in joint sand in several directions until all joints
are full.
Pass mechanical plate vibrator on sand cushion over surface course to achieve compaction
of sand in joints.
Replace, at no extra cost, all broken or chipped stones and all cut stones marked by the
Landscape Architect as unacceptable.
Surface of finished pavement to be smooth and even throughout, free from irregularities
and depressions exceeding 3 mm as measured with 3 in straight edge.
Sweep surface course clean.
Edging
Where edge of paving abuts a soft surface (lawn or planting bed) install complete PVC
edge as per detail. Adjust location of edge to suit installation of full stone.
ITEM NO. 21-- TOPSOIL (IMPORTED)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall fine grade to a uniform surface the areas to be
topsoiled as indicated on the contract drawings or as designated by the Engineer at the time of
construction. The topsoil shall be of og od quality, subject to the Engineer's approval. The
Contractor shall uniformly spread the topsoil to a depth of not less than 100 mm. The cost of fine
grading, supplying, placing and raking the topsoil shall be included in the unit price bid.
ITEM NO.22 -- SODDING (NURSERY, UNSTAKED)
For the unit price bid, the nursery sod and water for sod shall be supplied and placed by
the Contractor at locations designated by the Engineer at the time of construction.
All sod shall meet the requirements current at the date of contract of the Ontario Sod
Growers Association for No. 1 Bluegrass Fescue Sod and shall be cut to a minimum thickness of
19 mm.
All sod shall be delivered to the site in good condition and placed in a manner satisfactory
to the Engineer.
The sod shall be watered by the Contractor at his expense using approved equipment and
in a manner that shall not erode, wash away, or damage the sod or topsoil.
1
1
1
SP-11
ITEM NO.23 -- SEED AND MULCH
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all material, equipment and labour to
place the fertilizer, seeding and mulching.
All material and construction procedures shall be in accordance with OPSS 572. Cover
material shall be Straw Mulch or Hydraulic Mulch, unless defined elsewhere in the contract.
The seed shall be top-quality standard roadside mix, consisting of the following:
Creeping Red Fescue 55%
Canadian Bluegrass 27%
Perennial Ryegrass 15%
White Clover 3%
The rate of application for the seed shall be one kilogram per 100 square metres. The
Contractor shall guarantee a catch of grass and will be responsible for all reseeding if necessary.
ITEM NO.24 -- FINE GRADING EXISTING SURFACES
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall fine grade the existing surfaces and include
water required for compaction and calcium for dust suppression. The Contractor shall fine grade
and compact as directed by the Engineer at the time of construction.
Approximate area for restoring is 1,000 square metres.
ITEM NO.25 -- SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL STORM PIPE
SEWERS
Pipe Material
OPSS 410.05 materials is amended to accept the following pipe material for storm
i) Concrete Sewer Pipe (Rigid)
- 300 mm & 375 mm Class 3
- 375 mm or Greater as specified in the tender form
ii) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (Flexible)
- Class SDR 35 or Class V (320 kPa)
- Annular ribbed profile for ribbed pipe
iii) Polyethylene Sewer Grade Pipe (Flexible) - CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6
- 300 mm to 600 mm
- smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile (320 kPa), 15 PSI bell and spigot
joints shall have elastomeric gaskets (CSA certified to B 182.6).
1
SP-12 I
If pipe material selected differs from that specified in the Form of Tender, the Contractor
'
shall, upon request, supply the Engineer with proof of CSA certification for both the pipe and the
elastomeric gaskets, all at the expense of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall supply the pipe in the size and strength designated, as noted in the
Form of Tender or approved equivalent by the Engineer.
Bedding And Backfill
Bedding shall be as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid
pipe and which ever soil type is applicable.
Bedding shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe and which
ever soil type is applicable.
Bedding material shall be Granular "A". Cover material shall be approved granular
'
material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe.
Backfill shall be approved selected native material compacted to a minimum dry density
of 100% or granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of 100% as noted in the Form
of Tender.
'
The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, cover material and the
backfilling noted herein.
'
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid
'
of sewer.
All deflection testing of sewers as per 410.07.15.05 shall be included in the unit price bid ,
if using PVC or polyethylene pipe.
Compaction '
All bedding, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in I
accordance with the amended OPSS 514 as outlined under the General SP - Compaction.
All costs of compaction and water used for compaction shall be included in the unit price '
for sewer. No additional payment will be made for removal of existing sewers, watermains, or
minor structures encountered in the trench excavation.
Removing Existing Storm Sewer
The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing storm sewers where
applicable.
SP-13
Abandoning Sewers
The Contractor will be required to plug up, by means of brick and mortar, certain existing
sewers that are to be abandoned, as directed by the Engineer. The cost of this work is to be
included in the Contractor's bid for new sewer intercepting these old sewers or drains.
' Connecting Sewers
The Contractor will be required, at his own expense, to make all connections to new and
existing catch basins, maintenance holes, culverts, or sewers (regardless of pipe material) in a
manner set out in the contract drawings or as designated by the Engineer at the time of
construction.
Maintenance Of Flow
' The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow in all sewers and maintenance
holes at all times.
Restoration
See restoration requirements stated elsewhere in the contract, where applicable.
ITEM NO.26 -- SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 600 mm x
600 mm CATCH BASINS (705.010), INCLUDING FRAME AND
' GRATES
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall carry out all excavation, bedding and backfill
and supply all materials and labour required to complete the construction of catch basins in
accordance with OPSD 705.010.
' The unit price bid in all cases shall also include the supply and placing of catch basin
frames and grates in accordance with OPSD 400.020 and 400.100 and the cost of connecting new
basins to existing sewers as directed at the time of construction.
ITEM NO.27 -- SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm
PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES AND MAINTENANCE HOLE -
CATCH BASINS, OPSD 701.010, INCLUDING FRAMES AND GRATES
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the
complete installation. He shall excavate to the required grade and shall also supply the necessary
granular bedding and backfill and compact the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
' i the Contractor will supply and install frames and grates as shown
For the unit price bid, C pp y
on the drawings to the grade established by the Engineer. He shall also supply the required
ladder rungs and all materials for and make all connections to existing sewers where required.
SP-14 I
Also included in the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the benching of all storm
maintenance holes and/or sanitary maintenance holes designated, as per OPSD 701.021.
Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers, the Contractor
will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole
location or providing by-pass pumping around the maintenance hole site. The method proposed
for maintaining flow shall be approved by the Engineer before this work commences. '
ITEM NO.28 -- RELOCATE EXISTING CATCH BASINS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall carry out all excavation, bedding and backfill
and supply all materials and labour required to complete the relocation of existing catch basin and
connection to existing storm sewer outlet in accordance with OPSS 407 and OPSD 705.010.
The Contractor will be required to plug up, by means of brick and mortar, existing catch
basin sewer laterals that are to be abandoned, as directed by the Engineer. The cost of this work is
to be included in the Contractor's unit price bid for this item.
ITEM NO.29 -- RECONNECT EXISTING DRAINS AND SERVICES
(up to 250 mm dia.)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate for, supply and install, reconnect and '
backfill all existing drains and/or services encountered, as directed at the time of construction.
Payment under this item will only be paid when directed by the Engineer to: ,
• Relocate drains and services that conflict with the sewer and/or watermain in horizontal
or vertical alignment.
• Repair any drains and services encountered that have not been shown on the drawings.
• Supply and install 50 mm ABS drain from the Water Feature to CB for drainage.
The Contractor is responsible for replacing all other broken or damaged drains and
services encountered in the excavation.
ITEM NO.30 — P.V.C. SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Pipe Material
Pipe material for sanitary sewers shall be polyvinyl chloride (P.V.C.) SDR-35. Where
required and shown on the drawings, end caps, adapters, reducers, etc. shall be provided and the
cost included in the unit price bid for this item. '
Bedding and Backfill
Bedding for sanitary sewers shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, 802.014 which ever
soil type is applicable.
I
F-
L
1
L
SP-15
Bedding and cover material shall be Granular "A" and as specified in OPSS 410.
The remainder of the backfill shall be with native material to subgrade elevation where
applicable or original ground and compacted to 100% minimum dry density.
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the price bid per
metre of sewer.
All bedding, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in
accordance with the amended OPSS 514, as outlined under the General SP - Compaction.
Maintenance of Flow
The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow of sanitary sewage in the sewers
and in any maintenance holes being connected by this work.
The Contractor shall provide adequate pumping and power facilities to maintain operation
of the sewer system on a continuous basis. The method of maintaining flow shall be approved by
the Engineer in advance of construction proceeding.
All cost of maintaining sewage flow, where required, shall be included in the unit price
bid for these items.
Connecting Sewers and Modifying Benching
The cost of breaking into, connecting, sealing and modifying the existing benching to
accommodate the same pipe size shall be included in the unit price bid.
Removing Existing Sanitary Sewer
The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sanitary sewers where
applicable.
IField Testing
The unit price bid shall include infiltration and/or exfiltration test and deflection testing in
accordance with OPSS 410.07.15 - Field Testing.
Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines
All mainline sewer shall be television camera inspected.
r,
I
SP-16
The Contractor will engage a T.V. Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate the work to have
it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract.
The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the T.V. Inspection Contractor
directly, however, the T.V. inspection work will be carried out under the supervision of, and to
the satisfaction of, the Engineer. '
All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409 and 409.10. Basis of payment is
amended to be included in the unit price bid per metre of sewer pipe.
Cleaning and Flushing Pipe Sewers
OPSS 410.07.16 is amended to include the cleaningand flushing in the unit rice bid for
g p
this item.
Restoration
See restoration requirements stated elsewhere in the contract.
ITEM NO. 31-- INSTALLATION OF SERVICES
Pipe Material
Pipe material for sanitary sewer services shall be polyvinyl chloride (P.V.C.) SDR-28.
The unit price bid shall include the cost of the main line service tee and end cap required
for each service.
Bedding and Backfill
Bedding and backfill requirements shall be the same as that for sanitary sewers stated
elsewhere. '
Installation of Services
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of connecting to existing
sanitary services with the proper fittings and material to make the connection. The unit price bid
shall include all restoration outside the limits of the grading operations of the road reconstruction
part of the project, when applicable.
All services to vacant lots shall include an end cap and the ends of all services shall be S
marked by a 50 mm x 100 mm wood post extending from the service to 300 mm above the
surface of the ground with the top section painted fluorescent green. The post shall be supplied
and placed by the Contractor.
SP-17
Restoration
See restoration requirements stated elsewhere in the contract.
ITEM NO.32 -- SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR, PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm
PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES OPSD 701.010
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the
complete installation. He shall excavate to the required grade and shall also supply the necessary
granular bedding and backfill and compact the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as shown
on the drawings to the grade established by the Engineer. He shall also supply the required
ladder rungs and all materials for and make all connections to existing sewers.
Also included in the unit price bid, the Contractor shall include the benching of all
sanitary maintenance holes designated in accordance with standard drawing OPSD 701.021.
Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers, the Contractor
will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole
location or providing by-pass pumping around the maintenance hole site. The method proposed
for maintaining flow shall be approved by the Engineer before this work commences.
ITEM NO.33 — SUPPLY AND INSTALL SAFETY PLATFORM
id the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials
For the unit puce b pp y
required to install aluminum safety platforms.
The safety platforms shall be aluminum and as per OPSD 404.020.
The installation shall be in accordance with OPSS 407.
ITEM NO.34 -- SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUT CONSTRUCTION
i
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the
complete installation of service cleanouts as shown on the detail drawing.
Each cleanout shall have a 100 mm diameter cover equal to a Malcolm Bolter Cover (Bell
end) as supplied by Crowle Fittings Ltd., or equivalent. Adaptors to be provided as required.
Each cleanout shall be clearly marked with a minimum of 2.0 m of 50 x 100 wooden post.
I
SP-18
ITEM NOS. 35-38 — WATERMAIN CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS I
The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Operating Authority of his proposed
disruption of service to make all connections to the existing distribution system.
The watermain construction shall be staged so as to minimize water service distribution to
residences and shall be informed 24hrs. in advance as to when these disruptions will occur.
The unit price bid for each item shall include all costs incurred in excavating for, placing,
anchoring and blocking, connecting, testing, flushing, and disinfecting all watermain and fittings,
as outlined in OPSS 701 and restoration outside general grading operations.
The unit price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding and
backfill up to subgrade and/or original ground. All costs of compaction and water shall be borne
by the Contractor.
Materials
All materials for watermains, valves, valve boxes, etc., shall be supplied by the
Contractor. (No substitutes without Operating Authority approval.)
Watermain
Watermain material shall be C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Class 150 (DR-18) c/w
Ring-Tite joints and No. ionstrand copper cable for a means of maintaining electrical
continuity.
PVC watermain shall be in accordance with AWWA C900.
Gate Valves and Boxes
Valves shall be resilient seated gate valves. Main line valves to be MJ type with standard
operating nut. Hydrant valves to be MJ to MJ gate valve with standard operating nut.
All valves to be supplied with "O" ring packing for water use and open counter-
clockwise.
Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve screw type with No. 6 base.
Tapping valves and sleeves must meet with approval f h pp g pp o the Operating Authority.
Resilient -seated gate valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509.
11
E
11
SP-19
Fittings
All fittings shall be ductile iron cement mortar lined mechanical joint type, with adaptors
to suit other materials, where necessary. Fittings must be suitably thrust blocked or anchored
with tie -backs.
Ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110, pressure rating 1035kPa.
Hydrants
Fire hydrants shall be the Canada Valve New Century e Compression. Hydrant
Y �'Y type p Y
specifications as follows:
• 2-64 mm hose connections
• B pumper connection
• Hydrants shall open counter -clockwise
• Colour shall be RED
• Operating nut shall be standard
• Hydrant length shall be such that the bottom of the upper barrel shall be 100 mm above
finished grade
• Bury depth 1.7m.
Dry -barrel fire hydrants shall be in accordance with AWWA C502.
Services Min. 19 mm, Max. 50 mm
i) Main Stops - to be 19 mm standard AWWA corporation valve inlet thread and
copper compression outlet as supplied by Mueller.
ii) Curb Stop - to be 19 mm CJ inlet and CJ outlet as supplied by Mueller or approved
equivalent.
iii) Pipe - to be 19 mm Type "K" copper tubing.
iv) Curb Boxes — Erie/Eclipse extension service box and stem (1.4 m to 1.7 m) with
25 mm dia. steel upper section. Box lids shall be regular ribbed with brass pentagon
plus c/w standard stationary rod, supplied by Concord -Clow D-1 or Mueller
equivalent.
v) For PVC watermain, service saddles shall be Robar Stainless steel 2616 Double Bolt
Wide Band.
ri
C]
SP-20 I
vi) Ground hydrants - Ground hydrant to be Zurn Inground Hydrant Model Z-1360 as
manufactured by Zurn Industries 905-405-8272. Zurn Z-1360-HD-RK-5-6-17
encased, non -freeze hydrant, for flush with grade or finished (non -traffic) floor
installation, complete with bronze casting, all bronze interior parts, bronze seat and
replaceable seat washer, non -turning operating rod with free-floating compression
closure valve with 3/4" connection. Plan bronze box and scoriated cover with
operating key lock. Hydrant is equipped with a tapped 1/4" drain port in valve
housing. Six (6) keys are to be included for each. Depth of bury to be 4' (1200).
WATERMAIN INSTALLATION I
Excavation I
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the bid per metre
of watermain.
Removal of Old Mains, Services and Fittings
For the unit prices bid for watermain construction, the Contractor shall include the
removal of existing mains and services when required, and/or as directed by the Engineer at the
time of construction.
These mains shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the
site of the work.
Any fittings deemed salvageable shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's
Workshop.
Removal of Exiting Hydrant and Salvage
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove the existing hydrant as directed by the
Engineer and the hydrant shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Workshop in good '
order.
Bedding and Backfill i
All bedding and cover material from the bottom of the pipe to a height of 0.30 metres
above the top of the pipe shall be granular "A"or approved equal and shall be as required by
OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032 and 802.034 (Class B), whichever is applicable for rigid pipe,
OPSD 802.010, 802.013, 802.014, 802.020, whichever is applicable for flexible pipe.
L�
' The remainder of the backfill shall be with approved native material compacted to a
minimum dry density of 100% or granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of
100% as noted in the Form of Tender.
11
I
SP-21
The price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding, cover material
and the backfilling.
All bedding, cover and backfill material shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in
accordance with the amended OPSS 514, as outlined under the General SP - Compaction.
Laying and Jointing - P.V.C.
Y g
The laying and jointing of pipe shall conform to OPSS 701 and shall also include the
supply and the installation of a tracer wire (#12/7 stranded copper) for providing electrical
continuity with all fittings and services. The tracer wire shall rise to ground level at all valve
boxes and be connected to all fittings and services.
Installation of Services
For the unit price bid per each, the Contractor shall include the cost of tapping the main,
installing saddles where applicable, main stops and curb stops c/w service box, including all
connections to new and existing mains and services.
For the unit price bid per lineal metre, the Contractor shall include the cost of installing
water service tubing by means of trenching and all services shall be laid to a depth of not less
than 1.5 m.
At vacant lots, the ends of all services shall be marked by a 38 mm x 89 mm wood post
extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the ground and the top section painted
fluorescent blue. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor.
The unit price bid shall include all restoration beyond the general grading limits. See
restoration requirements stated elsewhere in the contract.
Connection to Existing Main
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to
reconnect the existing main to the new main with the proper fittings to make the connection.
Anode Installation
For the unit price bid for the watermain and fittings, the Contractor shall supply and
install anodes as outlined under Anodes for Cathodic Protection and Installation.
11
SP-22
For all mechanical joint fittings and couplings used with either ductile iron or PVC pipe, a
sacrificial zinc nut shall be installed on each bolt. They shall be of the protecto-cap type.
Anodes for Cathodic Protection and Installation
Zinc anodes shall be supplied for installation on pipe (131), valves, fittings, hydrants,
services, etc.
They shall consist of a zinc casting with a galvanized steel core, packaged in a cardboard
or cloth bag of minimum diameter of 100 mm. The backfill material shall consist of a
gypsum/bentonite material having an electrical resistivity of less than 50 ohm cm. wet. An
insulated copper wire shall be brazed to the core wire.
Anodes shall be supplied in sizes of 2.3, 5.5 and 11.0 kg to provide installation as
detailed.
Packaged zinc anodes are to be installed with all new watermains as follows:
Watermain Sizes
100 - 150 mm dia.
200 - 250 mm dia.
Each copper service
Hydrants
Steel pipe encasement
Anode Spacing/Requirements
5.5 kg anode per pipe length and fitting
5.5 kg anode per pipe length and fitting
5.5 kg anode per each
2 - 5.5 kg anode per each (see hydrant
standard drawing 1105.01)
2 - 11.0 kg anode, one at each end.
Connect anode copper lead wire to pipe, valve, fitting, hydrant, etc., with "cadweld" type
connection. Connect to main stops or curb stops with the electrical ground connections
supplied. Place anode in trench a minimum of 500 mm from pipe, valve, fitting, etc.
Complete installation shall conform to anode manufacturer's recommendations.
ITEM NO.39 — TESTING, FLUSHING, SWABBING AND DISINFECTION OF
WATERMAINS
For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and
materials for the temporary connection, testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of
watermains and services in accordance with the following specifications, OPSS 701 for
pressure testing, AWWA C651-99 for disinfection and connection to waterworks system.
1
I
C�
1
1
SP-23
The new watermain shall be isolated from the existing waterworks system using a
physical separation until satisfactory bacteriological testing has been completed and accepted by
the Contract Administrator and the Municipality. Water required to fill the new main for
hydrostatic pressure testing, disinfection, and flushing shall be supplied through a temporary
connection between the existing water system and the new main. The temporary connection shall
include an appropriate cross -connection control device consistent with the degree of hazard (a
double check valve assembly (used above or below ground level) or a reduced pressure principle
backflow preventer (used above ground level ONLY)). The backflow preventer operation shall
be in accordance with CAN/Canadian Standards Association-1364 Series Manual. The backflow
preventer shall be disconnected (physically separated) from the new main during the hydrostatic
pressure test. It will be necessary to re-establish the temporary connection after completion of the
hydrostatic pressure test to swab, chlorinate and flush out the disinfectant water prior to final
connection of the new main to the waterworks system. (Refer to AWWA C651-99).
Swabbing will be required prior to pressure testing, disinfection and commissioning of the
main. A minimum of two (2) new swabs will be passed through each section of main line pipe to
ensure that there is no blockage, debris, etc. The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment
may be required for the swabbing operation.
The pressure testing shall be in accordance with OPSS 701.07.22.01 hydrostatic testing
and under the supervision of the Contract Administrator.
At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions to above
the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations.
At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed.
The cost of providing for such extensions are to be included in the lump sum price bid.
After disinfection in accordance with AWWA C651-99 of the watermains and services
for 24 hours and final flushing, two consecutive sets of water samples, taken at least 24 hours
apart, shall be collected for every 350 metres or part there of watermain plus from the end of the
line and from each branch line off the main line. In addition, it is recommended that the existing
water system be tested as well.
Following disinfection of the watermains, the chlorinated water shall be managed and
disposed of in accordance with OPSS 701.07.25.
Certified municipal staff or trained designate only (OWRA Reg. 459/00) shall collect
samples for bacteriological testing. All water samples are to be analyzed by a Provincially
accredited Laboratory. One 200 ml bacteriological sample (bottles supplied by the Labs ONLY)
must be obtained from each location. The sample form is to be filled out requesting E.coli (Fecal
Coliform), Total Coliform and background analysis and is to include the samplers license
number. Each sample collected must include a "Total and Free Chlorine residual" reading.
SP-24 I
The Owner or Municipality will pay Laboratory expenses for the initial first 2 sets of
sampling requirement for bacteriological results. If the disinfection fails to produce satisfactory
samples, disinfection shall be repeated at the Contractor's expense.
The minimum requirements for acceptability of bacteriological tests are:
E.coli (Fecal Coliform) Less than 1 cfu/100 ml ,
Total Coliform Less than 1 cfu/100 ml
Background Colonies not greater than 200/100 ml.
Commissioning of New Main
Once a complete set of tests including the bacteriological samples are satisfactory and the
results are received, the Contract Administrator must request approval from the Municipality for
the main to be connected to the existing water system. The Contract Administrator or designate
must be present on site during the removal of the temporary connection and until the connecting
of the new main to the existing waterworks has been completed.
All new piping, services and appurtenances placed in the connection of the new main and
existing waterworks system must be disinfected with a 1% (10,000 mg/1) solution of sodium
hypochlorite or equivalent method at the Contractor's expense.
The Contractor must provide in writing, a method of dewatering in order to protect the
final connection from contamination of the new or existing watermain with foreign material or
groundwater. Should the need to re -disinfect, the entire cost of re -disinfecting the mains will be
at the Contractor's expense.
Testing, Flushing and Disinfection of New Services to be Connected to Existing Main
The Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for the testing, flushing
and disinfection of the services in accordance with AWWA C651-99 and the following.
The tubing and fitting shall be cleaned and disinfected with a 1-% (10,000 mg/L solution
of sodium hypochlorite or equivalent method and the service flushed until two consecutive
chlorine residual tests of 0.75 to 1.0 mg/L as free chlorine are achieved before connecting to the
existing service.
SP- 25
REPLACEMENT SECTION AFTER
COMPLETION OF TESTING, FLUSHING
AND DISINFECTION OPERATIONS
GATE VALVE TO BE LEFT
IN PLACE AND INCLUDED
IN TESTING, FLUSHING,
DISINFECTION AND SWABBING TEMPORARY THRUST
ITEM SOLID SLEEVE BLOCK SOLID SLEEVE OR
rCAP CAP BELL END
` NEW OR EXIST.
r I GATE VALVE
NEW �I ��� EXIST.
"-- GA i VALVE (TYP)
(SAMPLE TAP ALSO USED
FOR CHLORINE INJECTION �- FILL LINE OR ((BY-PASS
CO
AND PRESSURE TESTING) ASNNECTION PER TABLEMINIMUM BELOW) SIZE
LBACKFLOW PREVENTOR
DEVICE
LIMIT OF PAYMENT (TO BE INCLUCED IN TESTING,
FLUSHING, DISINFECTION AND SWABBING ITEM)
TYPICAL TEMPORARY CONNECTION ON WATERMAINS
N.T.S.
PIPE
DIAMETER
FLOW REQUIRED
TO PRODUCE
0.76m s (APPROX)
VELOCITY IN
MAIN
SIZE OF TAP (mm)
NUMBER OF OPEN
64mm
HYDRANT
OUTLETS
25
38
51
mm
I/s
NUMBER OF TAPS ON
PIPES
100
6.3
1
—
1
150
12.6
—
1
—
1
200
25.2
—
2
1
1
250
37.9
—
3
2
1
300
56.8
—
—
2
2
400
109.9
—
—
4
2
0
�LJ
SP-26 I
ITEM NOS. 40 & 41— PRECAST CONCRETE
GENERAL
Description
This section specifies the supply and installation of precast concrete products.
Quality Assurance
Use only products from approved and/or specified manufacturers.
All concrete products must conform to CSA A231.1-72 and CAN3-A23.4-M78, latest
edition for materials and method of manufacture.
Product Delivery, Storage & Handling
Chipped or damaged wall blocks and other precast products and products not conforming
to the approved sample will be rejected.
Job Conditions
Do not proceed with installation if the sub -grade is in a frozen or muddy condition.
Inspection
Obtain the approval of the Landscape Architect of the layout, compacted sub -grade and
compacted granular base before proceeding with subsequent work.
Payment
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for
the complete installation of Precast Concrete Block Planters and Precast Concrete Retaining
Walls.
PRODUCTS
Materials
Precast concrete products: pre -manufactured concrete products conforming in all respects with
CSA A231.1-72 and CAN3-A23.4-M78, latest edition for materials and method of manufacture.
Precast planter: Tumbled "Fieldstone" by Lafarge Canada Inc. 1-800-263-4162. Chartan colour
blend. Tapered and square -sided units as required, c/w coping units.
1
1
Ll
1
SP-27
Adhesive: HP Masonry Adhesive (product code 141-711) available through Lafarge Canada Inc.
1-800-263-4162.
EXECUTION
Preparation
Fine grade subgrade eliminating uneven areas and filling low spots. Remove all debris.
Tamp finished subgrade to provide solid and stable base.
Installation of Precast Planter Wall
Place and compact the base material to 100% Standard Proctor Dry Density. Provide a
minimum 300 mm of Granular "A" compacted material.
Tightly butt wall sections together. Ensure finished wall is straight and true. Top of wall
is to be maintained level in all cases.
ITEM NOS. 42 & 43 — BRICK AND WROUGHT IRON FENCE
I
GENERAL
1
1
Description
This section describes the supply and installation of brick pier (pillar) and wrought iron
fencing.
Related Work
Cast -in -place concrete bases, footings and caps: Concrete shall be placed according to
OPSS 904.
Quality Assurance
The Contractor (or masonry sub -contractor) must have minimum of five (5) years
experience in this type of work.
Welding contractor must be fully approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau under the
requirements of CSA W-47. Welding is to be done in accordance with CSA W-59-84.
ISamples
Submit samples of face brick prior to ordering materials and obtain the approval of the
Landscape Architect.
SP-28 I
Shop Drawings and Product Data
Submit shop drawings and product data when requested by Landscape Architect.
Shop drawings to indicate dimensions, sizes, assembly and installation details for each
item.
Payment
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for
the complete construction of wrought iron fencing, posts and brick piers.
PRODUCTS
Face Brick
Canada Brick, "Georgetown" colour, "Ontario Size" available through Simcoe Block.
Contact Marc Gariepy 1-800-487-3704.
Mortar
Type S based on proportion specifications. Mortar to be grey in colour.
Sealants
"Hydrozzo" concrete repellency agent (penetrating stain sealant).
Hydrozzo "Enviroseal 7" masonry repellency agent.
Ties
Ties to be hot -dipped galvanized horizontal reinforcement, BL-42 adjustable veneer tabs
as supplied by Simcoe Block.
Wrought Iron Fencing
"Wrought iron" fencing panels to be "Princess" Imperial Collection c/w decorative top by
Dura Fence 1-800-667-3965. Panels to be "Galvalume" coated prime steel with black polyester
powder -coating. All welds to be stainless steel.
Panel widths to be as required so posts are spaced 2012 mm O.C. and height to be
1219 mm or 914 mm as indicated on drawings. Post caps to be ball type. Supply complete with
fence panel hangers for mounting on brick piers (pillars) as required.
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for
the complete construction of wrought iron fencing, posts and brick piers.
I
I
1
I
fl
Ll
it
H
SP-29
Installation
detail.
Pour concrete footings as detailed and in accordance with OPSS 904.
Construct precast concrete block backup in centre of each fence pier, installing ties as per
Install clay bricks in running bond pattern on concrete footing with weep hole vents in
vertical joints in first course immediately above concrete base and in top course immediately
under cap as per detail.
Mason to randomly blend bricks on site at time of installation to the satisfaction of the
Landscape Architect. Ensure uniform blend of colour and texture.
Install fence panel hangers in brick piers according to manufacturer's recommendations.
Form and cast in place Portland base concrete cap on top of each pier. Lightly sandblast
cap prior to applying two coats of Hydrozzo sealant as per manufacturer's recommendations.
Touch-up damaged finishes and remove all mortar and concrete spills from face brick and
adjacent surfaces to approval of Landscape Architect. Apply two coats Hydrozzo masonry
sealant as per manufacturer's recommendations.
Install "wrought iron" fence posts and panels as per details and manufacturer's
recommendations.
Contractor to ensure that all brick piers and iron posts are plumb and aligned in a straight
line, as shown on the drawings and to the approval of the Landscape Architect.
Install post caps immediately following installation of posts and panels.
ITEM NO.44 — STREET NAME MARKER
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, material and equipment for
the complete installation of street name markers as indicated on the contract drawings and detail
D8.
ITEM NOS. 45-49 — SITE FURNISHINGS
GENERAL
Description
items.
This section describes the supply and installation of standard manufactured catalogue
SP-30
Related Work
Cast -in -place concrete bases and footings: Concrete shall be laced according ,
g p rding to OPSS
904.
Shop Drawings and Product Data
r
Submit shop drawings and product data when requested by Landscape Architect. i
Shop drawings to indicate dimensions, sizes, assembly and installation details for each
furnishing/fixture.
Payment I
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for
the complete installation of landscape furnishings. '
PRODUCTS
Item No. 45 — Benches '
Bench with back to be #7199-6'-IPE (Midway Bench) c/w stainless steel hardware, wood ,
components to be left unfinished. Metal components to be galvanized then finished with
polyurethane primer and paint, black colour. By Toronto Fabricating. Available through Wayne
Morrison 519-473-5214.
Item No. 46 — Trash Receptacles
Trash receptacle to be #922-22 complete with hinged cast , P p g t lid and liner and stainless steel
hardware. Metal components to be galvanized then finished with polyurethane primer and paint,
black colour. By Toronto Fabricating. Available through Wayne Morrison 519-473-5214.
Item No. 47 — Bicycle Racks
New bicycle racks to be #937-DB with cast aluminum ring and hot -dipped galvanized
post. Ring to be c/w name "Harbour Street, Kincardine" in casting. By Toronto Fabricating. ,
Available through Wayne Morrison - 519-473-5214.
Item No. 48 — Telephone Booths I
Telephone Booth to be #J-4bb Antique c/w Handset Logo. Each "telephone booth" as
indicated on drawings consists of two booths fastened back-to-back on a single #P-15-A9
Pedestal. #P-15-A4 Anchor Straps to be included. All by Jaro Industries - 905-874-4760.
Contact Ralph Bennett 1-877-874-4760.
1 SP-31
Item No. 49 — Picnic Tables
Picnic table to be heavy duty picnic table with southern yellow pine slats and black
powder coated frame #P768 by Gametime available through Crozier Agencies -
1-800-665-3821.
EXECUTION
IInstallation
( Assemble furnishings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Obtain approval of final furnishings locations from Landscape Architect prior to
anchoring to concrete footings.
' Install furnishings true, plumb, and anchored as detailed. Shore up, if necessary, to ensure
true, plumb placement. Bench seats will slope to follow grade of paving.
Touch-up damaged finishes to approval of Landscape Architect.
Refer to Manufacturer's standards for ground hydrant installation.
ITEM NO.50 — WOOD SCREEN FENCE
GENERAL
Description
I This sections specifies the supply and installation of timber and wood elements.
P
Quality Assurance
All work must be executed by skilled tradesmen having at least five (5) years experience
in this type of work.
All timber and wood to be pressure -treated must be done in accordance with CSA 080-
M 1983 wood preservation. All material to be inspected and stamped by the Canadian Wood
Preservers Bureau (CWPB).
All wood must comply with the grade specified.
Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
■ Protect all materials from harmful exposure during transportation to the site.
SP-32
On delivery, store all materials off the ground and protect from adverse conditions to
prevent deterioration, damage, or impairment of structure or other essential properties.
All damaged or deteriorated materials will be rejected and must be removed from the site
immediately.
Job Conditions
Check and verify all site dimensions governing the fabrication of shop -made items and
report any discrepancies immediately to the Consultant.
Sample Panel
When instructed by the Consultant, erect a sample wall and green edging section,
minimum 4000 mm long. Have sample approved before proceeding. Ensure all other work
conforms to sample panel.
Inspection
All timber, wood and plywood which has been pressure treated, must bear an inspection
label of the CWPB.
Make all pressure treated items available for inspection by the Consultant at the place of
treatment, before shipment to the job site.
Payment
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for
the complete construction of the wood screen fence as detailed in the contract drawings.
PRODUCTS
Materials
Pressure treated timber and lumber: grade and type specified on the drawings, conforming to
CSA 0141 for nominal size, fully incised before pressure treatment, with minimum penetration of
13 mm on all faces and pressure treated to the densities as stated in CSA 080-M1983. All timber
and lumber must be straight, sound and free of splits, warps, checks, large knots or other defects.
Preservative must be water based material.
Nails spikes bolts, lag, screws, etc.: hot dipped galvanized. All galvanizing shall be hot dipped
galvanizing after fabrication with 60 mg minimum weight of zinc coating in accordance with
CSA G164-1964 (R1972).
Finishes: all wood to be left unfinished.
1
SP-33
EXECUTION
1 Installation
Lay out all work true to line and level, plumb and true. Accurately place structural
supports and members in position and brace securely to remain plumb and true until permanently
fixed.
1
Ensure structural supports and members are capable of safely supporting imposed loads.
Report any discrepancies immediately to the Consultant.
Execute all fastening with nails, spikes, bolts, or framing anchors as detailed. Counter
sink all exposed bolts and nuts. Drill bolt hole 2 mm larger than diameter of bolt and after final
installation damage bolt threads to prevent removal of nuts.
Treat all cuts with 2 coats of the same preservative which was originally used in the
pressure treatment of the timber.
1 Finishing
All timber and wood installations are to be left unfinished.
1 ITEM NO. 51— GUARDRAIL
1 GENERAL
Description
This section specifies the supply, fabrication and installation of guardrail and handrail.
1 Samples
1
I
I
Fabricate 3 m long sample section of guardrail and handrail and obtain the approval of the
Landscape Architect.
Quality Assurance
The Contractor (or welding sub -contractor) must have minimum of five (5) years
experience in this type of work.
Welding Contractor must be fully approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau under the
requirements of CSA W-47. Welding is to.be done in accordance with CSA W-59-84.
SP-34
Inspection
Stake out and obtain the approval of the Lakesca e Architect of handrail an '
P d guardrail
locations before proceeding.
Payment
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material for '
the complete installation of guardrail and handrail as detailed in the contract drawings.
PRODUCTS
Materials I
Guard and Handrail Pipe: 51, 42, or 38 mm O.D., 3.8, or 3.6 mm wall thickness respectively,
black iron pipe to ASTM AS3-82 or as noted on details. No substitution of material will be
considered.
Shop Primer: primer conforming to CGSB 1 GP40D, enamel or epoxy as per details, conforming
to CGSM 1 GP59M.
Finish Paint: polyurethane paint and primer. Primer to be 5109A and finish paint to be 530C by
IMCO Jethane Paints 905-628-0082. Finish paint colour to be as directed by Landscape
Architect.
Concrete: minimum 32 MPa strength at 28 days; slum 75 mm maximum at point of deposit,,
P p
ready mixed at plant and transported to the site by truck in accordance with CAN3-A23.1M77.
Concrete mixed on site will not be accepted unless approved in writing by the Landscape t
Architect prior to use.
Prefabrication r
Guardrail and handrail sections may be shop fabricated at the option of the Contractor. ,
Grind all welds smooth and shop prime all prefabricated sections in the shop.
EXECUTION ,
Guardrail and Handrail Installation
For guardrail and handrail installed in concrete footings: excavate post holes with
200 mm auger to a depth as indicated. Hand excavate around all utility lines. Top of concrete
footing is to be 150 mm below finished grade of asphalt paving.
Where guardrail or handrail is to be installed on a timber curb, wall or planter, weld pipe ,
to base plate as per detail and secure to timber as detailed.
n
SP-35
Where guardrail or handrail is to be installed in precast concrete retaining wall or poured -
in -place concrete steps or paving: core drill into concrete and insert metal sleeve. Place guardrail
or handrail post into sleeve and caulk with non -shrink cement grout as per OPSD 980.101.
' Maximum post spacing is to be 2000 mm O.C. Posts are to be plumb in both directions.
Posts are to be spaced evenly in any given run of guardrail or handrail.
Apply coat of shop primer and install in footing, sleeve in concrete retaining wall or
fasten to timber. Ensure each post in concrete footings has a key at the bottom, as per detail.
Weld rail to posts bending the rail as required to follow the grade and any adjacent walk, steps or
curb.
Form the top rail by butt -welding random lengths of pipe. All welds are to be continuous
seam electric welds.
' Bend to suit and install middle rail (where shown on details) butt -welding each section
between adjacent posts.
' All changes in direction of the handrail are to be done by bending the pipe. Bends made
by welding adjacent straight lengths of pipe together will not be permitted.
Ensure all posts are plumb and railing follows the edge of adjacent paving (or retaining
wall) within 150 mm of edge or is consistently in centre of steps or retaining wall as per details.
Handrail shall follow the contour of the site at a height as indicated in drawings. Ensure
transitions in level are smooth and uniform without sharp vertical bends.
I Make all bends with approved pipe bending tools. Bends are to be smooth transition,
without kinks, crimps, bulges or other deformations.
Finishing
Grind all welds smooth and flush with the pipe surface.
Clean pipe of all rust, dirt, oil, grease and scale. Rough -up entire surface with wire brush
or by sanding.
' Apply one coat of 510A primer as per manufacturer's recommendations.
Apply one coat of 530C finish paint within two (2) to four (4) hours of primer application,
following the manufacturer's. Colour as directed by the Landscape Architect.
rTouch up paint work to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect.
1
r�
!I
SP-36 I
Clean-up
At the completion of construction make good all damage to c , g g concrete, stone and/or unit
paving, concrete retaining wall, concrete steps and other adjacent surfaces. Remove all paint
spills.
In grassed areas, fill top of footing with topsoil to match existing grade. '
ITEM NO.52 — WATER FEATURE
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to '
complete the construction of the water feature as shown on the contract drawings.
The Contractor shall supply all utilities to CB#24C with material allowances made for the
Municipality to connect a submersible pump. The submersible pump and all controls to be
supplied and installed by the Municipality.
ITEM NOS. 53-61— PVC DUCTS AND APPURTENANCES
a) Pipe and Fittings
PVC Pine (Supplied by the Contractor)
All 50 mm, 75 mm & 100 mm diameter to be Type D132 PVC Duct #1, duct fittings,
sleeves, plugs, couplers, bends, duct terminators (Bell Ends), and separators will be ,
supplied by the Contractor.
Pipe (supplied by BMTS and Kincardine Cable TV): '
75 mm and 100 mm diameter DB2 PVC Duct
38 mm polyethylene conduit '
including duct fittings, sleeves, plugs, couplers, bends duct terminators (Bell Ends) supplied
by BMTS and Kincardine Cable TV.
b) Joints and Duct Separators
All PVC fitting joints shall be solvent weld duct separators to be of approved type as I
supplied by duct manufacturer.
c) Bends
All bends to be long sweep type.
I
SP-37
d) Bedding and Backfill Materials
Granular "A"
Granular "A" shall be crushed gravel and shall conform to the quality and gradation
requirements of OPSS 1010.
19 mm crusher run crushed stone may be used as an alternate to Granular "A".
Granular "B"
Granular "B" shall conform to the requirements of OPSS 1010.
e) Selected Excavated Material
Selected material shall be suitable for and capable of being compacted as specified for
trench backfill. Such material shall be subject to the Engineer's approval, prior to usage,
and shall be separately stockpiled, at no extra cost to the Owner, if so directed by the
Engineer.
f) Tie Wires
Will be supplied and installed by the Contractor at intervals that will keep the ducts in true
horizontal and vertical alignment in accordance with the drawings.
g) Fish Wire
All fish wire will be a nylon twine, supplied by the Contractor.
h) Duct Identification
Each duct shall be identified by the number and letter shown on the drawings at each
terminus point by a permanent marking on the end of each duct and a tag ID attached to the
end of the fishwire.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
a) Setting Out
All pipe shall be laid on the line and to the grade shown on the drawings or determined by
the Engineer. Any variation therefrom shall be correctly relaid at no extra cost to the
Owner.
c)
SP-38
The Engineer shall be notified of any layout work carried out and may check same if he so
desires. Checking of layout work or failure to do so on the part of the Engineer in no way
relieves the Contractor of full responsibility for construction to the proper location,
alignment and grade.
Depth of Trenches
Trenches shall be excavated to the depth required for the foundations of the pipe, duct and
appurtenances shown on the drawings. If the trench is excavated below required grade, the
Contractor shall fill it to grade with concrete or other material as directed by the Engineer,
at no extra cost to the Owner.
Storage and Disposal of Excavated Material
The Contractor shall deposit material excavated from the trenches and all material required
for the work in such a manner as to cause the least possible interference with other work on
the site.
The location of stockpiles for storage of excavated material shall be subject to the
Engineer's approval. In general, all excavated material shall be kept piled and trimmed to
the satisfaction of the Engineer and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
The Contractor shall dispose of all debris and excess materials as outlined under the
General SP - Disposal of Materials.
Protection of Excavations
At all times outside working hours, including nights, weekends and holidays, all
excavations shall be completely surrounded by "snow fencing" or similar approved fence.
Fence shall be continuous with adequate supports and braces. No extra payment will be
made for such fencing.
Placement of Ducts
Ducts shall be arranged and placed in the trench as shown on the drawings and spacers
inserted at intervals of 1.5 metres. The location of couplers shall be staggered for each duct
within the duct formation.
Ducts shall be anchored in place using tie wire to ensure that there is no movement during
the placing of backfill.
Pulling -in wires shall be installed in each duct length as it is placed.
Orange underground warning tape shall be placed within 200 mm to 300 mm above the
duct.
1
11
I
11
SP-39
Immediately after backfill has been placed and compacted, a mandrel not less than 300 mm
long and having a diameter of 6 mm less than the diameter of the conduit shall be pulled
through each run to ensure that it is not blocked. A stiff bristle brush shall be pulled
through each conduit to remove all sand and other foreign matter. The Engineer shall be
present during these operations.
To facilitate future connection to ducts installed under this contract, with disruption of
traffic and damage to new road surfaces, stubs are required at designated intersections as
shown on the drawings.
The installation of these stubs shall comply with the specification for duct installation.
These stubs shall be installed in conjunction with the laying of the main ducts and the
associated manholes and not after the duct is completely installed. All stubs shall terminate
with an approved "push on" type cap complete with rubber gasket. Before backfilling, the
location of all caps shall be marked with a 50 mm x 100 mm stake extending up to 150 mm
below finished grade.
The ends of all ducts within the manholes shall be capped with approved type plugs.
Bedding and backfilling shall comply with the Bedding and Backfilling Sections of these
specifications.
Completion of bedding and backfilling operations shall commence immediately following
the placing of ducts.
d) Bedding; and Backfill
General
Materials for backfill and bedding shall be in accordance with "Backfill and Bedding
Materials".
Backfill from the trench bottom to 150 mm above the top of the conduit shall be classified
as "bedding" and shall be Granular "B". All materials above this level shall be considered
"backfill" and may be native material except where otherwise indicated on the drawings.
Excavation shall be dewatered until bedding and backfilling have been completed. If any
duct encasement, pipe, or structure is damaged during bedding or backfilling, or due to
improper dewatering or any such cause, the Contractor shall remedy or replace damaged
materials to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no extra cost to the Owner.
Bedding and backfill shall be as shown on the drawings and as specified herein.
No bedding or backfill material shall be dropped or pushed into the trench and allowed to
drop freely; ramps or sloping chutes or similar approved method shall be employed.
11
1
a)
SP40 I
Beddin
Bedding shall be of the class, materials and dimensions shown on the drawings and as
specified.
Granular bedding shall be hand tamped to 100 per cent Proctor Standard Density in layers
not exceeding 150 mm thickness. Care shall be taken to ensure even compaction of the
bedding. Material to the sides of the conduit shall be compacted to the same degree as that
underneath the conduit.
Backfill
Materials and methods for backfilling trenches and excavations for structures shall be as
shown on the drawings and specified herein.
Backfill for structures such as manholes shall start at the subgrade for the structure and shall
be brought up simultaneously and equally on all sides of the structure. Backfill around
manholes shall be same as for trench adjacent to manholes.
Top elevation of all backfill shall generally suit the requirements for surface restoration
specified under "Restoration".
All bedding, cover and backfill material shall be placed in layers prior to compacting in
accordance with the amended OPSS 514 as outlined under the General SP - Compaction.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
General
The intention of the unit prices in the Form of Tender is to give a complete price for each
particular unit, complete as a finished product and constructed in accordance with the
contract drawings and documents. If, upon completion of construction, the actual quantities
show either an increase or decrease from those originally estimated, the contract unit prices
shall still prevail.
Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for
under the contract. Payment will only be made for materials actually incorporated into the
work. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material, except
as specifically allowed herein.
b) Duct
Lengths for payment for ducts shall be measured in a horizontal plane from inside face to
inside face of manholes, or from inside face of manhole to termination point if duct does
not end at a manhole.
n
SP-41
The price per lineal metre for duct shall be considered full compensation for:
- Supply of all materials, equipment, labour, and supervision for complete installation.
- Excavation, saw cutting, breaking out and dewatering including disposal of debris and
'
excess excavated material.
- Location, protection and temporary support of existing utilities and structures.
- Installation and removal of sheathing and shoring.
- Bedding and backfilling with native or imported granular materials, including
compaction, as specified.
'
- Connections to existing ducts and manholes
- Flushing and cleaning.
- Maintenance of surface water and ground water flows and of flow in the existing
sewers. -
Traffic maintenance and control.
- All restoration except where otherwise specified.
- Maintenance of flows where indicated and specified.
If the duct encasement inverts are changed by the Engineer, an appropriate credit or
'
deduction shall be made: to the contract price to allow for the change in the amount of
excavation. This adjustment shall be based on the price submitted for excavation in the
Schedule of Additional Unit Prices.
' If the average duct encasement depths between manholes differ from those shown in the
Form of Tender for any other reason, an adjustment will be made to the contract price only
if the difference is more than 300 mm. This adjustment shall be based on the price
submitted for excavation in the Schedule of Additional Unit Prices or alternative basis as
may be agreed by the Engineer. No adjustment will be made if the difference is 300 mm or
less.
During the course of the work, payment for the installation of duct encasement will be
based on the extent of the works completed and adjustments will be made to the unit price
by the Engineer based upon the extent of the restoration or maintenance work remaining to
be done.
c) Vaults
' Vaults shall be paid for on an individual price basis as set out in the Form of Tender. The
tender price shall include the complete placement of the structure, including duct stubs,
' split sleeves, and shall be full compensation for:
Supply of all materials, equipment, labour and supervision for complete installation.
- All excavation, saw -cutting, breaking -out and dewatering including disposal of debris
and excess excavated material location.
Location, protection and temporary support of existing utilities and structures
' - Backfilling, including compaction.
Complete restoration.
SP-42 1
d) Excavation and Bedding
Payment for excavation and bedding shall be included in the price per metre bid for the
installation of the conduit as shown on the drawings and as specified. If soft, unstable or
unacceptable material is encountered upon which the bedding material or conduit is to be
placed, this unsuitable material shall be removed to a depth ordered by the Engineer, and
replaced with suitable bedding material. Additional excavation and bedding as ordered,
over and above the amount required by the plans and specifications, will be paid for based n
the unit rates entered under the Schedule of Additional Items and Prices in the Form of
Tender or as otherwise agreed by the Engineer.
If the necessity for such additional bedding material has been caused by an act or failure to
act on the part of the Contractor, or required for the control of ground water, the Contractor
shall bear the cost of the additional excavation and bedding.
ITEM NO.62 — PLACE CONCRETE STEPS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to
construct reinforced concrete steps in accordance with OPSS 352 and with instructions given by
the Engineer at the time of construction. See the drawings for locations and table giving vertical
height and width of the steps.
Sta.
Approx. Vertical (m)
Width (m)
1 +043 Lt
0.6
2.0
1+120 Rt
0.4
1.7
ITEM NO.63 — PLACE WOODEN STEPS
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to
remove and reconstruct wooden steps as shown on the contract drawings and in accordance with
the Ontario Building Code.
The stringers shall be supported on 250 mm dia. (min.) reinforced concrete sonotube.
Burial depth of concrete pier shall be a minimum of 1.2 m below grade. The top stair tread shall
match the top of the precast "Fieldstone" coping unit.
All fasteners shall be galvanized and the lumber shall be pressure treated SPS grade 1 & 2
pine or spruce.
F�
H
11
F11
u
I
I
11
11
I�
SP-43
ITEM NO. 65 — MATERIAL AND COMPACTION TESTING
All allowance for material and compaction testing has been included within the contract.
The actual cost of material and compaction testing as might be ordered by the Engineer on behalf
of the Owner, will be paid by the Contractor and this sum will be reimbursed to the Contractor
within said contract.
ITEM NO. 66 — REMOVE AND REPLACE WOODEN POSTS
For the unit price, the Contractor shall supply all labour and equipment to remove and
salvage existing 8" x 8" wooden posts and reinstall in the same pattern at the new location laid
out by the Engineer.
ITEM NO.67 — INSTALL WOODEN POSTS
' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to
complete the installation of 8" x 8" wooden posts along the south side of Durham Market North.
The new 8" x 8" wooden posts shall be approximately 0.9 m above ground with 0.9 m bury. The
new posts shall resemble the existing posts with the corners chamfered.
ITEM NO.69 -- ADDITIONAL TRENCH EXCAVATION
When unsuitable soils are encountered and where conditions warrant and on the Engineer's
direction, the Contractor shall excavate below the proposed trench bottom. Payment shall be at
the unit price bid for this item and shall include the removal and disposal of this material.
ITEM NO.70 -- IMPORTED GRANULAR BACKFILL
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place and compact approved
imported granular material in the sewer and/or watermain trenches, whichever is applicable,
where native material is unsuitable. The removal and disposal of a similar amount of unsuitable
excavated material shall be included in the unit price bid for this item.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where native backfill has been
specified, and in the opinion of the Engineer, the native material is unsuitable for backfill.
' In all areas where granular backfill is specified, the cost of this material shall be included in
the unit price bid for the item.
1
1
SP-44 I
ITEM NO. 71-- SUPPLY AND PLACE 20 mm CRUSHED STONE BEDDING
Where conditions warrant, and on the Engineer's direction, and for the unit price bid per
tonne, the Contractor shall supply to the site, place, fine grade and compact 20 mm crushed stone
bedding required in the sewer and/or watermain trench.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where, in the opinion of the
engineer, it is necessary to excavate below the proposed trench bottom and additional
crushed stone bedding to provide a proper foundation.
ITEM NO.72 -- SUPPLY AND PLACE IMPORTED GRANULAR BEDDING
When directed by the Engineer, and for the unit price bid per tonne measurement, the
Contractor shall supply to the site, place, fine grade, and compact approved imported granular
bedding required in the sewer trench. The removal and disposal of a similar amount of
unsuitable excavated material shall be included in the unit price bid for this item.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where, in the opinion of the
Engineer, it is necessary to excavate below the proposed trench bottom and provide
additional granular bedding to provide a proper foundation.
ITEM NO.73 — UNSHRINKABLE BACKFILL (Controlled Density Fill)
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, material and equipment for the
placing of the unshrinkable backfill when directed by the Engineer.
Materials
The controlled density fill material used shall be a ready mixed flowable fill as
manufactured by local ready mixed concrete producers. The controlled density fill shall consist
of and meet the following requirements:
Cement
- Type 10 Portland Cement
- 25 kg/m3
Aggregates
- In accordance with OPSS 1002, maximum size 25 mm
Slump
150 mm minimum at point of discharge
1
1
I
n
1
SP-45
Strength
- 0.07 MPa within 24 hours
- maximum 0.4 MPa at 28 days
Air Entrainment
- In accordance with CSA (CAN3-A23.1)
Construction Methods
(1) Placina
The controlled density fill is to be placed in the trench so as not to displace any conduits or
pipes and shall be vibrated to ensure elimination of all voids. The surface shall be
trowelled to leave a uniform finish.
(2) Steel Plating
If traffic must be allowed to pass over the trench into which controlled density fill has been
placed, steel plating, supplied by the Contractor, shall be placed across the trench until the
controlled density fill has reached sufficient strength to allow for placement of asphalt and
the subsequent passage of traffic. The steel plating used by the Contractor shall be
physically restrained to prevent it from slipping or lifting away from the trench and to
prevent excessive rattling. The steel plates shall have sufficient strength and width to carry
the traffic safely over the trench. The Contractor shall note that any trench shall be steel
plated for no more than four days before the asphalt is placed.
ITEM NO.74 — SUPPLY, EXCAVATE FOR AND PLACE PRECAST UNIT PAVERS
INCLUDING GRANULAR "A" BASE
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to
' place precast unit pavers in the Romanesque style around the flag pole at the west end of Harbour
Street. The unit price shall include excavation and supply and placing of the Granular "A" base.
The special provision for Item 20 - Place Precast Concrete Unit Pavers shall also be
included under this item.
ITEM NO.75 — BONDING AND INSURANCE
For the lump sum price, the Contractor shall include the cost of bonding and insurance as
specified. Payment under this item will be made proportional to completion of the entire project.
SP-46
ITEM NO. 76 — MATERIAL AND COMPACTION TESTING
An allowance for material and compaction testing has been included within the contract.
The actual cost of material and compaction testing as might be ordered by the Engineer on behalf
of the Owner, will be paid by the Contractor and this sum will be reimbursed to the Contractor
within said contract.
ITEM NO. 77 — CONTINGENCIES
A lump sum allowance has been made for contingencies in the contract. Only those
additional items approved in writing on behalf of the Owner, by the Engineer, will be expended
from this allowance.
RESTORATION
Restoration and resurfacing of trenches when such work is beyond the limits of the general
grading operations, to be carried out under other items. Where other work is not performed, this
work shall be in accordance with OPSS 507 and as follows. The unit price bid for the
appropriate item(s) shall include all labour, equipment and material to do the work of site
restoration.
(a) Lawn Areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the existing
ground, followed by nursery sod approved by the Engineer.
(b) Non -lawn, Non -roadway Areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to
conform to the existing ground, followed by an approved seed and mulch application.
(c) Where existing roadway/driveway is paved -- 300 mm minimum of Granular "B", 150 mm
of Granular "A", and 50 mm of HL-3 in driveways, or 2-40 mm lifts of HL-4 minimum in
roadways or to match the depth of existing asphalt. Where 2 or more lifts of asphalt are
required against existing pavement, a stepped joint shall be prepared by removing 0.5 m
wide by the depth of the existing surface course prior to paving.
(d) Where existing roadway/driveway is gravel -- 300 mm of Granular "B"; and 150 mm of
Granular "A".
(e) All disturbed or damaged concrete structures, such as sidewalks, curbs and gutter, etc., shall
be removed and replaced.
NOTE -- In (a) and (b) above, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure a catch of
grass at the termination of the contract.
-- All asphalt surfaces shall be saw -cut prior to resurfacing.
-- All concrete structures shall be saw -cut prior to replacement.
1
1
F1I
IJ
ii
n
F
1
1999.
SGC-1
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
The following items shall supplement the OPS General Conditions of Contract, September
Section GC2.02, Order of Precedence, shall be revised such that documents shall take
precedence and govern in the following order:
a) Agreement
b) Addenda
c) Special Provisions
d) Contract Drawings
e) Information to Bidders
f) Standard Specifications
g) Standard Drawings
h) Tender
i) Supplemental General Conditions
j) General Conditions
2.0 Section GC8.02.02, Advance Payments for Materials, shall be revised as follows:
"The Owner may make advanced payments for materials on site, provided:
a) That such materials or equipment has been delivered and is properly stored on the
construction site.
b) The Contractor has presented the Contract Administrator with invoices to verify the
costs of such materials or equipment."
1
1
1
I
11
1
OPS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Table of Contents September 1999
'
SECTION GC 1.0 -
INTERPRETATION
GC 1.01
Captions
'
GC 1.02
Abbreviations
'
GC 1.03
Gender and Singular References
GC 1.04
Definitions
'
GC 1.05
Substantial Performance
GC 1.06
Completion
'
GC 1.07
Final Acceptance
GC 1.08
Interpretation of Certain Words
'
SECTION GC 2.0 -
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
GC 2.01
Reliance on Contract Documents
'
GC 2.02
Order Precedence
of
SECTION GC 3.0 -
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 3.01
Contract Administrator's Authority
'
GC 3.02
Working Drawings
GC 3.03
Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment
'
GC 3.04
Emergency Situations
GC 3.05
Layout
GC 3.06
Working Area
'
GC 3.07
Extension of Contract Time
GC 3.08
Delays
'
GC 3.09
Assignment of Contract
GC 3.10
Subcontracting by the Contractor
GC 3.11
Changes
GC 3.11.01
Changes in the Work
GC 3.11.02
Extra Work
GC 3.11.03
Additional Work
GC 3.12
Notices
GC 3.13
Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance
GC 3.14
Claims, Negotiations, Mediation
GC 3.14.01
Continuance of the Work
GC 3.14.02
Record Keeping
GC 3.14.03
Claims Procedure
GC 3.14.04
Negotiations
GC 3.14.05
Mediation
GC 3.14.06
Payment
GC 3.14.07
Rights of Both Parties
GC 3.15
Engineering Arbitration
GC 3.15.01
Conditions for Engineering Arbitration
GC 3.15.02
Arbitration Procedure
GC 3.15.03
Appointment of Arbitrator
GC 3.15.04
Costs
GC 3.15.05
The Decision
GC 3.16
Archaeological Finds
SECTION GC 4.0 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS
GC 4.01
Working Area
GC 4.02
Approvals and Permits
GC 4.03
Management and Disposition of Materials
GC 4.04
Construction Affecting Railway Property
GC 4.05
Default by the Contractor
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 2 OPS General Conditions of Contract
'
GC 4.06
Notification of Default
GC 4.07
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default
GC 4.08
Owner's Right to Correct Default
'
GC 4.09
Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work
GC 4.10
Final Payment to Contractor
'
GC 4.11
Termination of the Contract
GC 4.12
Continuation of Contractor's Obligations
'
GC 4.13
Use of Performance Bond
SECTION GC 5.0 - MATERIAL
GC 5.01
Supply of Material
GC 5.02
Quality of Material
'
GC 5.03
Rejected Material
GC 5.04
Substitutions
GC 5.05
Owner Supplied Material
GC 5.05.01
Ordering of Excess Material
GC 5.05.02
Care of Material
SECTION GC 6.0 - INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE
GC 6.01
Protection of Work, Persons and Property
GC 6.02
Indemnification
GC 6.03
Contractor's Insurance
GC 6.03.01
General
GC 6.03.02
General Liability Insurance
GC 6.03.03
Automobile Liability Insurance
GC 6.03.04
Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance
GC 6.03.05
Property and Boiler Insurance
'
GC 6.03.05.01
GC 6.03.05.02
Property Insurance
Boiler Insurance
GC 6.03.05.03
Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion
GC 6.03.05.04
Payment for Loss or Damage
I
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 3 OPS General Conditions of Contract
GC 6.03.06
Contractor's Equipment Insurance
GC 6.03.07
Insurance Requirements and Duration
GC 6.04
Bonding
SECTION GC 7.0 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
GC 7.01
General
,
GC 7.02
Layout
GC 7.03
Damage by Vehicles
or Other Equipment
GC 7.04
Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles
'
GC 7.05
Condition of the Working Area
GC 7.06
Maintaining Roadways and Detours
'
GC 7.07
Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services
GC 7.08
Approvals and Permits
'
GC 7.09
Suspension of Work
GC 7.10
Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract
GC 7.11
Notices by the Contractor
GC 7.12
Obstructions
'
GC 7.13
Limitations of Operations
GC 7.14
Cleaning Up Before Acceptance
GC 7.15
Warranty
SECTION GC 8.0 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
GC 8.01
Measurement
'
GC 8.01.01
Quantities
GC 8.01.02
Variations in Tender Quantities
I
GC 8.02
Payment
GC
8.02.01
Price for Work
GC 8.02.02
Advance Payments for Material
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 4 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
'
GC 8.02.03
Certification and Payment
GC 8.02.03.01
Progress Payment Certificate
GC 8.02.03.02
Certification of Subcontract Completion
'
GC 8.02.03.03
Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment
GC 8.02.03.04
Certification of Substantial Performance
GC 8.02.03.05
Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory
GC 8.02.03.06
Holdback Release Payment Certificates
Certification of Completion
GC 8.02.03.07
Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release
Payment Certificates
GC 8.02.03.08
Interest
GC 8.02.03.09
Interest for Late Payment
GC 8.02.03.10
Interest for Negotiations and Claims
GC 8.02.03.11
Owner's Set -Off
GC 8.02.03.12
Delay in Payment
GC 8.02.04
Payment on a Time and Material Basis
'
GC 8.02.04.01
GC 8.02.04.02
Definitions
Daily Work Records
GC 8.02.04.03
Payment for Work
GC 8.02.04.04
Payment for Labour
GC 8.02.04.05
Payment for Material
GC 8.02.04.06
Payment for Equipment
GC 8.02.04.06.01
Working Time
GC 8.02.04.06.02
Standby Time
'
GC 8.02.04.07
Payment for Hand Tools
GC 8.02.04.08
Payment for Work by Subcontractors
GC 8.02.04.09
Submission of Invoices
'
GC 8.02.05
Final Acceptance Certificate
GC 8.02,06
Payment of Workers
'
GC 8.02.07
Records
'
GC 8.02.08
Taxes and Duties
GC 8.02.09
Liquidated Damages
J
I
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 5 OPS General Conditions of Contrad
^'• Ontario Provincial Standards
Ei [ for
Roads and Public Works
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SECTION GC 1.0 - INTERPRETATION
GC 1.01 Captions
September 1999 '
01 The captions appearing in these General Conditions have been inserted as a matter of convenience
and for ease of reference only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of the I
General Conditions or any provision hereof.
GC 1.02
Abbreviations
,
.01 The abbreviations on the left below are commonly found in the Contract Documents and represent
the organizations and phrases listed on the right:
"AASHTO" -
American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials
'
"ANSI" -
American National Standards Institute
"ASTM" -
American Society for Testing and Materials
"AWG" -
American Wire Gauge
'
"AWWA" -
American Water Works Association
"CESA" -
Canadian Engineering Standards Association
"CGSB" -
"CSA" -
Canadian General Standards Board
Canadian Standards Association
'
"CWB" -
Canadian Welding Bureau
"GC" -
General Conditions
"MOE" -
Ministry of the Environment (Ontario)
"MTC" -
Ministry of Transportation (Ontario)
'
"MTO" -
Ministry of Transportation (Ontario)
"MUTCD" -
lops"
Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published by MTO
-
Ontario Provincial Standard
"OPSD" -
Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing
"OPSS" -
Ontario Provincial Standard Specification
"PEO" -
Professional Engineers Ontario
"SAE" -
Society of Automotive Engineers
"SSPC" -
Structural Steel Painting Council
"UL" -
Underwriters Laboratories
"ULC" -
Underwriters Laboratories Canada
GC 1.03
Gender and Singular References
.01 References to the masculine or singular throughout the Contract Documents shall be considered to
,
include the feminine and the plural and vice versa as the context requires.
Rev. Date: 99/09
General Conditions Page 6 OPS General Conditions of Contract
11
1 GC 1.04 Definitions
.01 For the purposes of this Contract the following definitions apply:
Actual Measurement: means the field measurement of that quantity within the approved limits of the
Work.
' Additional Work: means work not provided for in the Contract and not considered by the Contract
Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope.
Base: means a layer of material of specified type and thickness placed immediately below the pavement,
driving surface, finished grade, curb and gutter, or sidewalk.
Certificate of Subcontract Completion: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator in
accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.02, Certification of Subcontract Completion.
Certificate of Substantial Performance: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at
1 Substantial Performance.
Change Directive: means any written instruction signed by the Owner, or by the Contract Administrator
where so authorized, directing that a Change in the Work or Extra Work be performed.
Change in the Work: means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease or alteration of lines, grades,
dimensions, quantities, methods, drawings, substantial changes in geotechnical, subsurface, surface or
' other conditions, changes in the character of the Work to be done or materials of the Work or part thereof,
within the intended scope of the Contract.
Change Order means a written amendment to the Contract signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or
the Contract Administrator where so authorized, covering contingencies, a Change in the Work, Extra
Work, Additional Work and changed subsurface conditions, and establishing the basis for payment and
the time allowed for the adjustment of the Contract Time.
' Completion Certificate: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at completion.
Constructor: means, for the purposes of, and within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety
' Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended and amendments thereto, the Contractor who executes the
Contract.
Contract: means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties,
responsibilities and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents.
Contract Administrator: means the person, partnership or corporation designated by the Owner to be
1 the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract.
Contract Documents: mean the executed Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, the
Tender, the General Conditions of Contract, the Supplemental General Conditions of Contract, Standard
' Specifications, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, addenda incorporated in a Contract Document
before the execution of the Agreement, such other documents as may be listed in the Agreement and
subsequent amendments to the Contract Documents made pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
Contract Drawings: or Contract Plans: mean drawings or plans, any Geotechnical Report, any
Subsurface Report and other reports and information provided by the Owner for the Work, and without
limiting the generality thereof, may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports, reinforcing steel
' schedules, aggregate sources lists, Quantity Sheets, cross -sections and standard drawings.
I
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 7 OPS General Conditions of Contract
Contract Time: means the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance of the
Work, including any extension of Contract Time made pursuant to the Contract Documents.
Contractor: means the person, partnership or corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the
Agreement.
Controlling Operation: means any component of the Work, which, if delayed, will delay the completion '
of the Work.
Cost Plus: See "Time and Material".
Cut -Off Date: means the date up to which payment will be made for work performed.
Daily Work Records: mean daily Records detailing the number and categories of workers and hours
worked or on standby; types and quantities of Equipment and number of hours in use or on standby; and
description and quantities of Material utilized.
Day: means a calendar day.
Drawings: or Plans: mean any Contract Drawings or Contract Plans or any Working Drawings or
Working Plans, or any reproductions of drawings or plans pertaining to the Work.
,
Equipment: means all machinery and equipment used for preparing, fabricating, conveying or erecting
the Work and normally referred to as construction machinery and equipment.
Estimate:
,
means a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it depending on the context.
Extra Work: means work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but considered by the Contract
Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope,
including unanticipated work required to comply with legislation and regulations which affect the Work.
Final Acceptance Certificate: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Final
Acceptance of the Work.
Final Detailed Statement: means a complete evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator showing
the quantities, unit prices and final dollar amounts of all items of work completed under the Contract,
'
including variations in tender items and Extra Work, all as set out in the same general form as the monthly
estimates.
Force Account: See "Time and Material".
t
Geotechnical Report: means a report or other information identifying soil, rock and ground water
conditions in the area of any proposed excavation or fill.
'
Grade: means the required elevation of that part of the work.
Hand Tools: means tools that are commonly called tools or implements of the trade and include small
,
power tools.
Highway: means a common and public highway any part of which is intended for or used by the general
public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 8 OPS General Conditions of Contrail
Lump Sum Item: means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment will be made at
a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given
' in the Contract Documents.
Major Item: means any tender item that has a value, calculated on the basis of its actual or estimated
tender quantity, whichever is the larger, multiplied by its tender unit price, which is equal or greater than
the lesser of,
a) $100,000, or
b) 5% of the total tender value calculated on the basis of the total of all the estimated tender
quantities and the tender unit prices.
Material: means material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming part of the Work.
Owner: means the party to the Contract for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the
' Agreement, and includes, with the same meaning and import, "Authority".
Pavement: means a wearing course or courses placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic
1 concrete, hydraulic cement concrete - Portland cement concrete, or plant or road mixed mulch.
Performance Bond: means the type of security furnished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the
Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent provided in the bond.
Plan Quantity: means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in
the Contract Documents.
' Project: means the construction of the Work as contemplated by this Contract.
Quantity Sheet: means a list of the quantities of Work to be done.
' Rate of Interest: means the rate determined by the Minister of Finance of Ontario and issued by, and
available from, the Owner.
Records: mean any books, payrolls, accounts or other information which relate to the Work or any
Change in the Work or claims arising therefrom.
Roadway: means that part of the Highway designed or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes
the Shoulders.
I Shoulder: means that portion of the Roadway between the edge of the wearing surface and the top
inside edge of the ditch or fill slope.
Special Provisions: mean special directions containing requirements peculiar to the Work.
' Standard Specification: means a standard practice required and stipulated by the Owner for
performance of the Work.
' Subbase: means a layer of material of specked type and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base.
Subcontractor: means a person, partnership or corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the
' Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor.
Subgrade: means the earth or rock surface, whether in cut or fill, as prepared to support the Base,
Subbase and Pavement.
' Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 9 OPS General Conditions of Contract
Subsurface Report: means a report or other information identifying the location of utilities, concealed
and adjacent structures and physical obstructions which fall within the influence of the Work.
Superintendent: means the Contractor's authorized representative in responsible charge of the Work.
'
Surety: means the person, partnership or corporation, other than the Contractor, licensed in Ontario to
transact business under the Insurance Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.1.8, as amended, executing a bond provided by
the Contractor.
'
Tender: means an offer in writing from the Contractor, submitted in the format prescribed by the Owner,
to complete the Work.
Time and Material: means costs calculated according to clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and
Material Basis. Where "Cost Plus" and "Force Account" are used they shall have the same meaning.
Utility: means an aboveground or underground facility maintained by a municipality, public utility authority
or regulated authority and includes services such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric, gas, oil,
steam, data transmission, telephone and cable television.
'
Warranty Period: means the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance or such
longer period as may be specified for certain Materials or some or all of the Work. Where a date of
Substantial Performance is not established, the Warranty Period shall commence on the date of
Completion.
,
Work: means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents.
Working Area: means all the lands and easements owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction
of the Work.
Working Day: means any Day,
'
a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays;
b) except a Day as determined by the Contract Administrator, on which the Contractor is prevented by
inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom, from proceeding with a Controlling
Operation. For the purposes of this definition, this will be a Day during which the Contractor cannot
proceed with at least 60% of the normal labour and equipment force effectively engaged on the
Controlling Operation for at least 5 hours;
c) except a Day on which the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with a Controlling Operation, as
determined by the Contract Administrator by reason of,
i. any breach of the Contract by the Owner or if such prevention is due to the Owner, another
contractor hired by the Owner, or an employee of any one of them, or by anyone else acting on
behalf of the Owner.
ii. on -delivery of Owner -supplied materials,
iii. any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor which can be substantiated by the
Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
'
Working Drawings: or Working Plans: means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for
the execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include falsework plans,
Roadway protection plans, shop drawings, shop plans or erection diagrams.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 10 OPS General Conditions of Contract
' GC 1.05 Substantial Performance
01 The Work is substantially performed,
' a) when the Work to be performed under the Contract or a substantial part thereof is ready for use
or is being used for the purpose intended; and
b) when the Work to be performed under the Contract is capable of completion or, where there is a
' known defect, the cost of correction, is not more than
i. 3% of the first $500,000 of the Contract price,
ii. 2% of the next $500,000 of the Contract price, and
iii. 1 % of the balance of the Contract price.
' 02 For the purposes of this Contract, where the Work or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is
being used for the purposes intended and the remainder of the Work cannot be completed
expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor or, where the Owner and the
1 Contractor agree not to complete the Work expeditiously, the price of the services or materials
remaining to be supplied and required to complete the Work shall be deducted from the Contract
price in determining Substantial Performance.
1 GC 1.06 Completion
.01 The Work shall be deemed to be completed and services or Materials shall be deemed to be last
supplied to the Work when the price of completion, correction of a known defect or last supply is not
more than the lesser of,
a) 1 % of the Contract price; or
b) $1,000.
GC 1.07
Final Acceptance
01 Final Acceptance shall be deemed to occur when the Contract Administrator is satisfied that, to the
best of the Contract Administrator's knowledge at that time, the Contractor has rectified all imperfect
work and has discharged all of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract.
GC 1.08 Interpretation of Certain Words
.01 The words "acceptable", "approval", "authorized", "considered necessary", "directed", "required",
' "satisfactory", or words of like import, shall mean approval of, directed, required, considered
necessary or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the Contract Administrator unless the
context clearly indicates otherwise.
1
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 11 OPS General Conditions of Contract
SECTION GC 2.0 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS '
GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents
.01 The Owner warrants that the information furnished in the Contract Documents can be relied upon ,
with the following limitations or exceptions:
a) The location of all mainline underground utilities which will affect the Work will be shown to a
tolerance of: '
i. 1 m horizontal and
ii. 0.3 m vertical
b) The Owner does not warrant interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any Subsurface
Report available for the perusal of the Contractor and excluded from the Contract Documents;
and
c) Other information specifically excluded from this warranty.
GC 2.02 Order of Precedence
.01 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of the following documents, such
documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order:
a) Agreement
'
b) Addenda
c) Special Provisions
d) Contract Drawings
,
e) Standard Specifications
f) Tender
g) Supplemental General Conditions
h) General Conditions
i) Working Drawings
Later dates shall govern within each of the above categories of documents.
In the event of any
.02 conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings, the
following rules shall apply:
a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing shall govern where they differ from dimensions
scaled from the same drawing;
b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale;
c) Detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings; and
d) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those of an earlier date in the same series.
'
.03 In the event of any conflict in the contents of Standard Specifications the following order of
precedence shall govern:
a) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications; then
'
b) Other Standard Specifications, such as those produced by CSA, CGSB, ASTM and ANSI, and
referenced in the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications.
.04 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding
w
as if required by all.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 12 OPS General Conditions of Contract
' SECTION GC 3.0 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority
' .01 The Contract Administrator will be the Owner's representative during construction and until the
issuance of the Completion Certificate or the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate whichever
is later. All instructions to the Contractor including instructions from the Owner will be issued by the
Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator will have the authority to act on behalf of the
Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents.
02
All claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance and the quality of the
Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Contract Administrator.
.03
The Contract Administrator will inspect the Work for its conformity with the plans and specifications,
'
and to record the necessary data to establish payment quantities under the schedule of tender
quantities and unit prices or to make an assessment of the value of the work completed in the case
of a lump sum price contract.
04
The Contract Administrator will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract
and will issue certificates for payment in such amounts as provided for in Section GC 8.0,
Measurement and Payment.
'
.05
The Contract Administrator will with reasonable promptness review and take appropriate action
upon the Contractor's submissions such as shop drawings, product data, and samples in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
'
.06
The Contract Administrator will investigate all allegations of a change in the character of the Work
made by the Contractor and issue appropriate instructions.
.07
The Contract Administrator will prepare Change Directives and Change Orders.
.08
Upon written application by the Contractor, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor will jointly
'
conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date of Substantial Performance of the Work
and/or the date of Completion of the Work.
1 .09 The Contract Administrator will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the Contract Documents
and the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and
decisions of the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents
and in making these decisions the Contract Administrator will not show partiality to either party.
.10 The Contract Administrator will have the authority to reject part of the Work or Material which does
not conform to the Contract Documents.
11 Defective work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective material, or damage
through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether incorporated in the
Work or not, which has been rejected by the Contract Administrator as failing to conform to the
' Contract Documents shall be removed promptly from the Work by the Contractor and replaced or
re -executed promptly in accordance with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the
Owner.
12 Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by such removals, replacements or re -executions shall
be made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner.
' Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 13 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
13 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, it is not expedient to correct defective work or work '
not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from monies
otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that
called for by the Contract Administrator.
14 !Notwithstanding any inspections made by the Contract Administrator or the issuance of any
certificates or the making of any payment by the Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to
reject any defective work or Material shall not constitute acceptance of defective work or Material. '
15 The Contract Administrator will have the authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such
reasonable time as may be necessary to facilitate the checking of any portion of the Contractor's ,
construction layout or the inspection of any portion of the Work. There shall not be any extra
compensation for the suspension of work.
GC 3.02 Working Drawings
.01
The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as
called for by the Contract Documents.
The Contractor
'
.02
shall submit Working Drawings to the Contract Administrator with reasonable
promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in the Work. If either the Contractor
or the Contract Administrator so requests they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for
submission and return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall be submitted in printed form.
'
At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any
deviations from the Contract requirements that exist in the Working Drawings.
.03
The Contract Administrator will review and return Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed
upon schedule, or otherwise, with reasonable promptness so as not to cause delay.
.04
The Contract Administrator's review will be to check for conformity to the design concept and for
'
general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors
or omissions in the Working Drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the
Contract Documents unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been approved in writing by
the Contract Administrator.
'
.05
The Contractor shall make any changes in Working Drawings which the Contract Administrator may
require consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit unless otherwise directed by the
Contract Administrator. When resubmitting, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in
writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Contract Administrator.
.06
Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Working Drawings have been
'
signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with the words "Reviewed. Permission
to construct granted."
The Contractor
'
.07
shall keep one set of the reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the site
at all times.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 14 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
1 GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment
.01 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, make alterations in the method, Equipment or work
force at any time the Contract Administrator considers the Contractor's actions to be unsafe, or
damaging to either the Work or existing facilities or the environment.
02 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, alter the sequence of its operations on the Contract
so as to avoid interference with work being performed by others.
03 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and
protection are maintained throughout the Work.
GC 3.04
Emergency Situations
.01 The Contract Administrator has the right to determine the existence of an emergency situation, and
when such an emergency situation is deemed to exist, the Contract Administrator may instruct the
Contractor to take action to remedy the situation. If the Contractor does not take timely action, or if
the Contractor is not available, the Contract Administrator may direct others to remedy the situation.
02 If the emergency situation was the fault of the Contractor, the remedial work shall be done at the
Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was not the fault of the Contractor, the Owner will
pay for the remedial work.
GC 3.05
Layout
' 01 The Contract Administrator will provide baseline and benchmark information for the general location,
alignment and elevation of the Work. The Owner will be responsible only for the correctness of the
information provided by the Contract Administrator.
' GC 3.06 Working Area
.01 The Contractor's sheds, site offices, toilets, other temporary structures and storage areas for
material and equipment shall be grouped in a compact manner and maintained in a neat and orderly
condition at all times.
' 02 The Contractor shall confine his construction operations to the Working Area. Should the
Contractor require more space than that shown on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall
obtain such space at no additional cost to the Owner.
I
03 The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy any private property for any purpose, unless the
Contractor has received prior written permission from the property owner.
' GC 3.07 Extension of Contract Time
.01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the
Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such extension becomes evident and at least 15
Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time
shall enumerate the reasons, and state the length of extension required.
' .02 Circumstances suitable for consideration of an extension of Contract Time include the following:
a) Delays; See subsection GC 3.08.
b) Changes in the Work; See clause GC 3.11.01.
c) Extra Work; See clause GC 3.11.02.
' d) Additional Work; See clause GC 3.11.03.
' Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 15 OPS General Conditions of Contract
Ll
.03 The Contract Administrator will, in consideringa lication for an extension to the Contract Time,
an pp
take into account whether the delays, Changes in the Work, Extra Work or Additional Work involve a
Controlling Operation.
.04 The Contract Time shall be extended for such additional time as may be recommended by the
Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable by the Owner.
'
.05 The terms and conditions of the Contract shall continue for such extension of Contract Time.
GC 3.08 Delays
.01 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by,
a) war, blockades, and civil commotions, errors in the Contract Documents; an act or omission of
the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or
'
indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents;
b) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued
as the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the
Contractor directly or indirectly;
'
c) the Contract Administrator giving notice under subsection GC 7.09, Suspension of Work;
d) abnormal inclement weather; or
e) archaeological finds in accordance with subsection GC 3.16, Archaeological Finds,
,
then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the
Contractor as the result of such delay, provided that in the case of an application for an extension of
Contract Time due to abnormal inclement weather, the Contractor shall, with the Contractor's
application, submit evidence from Environment Canada in support of such application. Extension of
,
Contract Time will be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
.02 If the Work is delayed by labour disputes, strikes or lock -outs - including lock -outs decreed or '
recommended to its members by a recognized contractor's association, of which the Contractor is a
member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound - which are beyond the Contractor's control,
then the Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with subsection GC 3.07, Extension of
Contract Time. In no case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than the time lost as the ,
result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the result of such delays unless
such delays are the result of actions by the Owner. '
GC 3.09 Assignment of Contract
.01 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract, either in whole or in part, without the written consent of '
the Owner.
GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the Contractor ,
.01 The Contractor may subcontract any part of the Work, subject to these General Conditions and any
limitations specified in the Contract Documents.
.02 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator, in writing, of the intention to subcontract '
Such notification shall identify the part of the Work, and the Subcontractor with whom it is intended.
.03 The Contract Administrator will, within 10 Days of receipt of such notification, accept or reject the ,
intended Subcontractor. The rejection will be in writing and will include the reasons for the rejection.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 16 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
1
I
04 The Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who has
been engaged in accordance with subsection GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the Contractor.
1
.05 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to
that part of the Work to be performed under subcontract and shall,
a) enter into agreements with the intended Subcontractors to require them to perform their work in
accordance with the Contract Documents: and
b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors
and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons
directly employed by the Contractor.
.06 The Owner's consent to subcontracting by the Contractor shall not be construed to relieve the
Contractor from any obligation under the Contract and shall not impose any liability upon the Owner.
Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between a
Subcontractor and the Owner.
GC 3.11
Changes
' GC 3.11.01 Changes in the Work
.01 The Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, may, by order in writing, make a
Change in the Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to
proceed with a Change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Directive. Upon the receipt of such
Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Change in the Work.
I
O2 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
' .03 If the Changes in the Work relate solely to quantities, payment for that part of the Work will be made
according to the conditions specified in clause GC 8.01.02, Variations in Tender Quantities. If the
Changes in the Work do not solely relate to quantities, payment may be negotiated pursuant to
subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation or payment may be made according to the
' conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3.11.02 Extra Work
01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform
Extra Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with
the Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Directive. Upon receipt of such Change Directive the
' Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work.
02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time,
03 Payment for the Extra Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.14, Claims,
Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause
' GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3.11.03 Additional Work
' 01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may request the Contractor to perform
Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the Contractor agrees to perform Additional
Work, the Contractor shall proceed with such Additional Work upon receipt of a Change Order.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 17 OPS General Conditions of Contract
,
.02
The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
.03
Payment for the Additional Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.14, Claims,
'
Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause
GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3.12 Notices
'
.01
Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in
respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been given to and received by the addressee on the
date of delivery if delivered by hand or by facsimile transmission and on the fifth Day after the date
of mailing if sent by mail.
.02
The Contractor and the Owner shall provide each other with the mailing addresses, telephone
numbers and facsimile terminal numbers for the Contract Administrator and the Superintendent at
the commencement of the Work.
.03
In the event of an emergency situation or other urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the
'
Superintendent may give a verbal notice, provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2
Days.
the Contractor shall be in
'
.04
Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Owner or given
accordance with the notice provision of the Contract.
GC 3.13 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance
,
.01
Where it is not contemplated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner may use or occupy
the Work or any part thereof prior to Substantial Performance, provided that at least 30 Days' written
,
notice has been given to the Contractor.
.02
The use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner prior to Substantial
Performance shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or parts so occupied. In addition, the
,
use or occupancy of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any
liability that has arisen, or may arise, from the performance of the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The Owner will be responsible for any damage that occurs because of the
Owner's use or occupancy. Such use or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner does not
'
waive the Owner's right to charge the Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the terms
of the Contract.
GC 3.14 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation
GC 3.14.01 Continuance of the Work 1
.01 Unless the Contract has been terminated or completed, the Contractor shall in every case, after
serving or receiving any notification of a claim or dispute, verbal or written, continue to proceed with
the Work with due diligence and expedition. It is understood by the parties that such action will not I
jeopardize any claim it may have.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 18 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
1
IGC 3.14.02 Record Keeping
01 Immediately upon commencing work which may result in a claim, the Contractor shall keep Daily
Work Records during the course of the Work, sufficient to substantiate the Contractor's claim, and
the Contract Administrator will keep Daily Work Records to be used in assessing the Contractor's
claim, all in accordance with clause GC 8.02.07, Records.
I
O2 The Contractor and the Contract Administrator shall reconcile their respective Daily Work Records
on a daily basis, to simplify review of the claim, when submitted.
03 The keeping of Daily Work Records by the Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily
Work Records with those of the Contractor shall not be construed to be acceptance of the claim.
GC 3.14,03 Claims Procedure
.01 The Contractor shall give verbal notice of any situation which may lead to a claim for additional
payment immediately upon becoming aware of the situation.
' 02 The Contractor shall provide written notice in the standard form "Notice of Intent to Claim" within 7
Days of the commencement of any part of the Work which may be affected by the situation.
03 The Contractor shall submit detailed claims as soon as reasonably possible and in any event no
later than 30 Days after completion of the work affected by the situation. The detailed claim shall:
a) identify the item or items in respect of which the claim arises;
b) state the grounds, contractual or otherwise, upon which the claim is made; and
c) include the Records maintained by the Contractor supporting such claim.
In exceptional cases the 30 Days may be increased to a maximum of 90 Days with approval in
writing from the Contract Administrator.
04 Within 30 Days of the receipt of the Contractor's detailed claim, the Contract Administrator may
request the Contractor to submit any further and other particulars as the Contract Administrator
considers necessary to assess the claim. The Contractor shall submit the requested information
within 30 Days of receipt of such request.
.05 Within 90 Days of receipt of the detailed claim, the Contract Administrator shall advise the
' Contractor, in writing, of the Contract Administrator's opinion with regard to the validity of the claim.
GC 3.14.04 Negotiations
01 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and
agree to provide, without prejudice, open and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and
documents to facilitate these negotiations.
02 Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05, with respect to
any part of the claim, the Contract Administrator shall enter into negotiations with the Contractor to
resolve the matters in dispute. Where a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is agreed
that payment cannot be made on a Time and Material basis in accordance with clause GC 8.02.04,
Payment on a Time and Material Basis, the parties shall proceed in accordance with clause GC
3.14.05, Mediation, or subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration.
1
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 19 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
GC 3.14.05 Mediation I
.01
If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.14.04.
Negotiations, within a period of 30 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05,
'
and the Contractor wishes to pursue the issue further, the parties may, upon mutual agreement,
utilize the services of an independent third party mediator.
.02
The mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor.
.03
The mediator shall be knowledgeable regarding the area of the disputed issue. The mediator shall
meet with the parties together and separately, as necessary, to review all aspects of the issue. In a
final attempt to assist the parties in resolving the issue themselves prior to proceeding to arbitration
the mediator shall provide, without prejudice, a non -binding recommendation for settlement.
.04
The review by the mediator shall be completed within 90 Days following the opinion given in
paragraph GC 3.14.03.05.
.05
Each party is responsible for its own costs related to the use of the third party mediator process.
'
The cost of the third party mediator shall be equally shared by the Owner and Contractor.
GC 3.14.06 Payment
,
.01
Payment of the claim will be made no later than 30 Days after the date of resolution of the claim or
dispute. Such payment will be made according to the terms of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and
Payment.
GC 3.14.07 Rights of Both Parties
.01
It is agreed that no action taken under this subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, by
'
either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourse available
to the parties, provided that the requirements set out in this subsection are fulfilled.
GC 3.15 Engineering Arbitration
'
GC 3.15.01 Conditions for Engineering Arbitration
through the stage noted in clause GC 3.14.04,
'
.01
If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily negotiation
Negotiations, or the mediation stage noted in clause GC 3.14.05, Mediation, either party may invoke
the provisions of subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration, by giving written notice to the other
party.
.02
Notification that arbitration shall be implemented to resolve the issue shall be communicated in
writing as soon as possible and no later than 60 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC
3.14.03.05. Where the use of a third party mediator was implemented, notification shall be within
'
120 Days of the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05.
.03
The parties shall be bound by the decision of the arbitrator.
.04
The rules and procedures of the Arbitration Act, 1991, S.O. 1991, c.17, as amended, shall apply to
any arbitration conducted hereunder except to the extent that they are modified by the express
provisions of this subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration.
'
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 20 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
' GC 3.15.02 Arbitration Procedure
.01 The following provisions are to be included in the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to
such right of appeal as exist where the arbitrator has exceeded his or her jurisdiction or have
otherwise disqualified him or herself:
a) All existing actions in respect of the matters under arbitration will be stayed pending arbitration;
b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled are to be set out in a schedule to the
' agreement. Only such claims and matters as are in the schedule will be arbitrated; and
c) Before proceeding with the arbitration, the Contractor shall confirm that all matters in dispute are
set out in the schedule.
' GC 3.15.03 Appointment of Arbitrator
.01 The arbitrator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor to adjudicate the dispute.
' .02 Where the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 Days of the notification
of arbitration noted in paragraph GC 3.15.01.02, the Owner and the Contractor shall each choose
an appointee within 37 Days of the notice of arbitration.
' 03 The appointees shall mutually agree upon an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 15 Days
after the last appointee was chosen or they shall refer the matter to the Arbitration and Mediation
' Institute of Ontario Inc. which will select an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 7 Days of being
requested to do so.
.04 The arbitrator shall not be interested financially in the Contract nor in either party's business and
' shall not be employed by either party.
.05 The arbitrator may appoint independent experts and any other persons to assist him or her.
' .06 - The arbitrator is not bound by the rules of evidence which govern the trial of cases in court but may
hear and consider any evidence which the arbitrator considers relevant.
' 07 The hearing will commence within 90 Days of the appointment of the arbitrator.
GC 3.15.04 Costs
' .01 The arbitrator's fee shall be equally shared by the Owner and the Contractor.
.02 The fees of any independent experts and any other persons appointed to assist the arbitrator shall
' be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor.
.03 The arbitration hearing shall be held in a place mutually agreed upon by both parties or in the event
the parties do not agree, a site shall be chosen by the arbitrator. The cost of obtaining appropriate
' facilities shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor.
.04 The arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs, related to the arbitration.
' GC 3.15.05 The Decision
.01 The reasoned decision will be made in writing within 90 Days of the conclusion of the hearing. An
extension of time to make a decision may be granted with consent of both parties. Payment shall be
made in accordance with clause GC 3.14.06, Payment.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 21 OPS General Conditions of Contract
GC 3.16 Archaeological Finds
.01 If the Contractor's operations expose any items which may indicate an archaeological find, such as
building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones, pottery, or arrowheads, the Contractor shall
immediately notify the Contract Administrator and suspend operations within the area identified by
the Contract Administrator. Notification may be verbal provided that such notice is confirmed in
writing within 2 Days. Work shall remain suspended within that area until otherwise directed by the
Contract Administrator in writing, in accordance with subsection GC 7.09, Suspension of Work.
.02 Any delay in the completion of the Contract that is caused by such a suspension of Work will be
considered to be beyond the Contractor's control in accordance with paragraph GC 3.08.01.
.03 Any work directed or authorized in connection with an archaeological find will be considered as
Extra Work in accordance with clause GC 3.11.02, Extra Work.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 22 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
SECTION GC 4.0 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS
GC 4,01 Working Area
.01 The Owner will acquire all property rights which are deemed necessary by the Owner for the
construction of the Work, including temporary working easements, and will indicate the full extent of
the Working Area on the Contract Drawings.
.02 The Geotechnical Report and Subsurface Report which will be provided by the Owner as part of the
tender documents shall form part of the Contract Drawings.
GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits
01 The Owner will pay for all plumbing and building permits.
.02 The Owner will obtain and pay for all permits, licenses and certificates solely required for Project
approval.
GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials
.01 The Owner will identify in the Contract Documents the materials to be moved within or removed
' from the Working Area, and any characteristics of those materials which will necessitate special
materials management and disposition.
02 In accordance with regulations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.0.1,
as amended, the Owner advises that
a) the designated substances silica, lead and arsenic are generally present throughout the
Working Area occurring naturally or as a result of vehicle emissions;
' b) the designated substance asbestos is present in asbestos conduits for utilities;
c) the following hazardous materials are ordinarily present in construction activities: limestone,
gypsum, marble, mica and Portland cement; and
' d) exposure to these substances may occur as a result of activities by the Contractor such as
sweeping, grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, cutting and abrasive blasting.
.03 The Owner will identify in the Contract Documents any designated substances or hazardous
materials other than those identified above and their location in the Working Area.
04 If the Owner or Contractor discovers or is advised of the presence of designated substances or
hazardous materials which are in addition to those listed in paragraph GC 4.03.02, or not dearly
identified in the Contract Documents according to paragraph GC 4.03.03, then verbal notice will be
provided to the other party immediately with written confirmation within 2 Days. The Contractor will
stop work in the area immediately and will determine the necessary steps required to complete the
work in accordance with applicable legislation and regulation.
.05 The Owner will be responsible for any reasonable additional costs of removing, managing and
disposing of any material not identified in the Contract Documents, or where conditions exist that
could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time of tendering. All work under this paragraph
shall be deemed to be Extra Work.
' Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 23 OPS General Conditions of Contract
06 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Owner will provide to the Contractor a list of those
products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or WHMIS, which
the Owner will supply or use on the Contract, together with copies of the Materials Safety Data
Sheets for these products. All containers used in the application of products controlled under
WHMIS shall be labelled. The Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of changes to the list and
provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property
01 The Owner will pay the costs of all flagging and other traffic control measures required and provided
by the railway company unless such costs are solely a function of the Contractor's chosen method
of completing the Work.
GC 4.05
Default by the Contractor
01 The Contractor shall be in default of the Contract if,
a) the Contractor fails to commence the Work or execute the Work properly or otherwise fails to
comply with the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree; or
b) if the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency.
GC 4.06 Notification of Default
'
.01 The Owner will give written notice of a default to the Contractor as soon as the Owner becomes
aware of the alleged default but failure to give such notice in a timely way shall not constitute
condonation of the default. The notice will include instructions to correct the default within 5
'
Working Days.
GC 4.07 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default
.01 The Contractor shall have the right within the 5 full Working Days following the receipt of a notice of
default to correct the default and provide the Owner with satisfactory proof that appropriate
corrective measures have been taken.
.02 If the correction of the default cannot be completed within the 5 full Working Days following receipt
of the notice, the Contractor shall not be in default if the Contractor,
a) commences the correction of the default within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of the
notice;
b) provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for the progress of such correction; and
c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule.
'
GC 4.08 Owner's Right to Correct Default
.01 If the Contractor fails to correct the default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.07,
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice
to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may correct such default and deduct the cost
thereof, as certified by the Contract Administrator, from any payment then or thereafter due to the
'
Contractor.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 24 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
GC 4.09 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work
.01 Where the Contractor fails to correct a default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.07.
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice
to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate the Contractor's right to continue
the Work in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Contractor.
02 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part, the
Owner will be entitled to,
a) take possession of the Working Area or that portion of the Working Area devoted to that part of
the Work terminated;
b) utilize the Equipment of the Contractor and any Material within the Working Area which is
intended to be incorporated into the Work, the whole subject to the right of third parties;
c) withhold further payments to the Contractor with respect to the Work or the portion of the Work
withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or portion thereof withdrawn is completed;
d) charge the Contractor the additional cost over the Contract price of completing the Work or
portion thereof withdrawn from the Contractor, as certified by the Contract Administrator and
any additional compensation paid to the Contract administrator for such additional service
' arising from the correction of the default;
e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance, as determined by the Contract Administrator, to
cover correction to the Work performed by the Contractor that may be required under
subsection GC 7.15, Warranty;
f) charge the Contractor for any damages the Owner may have sustained as a result of the
default; and
g) charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Work under subsection
GC 7.15, Warranty, exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections.
GC 4.10 Final Payment to Contractor
01 If the Owner's cost to correct and complete the Work in whole or in part is less than the amount
withheld from the Contractor under subsection GC 4.09, Termination of Contractor's Right to
Continue the Work, the Owner will pay the balance to the Contractor as soon as the final accounting
for the Contract is complete.
GC 4.11 Termination of the Contract
01 Where the Contractor is in default of the Contract the Owner may, without prejudice to any other
right or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the Contract by giving written notice of termination
to the Contractor, the Surety and any trustee or receiver acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate
or creditors.
02 If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract the Owner will provide the Contractor and the trustee
or receiver with a complete accounting to the date of termination.
GC 4.12 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations
01 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction and warranty of the Work
performed prior to the time of termination of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to
continue with the Work in whole or in part shall continue to be in force after such termination.
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 25 OPS General Conditions of Contract
GC 4.13 Use of Performance Bond
.01 If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and the Contractor has provided a Performance Bond,
the provisions of this Section shall be exercised in accordance with the conditions of the
Performance Bond.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 26 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
SECTION GC 5.0 - MATERIAL
GC 5.01 Supply of Material
.01 All Material necessary for the proper completion of the Work, except that listed as being supplied by
the Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract price for the appropriate tender items
shall be deemed to include full compensation for the supply of such Material.
GC 5.02 Quality of Material
01 All Material supplied by the Contractor shall be new or unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
02 Material supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Contract.
.03 As specified or as requested by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall make available for
inspection or testing a sample of any Material to be supplied by the Contractor.
04 The Contractor shall obtain for the Contract Administrator the right to enter upon the premises of the
Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such inspection, sampling and testing as specified or
a requested by the Contract Administrator.
' .05 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in
advance of the Material shipping dates to enable the Contract Administrator to perform the required
inspection, sampling and testing.
.06 The Owner will not be responsible for any delays to the Contractor's operations where the
Contractor fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract Administrator to enable the Contract
' Administrator to carry out the required inspection, sampling and testing before the scheduled
shipping date.
.07 The Contractor shall not change the source of supply of any Material without the written
authorization of the Contract Administrator.
.08 Material which is not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required and the use
of such Material shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator.
GC 5.03 Rejected Material
01 Rejected Material shall be removed from the Working Area expeditiously after the notification to that
effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the Contractor fails to comply with such notice the
Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material to be removed from the Working Area and
disposed of in what the Contract Administrator considers to be the most appropriate manner and the
Contractor shall pay the costs of disposal and the appropriate overhead charges.
GC 5.04 Substitutions
t.01 Where the specifications require the Contractor to supply a Material designated by a trade or other
name, the Tender shall be based only upon supply of the Material so designated, which shall be
regarded as the standard of quality required by the specification. After the acceptance of the
Tender, the Contractor may apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute another Material
identified by a different trade or other name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The
application shall be in writing and shall state the price for the proposed substitute Material
designated as aforesaid, and such other information as the Contract Administrator may require.
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 27 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
02 Rulings on a proposed substitution will not be made prior to the acceptance of the Tender.
Substitutions shall not be made without the prior approval of the Contract Administrator. The
approval or rejection of a proposed substitution will be made at the discretion of the Contract
Administrator.
03 If the proposed substitution is approved by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall be
entitled to the first $1000 of the aggregate saving in cost by reason of such substitution and to 50%
of any additional saving in cost in excess of such $1000. Each such approval shall be conveyed to
the Contractor in writing or by issuance of a Certificate of Equality on the Owner's standard form of
"Certification of Equality" and if any adjustment to the Contract price is made by reason of such
substitution a Change Order shall be issued as well.
GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material
GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material
01 Where Material is supplied by the Owner and where this Material is ordered by the Contractor in
excess of the amount specified to complete the Work, such excess Material shall become the
property of the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be charged to the Contractor at cost
plus applicable overheads.
GC 5.05.02 Care of Material
.01 The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide
adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to the Contract Administrator, and on the receipt
of such Material shall promptly place it in storage except where it is to be incorporated forthwith into
the Work.
02 The Contractor shall be responsible for acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the
specified delivery point and for its safe handling and storage. If such Material is damaged while
under the control of the Contractor it shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no expense
to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. If such Material is rejected by
the Contract Administrator for reasons which are not the fault of the Contractor it shall remain in the
care and at the risk of the Contractor until its disposition has been determined by the Contract
Administrator.
.03 Where Material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition or where
there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on the bills of
lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or discrepancies to the Contract
Administrator who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the
Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such damage or deficiencies. Where
damage or deficiencies are not so reported it will be assumed that the shipment arrived in good
order and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at
no extra cost to the Owner.
04 The full amount of Material supplied by the Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the
Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after taking delivery. Such
Material shall not, except with the written permission of the Contract Administrator, be used by the
Contractor for purposes other than the performance of the Work under the Contract.
I
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 28 OPS General Conditions of Contract
d
05 Empty reels, crates, containers and other type of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner
shall become the property of the Contractor when they are no longer required for their original
purpose and shall be disposed of by the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
06 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator, immediately upon receipt of each shipment,
copies of bills of lading, or such other documentation the Contract Administrator may require to
substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material received.
07 Where Material supplied by the Owner is ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the Contract,
the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, immediately upon commencement of operations,
check the Material, report any damage or deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take charge
of the Material at the stockpile site. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the
Contractor it shall be assumed that the stockpile was in good order when the Contractor took charge
of it and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no
extra cost to the Owner.
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 29 OPS General Conditions of Contract
ll
SECTION GC 6.0 - INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE
,
GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property
.01 The Contractor, the Contractor's agents and all workers employed by or under the control of the
,
Contractor, including Subcontractors, shall protect the Work, persons and property from damage or
injury, and shall be responsible for all losses and damage which may arise as the result of the
Contractor's operations under the Contract unless indicated to the contrary below.
'
.02 The Contractor is responsible for the full cost of any necessary temporary provisions and the
restoration of all damage where the Contractor damages the Work or property in the performance of
the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for the damage that occurs to the Work or property
the Contractor shall restore such damage, and such work shall be administered according to these
General Conditions.
.03 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of all damage and injuries which
occur during the term of the Contract.
.04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that occurs as a result of,
a) war;
b) blockades and civil commotions;
c) errors in the Contract Documents; or
d) acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contract Administrator, their agents and employees, or
,
others not under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's
permission.
.05 The Contractor and his Surety or Sureties shall not be released from any term or provisiori 'of any
,
responsibility, obligation or liability under the Contract or waive or impair any of the rights. of the
Owner except by a release duly executed by the Owner. -
GC 6.02 Indemnification
.01 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, their
agents, officers and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs,
damages, actions, suits or proceedings by third parties, hereinafter called "claims", directly or
indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or the failure to perform the Work,
provided such claims are,
a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to damage to or destruction of
tangible property;
b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the
Contractor may be liable; and
c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work
as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work or, where so specified in the
Contract from the date of certification of Final Acceptance.
.02 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all and every claim for damages,
royalties or fees for the infringement of any patented invention or copyright occasioned by the
Contractor in connection with the Work performed or Material furnished by the Contractor under the
Contract.
.03 The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above in
paragraphs GC 6.02.01 and GC 6.02.02.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 30 OPS General Conditions of Contract
rJ
I
04 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, his agents, officers and employees
from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or
proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a
lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Working Area.
.05 The Contractor expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above in
paragraph GC 6.02.04.
GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance
GC 6.03.01 General
01 Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall
provide, maintain and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 and GC
6.03.03. Insurance coverage in clauses GC 6.03.04, GC 6.03.05 and GC 6.03.06 will only apply
when so specified in the Contract Documents.
GC 6.03.02 General Liability Insurance
01 General liability insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract
Administrator named as additional insureds, with limits of not less than 5 million dollars inclusive per
occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, with a
property damage deductible of not more than $5000. The form of this insurance shall be the
Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100, dated 8-87.
02 Another form of insurance equal to or better than that required in IBC Form 2100 may be used,
provided all the requirements listed in the Contract are included. Approval of this insurance will be
conditional upon the Contractor obtaining the services of an insurer licensed to underwrite insurance
in the Province of Ontario and obtaining the insurer's certificate of equivalency to the required
insurance.
.03 The insurance shall be maintained continuously from the commencement of the Work until 12
months following the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the Certificate of
Substantial Performance of the Work, or until the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued, whichever
is later, and with respect to completed operations coverage for a period of not less than 24 months
1 from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate, and
thereafter to be maintained for a further period of 4 years.
.04 The Contractor shall submit annually to the Owner, proof of continuation of the completed
operations coverage and if the Contractor fails to do so, the limitation period for claiming indemnity
described in paragraph GC 6.02.01 c), will not be binding on the Owner.
1 .05 Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of
explosives for blasting, or pile driving or caisson work, or removal or weakening of support of
property building or land, iBC Form 2100 as required shall include the appropriate endorsements.
1 .06 The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in
advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage.
' .07 "Claims Made" insurance policies will not be permitted.
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 31 OPS General Conditions of Contract
GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance ,
.01 Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than 5
million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death and damage to property, in the
following forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in advance
of any cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage:
a) standard non -owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement, and
b) standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits
insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by the Contractor.
GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance
.01 Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non -owned aircraft and watercraft
if used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises,
shall be subject to limits of not less than 5 million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury,
death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, and limits of not less than 5 million
dollars for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner.
The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in
advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage.
,
GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance
GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance
.01 All risks property insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract
Administrator named as additional insureds, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the
'
Contract price and the full value, as may be stated in the Supplemental General Conditions, of
Material that is specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work, _with a
deductible not exceeding 1% of the amount insured at the site of the Work. This insurance shall be
in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall be maintained continuously until 10 Days after the date
,
of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance
.01 Boiler insurance insuring the interests of the Contractor, the Owner and the Contract Administrator
for not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work,
shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. This insurance shall be maintained continuously from
commencement of use or operation of the property insured until 10 Days after the date of Final
Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion
01 Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work prior to Substantial Performance, the
Owner will give 30 Days' written notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such
use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of
the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the
Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide
coverage, the Owner upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to such use or occupancy
,
shall provide, maintain and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work,
including coverage for such use or occupancy, and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such
insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the
,
Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 32 OPS General Conditions of Contract
Ll
02 The policies shall provide that, in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the
Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on
behalf of both the Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or
1 damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined the
Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and
obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such
reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Contract
Administrator may decide in consultation with the Contractor.
GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage
01 The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the
Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised,
such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance with the
requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. In addition the Contractor shall be
entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurers the amount of the Contractor's interest in
the restoration of the Work.
02 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such
amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of this Contract.
03 In the event of a loss or. damage to the Work arising from the action or omission of the Owner or
others, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the
Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and
Payment.
' GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance
01 All risks Contractor's equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by
the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and
pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims
by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less
1 than 30 Days' written notice in advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage
Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance of the
Contractor's Equipment, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement, and for
the purpose of this Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be insured. This policy shall be
amended to provide permission for the Contractor to grant prior releases with respect to damage to
the Contractor's Equipment.
GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration
.01 Unless specified otherwise the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of
commencement of the Work until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out
in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
.02 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, proof of insurance prior
to commencement of the Work, and signed by an officer of the Contractor and either the underwriter
or the broker.
.03 The Contractor shall, on request, promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each
insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the
insurer to determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true copy shall include a signature by
an officer of the Contractor and in addition, a signature by an officer of the insurer or the underwriter
' or the broker.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 33 OPS General Conditions of Contract
04 Where a policy is renewed the Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the
Owner, renewed proof of insurance immediately following completion of renewal.
05 Unless specified otherwise the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of deductible
amounts under the policies.
06 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in subsection GC 6.03,
Contractor's Insurance, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, then the Owner will have the right
to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. The Owner's
cost thereof shall be payable by the Contractor to the Owner on demand.
07 If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the insurance placed by the Owner within 30 Days of the
date on which the Owner made a formal demand for reimbursement of such costs the Owner may
deduct the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor.
GC 6.04 Bonding
01 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the surety bonds in the amount required by the tender
documents.
.02 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of
suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of
the Contract.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 34 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
1]
1 SECTION GC 7.0 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
1
P-
I
1
GC 7.01 General
.01 The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work has been visited during the preparation of the
Tender and the character of the Work and all local conditions which may affect the performance of
the Work are known.
.02 The Contractor shall not commence the Work nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the
Contractor has received a written order to commence the Work, signed by the Contract
Administrator.
.03 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise
the Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be
responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for
coordinating the various parts of the Work.
.04 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance
and removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of
construction methods required in their use.
.05 Notwithstanding paragraph GC 7.01.04, where the Contract Documents include designs for
temporary structures and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or
part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work, and the
Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specked method of
construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or
specified method of construction in the same manner that the Contractor is responsible for the
execution of the Work.
.06 The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of
the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.0.1 (the "Act") and Ontario Regulation
213/91 (which regulates Construction Projects) and any other regulations under the Act (the
"Regulations") which may affect the performance of the Work, as the "constructor" or "employer", as
defined by the Act, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure that:
a) worker safety is given first priority in planning, pricing and performing the Work;
b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a
"constructor" and employer" as defined by the Act and the provisions of the Regulations
applicable to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them;
c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the
Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the possession of
the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work;
d) workers employed to cant' out the Work possess the knowledge, skills and protective devices
required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to allow them to
work in safety;
e) its supervisory employees carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with due
consideration for the health and safety of the workers; and
f) all Subcontractors and their employees are properly protected from injury while they are at the
work place.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 35 OPS General Conditions of Contract
PJ
.07
The Contractor when requested shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy
and program at the pre -start meeting, and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for
confirmation that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and
Regulations. The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and inspectors
appointed to enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in
the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from
any additional expense which the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the
Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations.
.08
Prior to commencement of the Work the Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator a list
of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or
WHMIS, which the Contractor expects to use on the Contract. Related Materials Safety Data
Sheets shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the application of products
controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled. The Contractor shall notify the Contractor Administrator
of changes in writing and provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
'
.09
The Contractor shall have an authorized representative on the site while any work is being
performed, to act for or on the Contractor's behalf. Prior to commencement of construction, the
Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the names, addresses, positions and telephone
numbers of the Contractor's representatives who can be contacted at any time to deal with matters
relating to the Contract.
.10
The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities and
assistance required by the Contract Administrator for the proper inspection and examination of the
Work or the taking of measurements for the purpose of payment.
.11
The Contractor shall prepare, and update as required, a construction schedule indicating the timing
of the major and critical activities of the Work. The schedule shall be designed to ensure conformity
with the specified Contract Time. The schedule shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator
within 14 Days from the date of the Contract award.
.12
Where the Contractor finds any error, inconsistency or omission relating to the Contract, the
Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract Administrator and shall not proceed with the
activity affected until receiving direction from the Contract Administrator.
.13
The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate utility authorities for the stake out of all
underground utilities and service connections which may be affected by the Work. The Contractor
'
shall be responsible for any damage done to the underground utilities by the Contractor's forces
during construction if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given in paragraph GC
2.01.01 a).
GC 7.02 Layout
.01
Prior to commencement of construction, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor will locate on
site those property bars, baselines and benchmarks which are necessary to delineate the Working
Area and to lay out the Work, all as shown on the Contract Drawings.
.02
The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all property bars while the Work is in
'
progress, except those property bars which must be removed to facilitate the Work. Any other
property bars disturbed, damaged or removed by the Contractor's operations shall be replaced by
an Ontario Land Surveyor, at the Contractor's expense.
'
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 36 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
11
11
03 At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with such
materials and devices as may be necessary to lay out the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be
necessary for the inspection of the Work.
04 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out and establish all lines and grades
necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout
work carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator.
05 The Contractor shall install and maintain substantial alignment markers and secondary benchmarks
as may be required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply one copy of
all alignment and grade sheets to the Contract Administrator.
06 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevations and dimensions of each and
all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the Contractor's layout work has been checked by the
Contract Administrator.
.07 All stakes, marks and reference points provided by the Contract Administrator shall be carefully
preserved by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal as a result of the
Contractor's operations, such stakes, marks and reference points will be replaced by the Contract
Administrator at the Contractor's expense.
GC 7.03 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment
.01 If at any time, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage is being done or is likely to be
done to any Roadway or any improvement thereon, outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's
vehicles or other equipment, whether licensed or unlicensed equipment, the Contractor shall, on the
direction of the Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the Owner, make changes or
substitutions for such vehicles or equipment, and shall alter loadings, or in some other manner,
remove the cause of such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
GC 7.04 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles
.01 Where a vehicle is hauling Material for use on the Work, in whole or in part upon a Highway, and
where motor vehicle registration is required for such vehicle, the Contractor shall not cause or
permit such vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in the Highway Traffic Act, R.S.O.
1990, c.H.8, as amended, whether such vehicle is registered in the name of the Contractor or
otherwise, except where there are designated areas within the Working Area where overloading is
permitted. The Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed loads.
GC 7.05 Condition of the Working Area
.01 The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of
debris, other than that caused by the Owner or others.
GC 7.06 Maintaining Roadways and Detours
01 Where an existing Roadway is affected by construction, it shall be kept open to traffic, and the
Contractor shall, except as otherwise provided in this subsection, be responsible for providing and
maintaining for the duration of the Work, a road through the Working Area, whether along an
existing Highway, including the road under construction, or on detours within or adjacent to the
Highway, in accordance with the MUTCD.
IRev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 37 OPS General Conditions of Contract
through the Working Area until such time as
'
.02
The Contractor shall not be required to maintain a road
the Contractor has commenced operations or during seasonal shut down or on any part of the
Contract that has been accepted in accordance with these General Conditions. The Contractor
shall not be required to apply deicing chemicals or abrasives or cant' out snowplowing.
'
.03
Where localized and separated sections of the Highway only are affected by the Contractor's
operations, the Contractor will not be required to maintain intervening sections of the Highway until
such times as these sections are located within the limits of the Highway affected by the
,
Contractor's general operations under the Contract.
.04
Where the Contract Documents provide for or the Contract Administrator requires detours at specific
locations, payment for the construction of the detours, and if required, for the subsequent removal of
the detours, will be made at the Contract prices appropriate to such work.
.05
The Contractor shall maintain, in a satisfactory condition for traffic, a road through the Working
Area, at the Owner's expense. The road through the Working Area will include any detour
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents or required by the Contract Administrator.
Compensation for all labour, equipment and materials to do this work shall be at the Contract prices
appropriate to the work and, where there are no such prices, at negotiated prices. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the cost of blading required to maintain the surface of such roads and detours shall
be deemed to be included in the prices bid for the various tender items and no additional payment
will be made.
.06
Where work under the Contract is discontinued for any extended period including seasonal
shutdown, the Contractor shall, when directed by the Contract Administrator, open and place the
Roadway and detours in a passable, safe and satisfactory condition for public travel.
.07
Where the Contractor constructs a detour which is not specifically provided for in the Contract
Documents, or required by the Contract Administrator, the construction of the detour and, if
required, the subsequent removal shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. The detour shall
be constructed and maintained to structural and geometric standards approved by the Contract
Administrator. Removal and site restoration shall be performed as directed by the Contract
Administrator.
,
.08
Where, with the prior written approval of the Contract Administrator, the Highway is closed and the
traffic diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost
to the Owner, supply, erect and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the MUTCD.
.09
Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of obligations under
subsection GC 6.01, Protection of Work, Persons and Property, dealing with the Contractor's
responsibility for damage claims, except for claims arising on sections of Highway within the
Working Area that are being maintained by others.
GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility
Services
.01
The Contractor shall provide at all times, and at no extra cost to the Owner,
'
a) adequate pedestrian and vehicular access; and
b) continuity of Utility services
to properties adjoining the Working Area.
.02
The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants,
and water and gas valves located in the Working Area.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 38 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
1
11
.03 Where any interruptions in the supply of Utility services are required and are authorized by the
Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall give the affected property owners notice in accordance
with subsection GC 7.11, Notices by the Contractor, and shall arrange such interruptions so as to
create a minimum of interference to those affected.
GC 7.08
Approvals and Permits
01 Except as specified in subsection GC 4.02, Approval and Permits, the Contractor shall obtain and
pay for any permits, licenses, and certificates which at the date of tender closing, are required for
the performance of the Work.
02 The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary inspections required by the approvals and permits
specified in paragraph GC 7.08.01.
GC 7.09 Suspension of Work
.01 The Contractor shall, upon written notice from the Contract Administrator, discontinue or delay any
or all of the Work and work shall not be resumed until the Contract Administrator so directs in
writing. Delays, in these circumstances, will be administered according to subsection GC 3.08,
Delays.
1 GC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract
.01 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency, the Contractor may,
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or
receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice, terminate the Contract.
.02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 Days or more under an order of a
court or other public authority and provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or
fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor
may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner
written notice, terminate the Contract.
.03 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the
Owner is in default of contractual obligations if,
a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue certificates in accordance with the provisions of Section
GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment;
b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 30 Days of the due dates identified in clause GC
1 8.02.03, Certification and Payment, the amounts certified by the Contract Administrator or within
30 Days of an award by an arbitrator or court; or
c) the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract.
1 .04 The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7
Days immediately following the receipt of the written notice the Contractor may, without prejudice to
any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract.
05 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out in this subsection, the
Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed according to the Contract Documents
' and for any losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a result of the termination of the
Contract.
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 39 OPS General Conditions of Contract
I
GC 7.11 Notices by the Contractor
'
.01 Before work is carried out which may affect the property or operations of any Ministry or agency of
government or any person, company, partnership or corporation, including a municipal corporation
'
or any board or commission thereof, and in addition to such notices of the commencement of
specified operations as are prescribed elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall
give at least 48 hours advance written notice of the date of commencement of such work to the
person, company, partnership, corporation, board, or commission so affected.
.02 In the case of damage to, or interference with any utilities, pole lines, pipe lines, conduits, farm tiles,
or other public or privately owned works or property, the Contractor shall immediately notify the
Owner and the Contract Administrator of the location and details of such damage or interference.
GC 7.12 Obstructions
General Conditions, the Contractor assumes all the risks and
,
.01 Except as otherwise noted in these
responsibilities arising out of any obstruction encountered in the performance of the Work and any
traffic conditions, including traffic conditions on any Highway or road giving access to the Working
Area caused by such obstructions, and the Contractor shall not make any claim against the Owner
,
for any loss, damage or expense occasioned thereby.
.02
Where the obstruction is a Utility or other man-made object, the Contractor shall not be required to
assume the risks and responsibilities arising out of such obstruction, unless the location of the
obstruction is shown on the plans or described in the specifications and the location so shown is
within the tolerance specified in paragraph GC 2.01.01 a), or unless the presence and location of
the obstruction has otherwise been made known to the Contractor or could have been determined
by the visual site investigation made by the Contractor in accordance with these General
Conditions.
.03
During the course of the Contract, it is the Contractor's responsibility to consult with Utility
'
companies or other appropriate authorities for further information in regard to the exact location of
these Utilities, to exercise the necessary care in construction operations, and to take such other
precautions as are necessary to safeguard the Utility from damage.
GC 7.13 Limitations of Operations
.01
Except for such work as may be required by the Contract Administrator to maintain the Work in a
'
safe and satisfactory condition, the Contractor shall not carry on operations under the Contract on
Sundays without permission in writing from the Contract Administrator.
.02
The Contractor shall cooperate with other Contractors, Utility companies and the Owner and they
'
shall be allowed access to their work or plant at all reasonable times.
GC 7.14 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance
.01
Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials,
tools, construction machinery and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining
Work. The Contractor shall also remove all temporary works and debris other than that caused by
the Owner, or others and leave the Work and Working Area clean and suitable for occupancy by the
Owner unless otherwise specified.
'
.02
The Work shall not be deemed to have reached Completion until the Contractor has removed
surplus materials, tools, construction machinery and equipment. The Contractor shall also have
removed debris, other than that caused by the Owner, or others.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 40 OPS General Conditions of Contract
GC 7.15 Warranty
.01 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work only to the extent that
the design and specifications permit such performance.
.02 Subject to the previous paragraph the Contractor shall correct promptly, at no additional cost to the
Owner, defects or deficiencies in the Work which appear,
a) prior to and during the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance of the
Work, as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,
b) where the work is completed after the date of Substantial Performance, 12 months after
Completion of the Work,
c) where there is no Certificate of Substantial Performance, 12 months from the date of
Completion of the Work as set out in the Completion Certificate, or
d) such longer periods as may be specified for certain Materials or some of the Work.
The Contract Administrator will promptly give the Contractor written notice of observed defects or
deficiencies.
.03 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the
requirements of paragraph GC 7.15.02.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 41 OPS General Conditions of Contract
I�
SECTION GC 8.0 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT '
GC 8.01 Measurement
GC 8.01.01 Quantities
.01 The Contract Administrator will make an estimate once a month, in writing, of the quantity of Work ,
performed. The first estimate will be the quantity of Work performed since the Contractor
commenced the Contract, and every subsequent estimate, except the final one, will be of the
quantity of Work performed since the preceding estimate was made. The Contract Administrator
will provide the copy of each estimate to the Contractor within 10 Days of the Cut -Off Date.
.02 Such quantities for progress payments shall be construed and held to approximate. The final
quantities for the issuance of the Completion Certificate shall be based on the measurement of
Work completed. '
.03 Measurement of the quantities of the Work performed will be either by Actual Measurement or by
Plan Quantity principles as indicated in the Contract. Adjustments to Plan Quantity measurements '
will normally be made using Plan Quantity principles but may, where appropriate, be made using
Actual Measurements. Those items identified on the Tender by the notation (P) in the unit column
shall be paid according to the Plan Quantity. Items where the notation (P) does not occur shall be
paid according to Actual Measurement. '
GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities
.01 Where it appears that the quantity of Work to be done and/or Material to be supplied by the
Contractor under a unit price tender item will exceed or be less than the tender quantity, the
Contractor shall proceed to do the Work and/or supply the Material required to complete the tender
item and payment will be made for the actual amount of Work done and/or Material supplied at the
unit prices stated in the Tender except as provided below:
'
a) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed and/or Material supplied by
the Contractor exceeds the tender quantity by more than 15%, either party to the Contract may
make a written request to the other party to negotiate a revised unit price for that portion of the
'
Work performed and/or Material supplied which exceeds 115% of the tender quantity. The
negotiation shall be carried out as soon as reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit price
shall be based on the reasonable cost of doing the Work and/or supplying the Material under
the tender item plus a reasonable allowance for profit and applicable overhead.
,
b) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed and/or Material supplied by
the Contractor is less than 85% of the tender quantity, the Contractor may make a written
request to negotiate for the portion of the actual overheads and fixed costs applicable to the
'
amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity. For purposes of the
negotiation, the overheads and fixed costs applicable to the item are deemed to have been
prorated uniformly over 100% of the tender quantity for the item. Overhead costs shall be
confirmed by a statement certified by the Contractor's senior financial officer or auditor and may
be audited by the Owner. Alternatively, where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of
the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity will be paid.
Written requests for compensation must be received no later than 60 Days after the issuance of the
Completion Certificate.
,
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 42 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
11
GC 8.02 Payment
GC 8.02.01 Price for Work
.01 Prices for the Work shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material required in its
performance. The term "all labour, Equipment and Material" shall include Hand Tools, supplies and
other incidentals.
.02 Payment for work not specifically detailed as part of any one item and without specified details of
payment will be deemed to be included in the items with which it is associated.
1 GC 8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material
01 The Owner will make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon
the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions:
a) The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of the shipment of the Material, arrange for adequate
and proper storage facilities and notify the Contract Administrator of their locations.
b) The value of aggregates, processed and stockpiled, shall be assessed by the following
procedure:
i. Sources Other Than Commercial
(1) Granular 'A', 'B' and 'M' shall be assessed at the rate of 60% of the Contract price.
(2) Coarse and fine aggregates for hot mix asphaltic concrete, surface treatment and
Portland cement concrete shall be assessed at the rate of 25% of the Contract price for
each aggregate stockpiled.
ii. Commercial Sources
Payment for separated coarse and fine aggregates will be considered at the above rate
when such materials are stockpiled at a commercial source where further processing is to
be carried out before incorporating such materials into a final product. Advance payments
for other materials located at a commercial source will not be made.
c) Payment for all other materials, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract, shall be
based on the invoice price, and the Contractor shall submit proof of cost to the Contract
Administrator before payment can be made by the Owner.
d) The payment for all Materials shall be prorated against the appropriate tender item by paying for
sufficient units of the item to cover the value of the material. Such payment shall not exceed
80% of the Contract price for the item.
e) All Materials for which the Contractor wishes to receive advance payment shall be placed in the
designated storage location immediately upon receipt of the material and shall thenceforth be
held by the Contractor intrust for the Owner as collateral security for any monies advanced by
the Owner and for the due completion of the Work. The Contractor shall not exercise any act of
ownership inconsistent with such security, or remove any Material from the storage locations,
except for inclusion in the Work, without the consent, in writing, of the Contract Administrator.
f) Such materials shall remain at the risk of the Contractor who shall be responsible for any loss,
damage, theft, improper use or destruction of the material however caused.
02 Where the Owner makes advance payments subject to the conditions listed in paragraph GC
8.02.02.01, such payment shall not constitute acceptance of the Material by the Owner.
Acceptance shall only be determined when the material meets the requirements of the appropriate
specification.
I
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 43 OPS General Conditions of Contract
GC 8.02.03 Certification and Payment
GC 8.02.03.01 Progress Payment Certificate
.01 The value of the Work performed and Material supplied will be calculated once a month by the
'
Contract Administrator in accordance with the Contract Documents and clause GC 8.01.01,
Quantities.
.02 The progress Payment Certificate will show,
,
a) the quantities of Work performed;
b) the value of Work performed;
c) any advanced payment for Materials;
d) the amount of statutory holdback, liens, Owner's set-off;
e) the amount of GST as applicable; and
f) the amount due the Contractor.
'
.03 One copy of the progress Payment Certificate will be sent to the Contractor.
.04 Payment will be made within 30 Days of the Cut -Off Date.
'
GC 8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion
.01 Before the Work has reached the stage of Substantial Performance, the Contractor may notify the
'
Contract Administrator, in writing that a subcontract is completed satisfactorily and ask that the
Contract Administrator certify the completion of such subcontract.
,.
.02 The Contract Administrator will issue a Certificate of Subcontract Completion if the subcontract has
been completed satisfactorily, and all required inspection and testing of the works covered -by the
subcontract have been carried out and the results are satisfactory.
The Contract Administrator in
.03 will set out the Certificate of Subcontract Completion the date on
which the subcontract was completed and within 7 Days of the date the subcontract is certified
complete, the Contract Administrator will give a copy of the certificate to the Contractor and to the
Subcontractor concerned.
,
GC 8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment
.01 Following receipt of the Certificate of Subcontract Completion, the Owner will release and pay the
Contractor the statutory holdback retained in respect of the subcontract. Such release shall be
made 46 Days after the date the subcontract was certified complete and providing the Contractor
submits the following to the Contract Administrator:
a) a document satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that will release the Owner from all further
claims relating to the subcontract, qualified by stated exceptions such as holdback monies;
b) evidence satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that the Subcontractor has discharged all
liabilities incurred in carrying out the subcontract;
'
c) a satisfactory clearance certificate or letter from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board
relating to the subcontract; and
d) a copy of the contract between the Contractor and the Subcontractor and a satisfactory
,
statement showing the total amount due the Subcontractor from the Contractor.
.02 Paragraph GC 8.02.03.03.01 d), will only apply to Lump Sum Items and then only when the Contract
Administrator specifically requests it.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 44 OPS General Conditions of Contract
i
03 Upon receipt of the statutory holdback, the Contractor shall forthwith give the Subcontractor the
payment due under the subcontract.
' 04 Release of statutory holdback by the Owner in respect of a subcontract shall not relieve the
Contractor, or the Contractor's Surety, of any of their responsibilities.
GC 8,02.03.04 Certification of Substantial Performance
.01 Upon application by the Contractor and where the Contract has been substantially performed the
Contract Administrator will issue a Certificate of Substantial Performance.
' .02 The Contract Administrator will set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance the date on
which the Contract was substantially performed and within 7 Days after signing the said certificate
the Contract Administrator will provide a copy to the Contractor.
.03 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall forthwith,
as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Lien Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30, as
amended, publish a copy of the certificate in a construction trade newspaper. Such publication shall
include placement in the Daily Commercial News.
.04 Where the Contractor fails to publish a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as
required above within 7 Days after receiving a copy of the certificate signed by the Contract
Administrator, the Owner may publish a copy of the certificate at the Contractor's expense.
.05 Except as otherwise provided for in Section 31 of the Construction Lien Act, the 45-day lien period
prior to the release of holdback as referred to in clause GC 8.02.03.05, Substantial Performance
Payment and Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates, shall commence from the date of
publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as provided for above.
' GC 8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory
Holdback Release Payment Certificates
' 01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Certificate of Substantial Performance the Contract
Administrator will also issue the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate and the Substantial
Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined
payment certificate.
.02 The Substantial Performance Payment Certificate will show,
a) the value of Work performed to the date of Substantial Performance;
' b) the value of outstanding or incomplete Work;
c) the amount of the statutory holdback, allowing for any previous releases of statutory holdback to
the Contractor in respect of completed subcontracts and deliveries of pre -selected equipment;
d) the amount of maintenance security required; and
e) the amount due the Contractor.
.03 Payment of the amount certified will be made within 30 Days of the date of issuance of the payment
1 certificate.
.04 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate will be a payment
certificate releasing to the Contractor the statutory holdback due in respect of Work performed up to
the date of Substantial Performance. Payment of such statutory holdback shall be due 46 Days
after the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance but subject to the
provisions of the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following
' documents:
Rev. Date: 99t09 General Conditions Page 45 OPS General Conditions of Contract
a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the
Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions such as
outstanding work or matters arising out of subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation;
b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities
incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract
'
have been discharged except for statutory holdbacks properly retained;
c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board; and
d) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance.
'
GC 8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion
.01 Upon application by the Contractor, and when the Contract reaches Completion, the Contract
,
Administrator will issue a Completion Certificate.
.02 The Contract Administrator will set out in the Completion Certificate the date on which the Work was
completed and within 7 Days of signing the said certificate the Contract Administrator will provide a
'
copy to the Contractor.
GC 8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release
,
Payment Certificates
.01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Completion Certificate, the Contract Administrator will
also issue the Completion Payment Certificate and the Completion Statutory Holdback Release
Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined payment certificate.
.02 The Completion Payment Certificate will show,
a) measurement and value of Work at Completion;
'
b) the amount of the further statutory holdback based on the value of further work completed over
and above the value of work completed shown in the Substantial Performance Payment
Certificate referred to above; and
'
c) the amount due the Contractor.
.03 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate will be a payment certificate '
releasing to the Contractor the further statutory holdback. Payment of such statutory holdback shall
be due 46 Days after the date of Completion of the Work as established by the Completion
Certificate but subject to the provisions of the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the
Contractor of the following documents: '
a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the
Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions where
appropriate;
b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities
incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract
have been discharged, qualified by stated exceptions where appropriate; and
c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. ,
GC 8.02.03.08 Interest
.01 Interest due the Contractor is based on simple interest and is calculated using the applicable Rate of '
Interest.
1
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 46 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
1
GC 8.02.03.09 Interest for Late Payment
01 Provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Contract including all
' documentation requirements, when payment by the Owner to the Contractor for Work performed, or
for release of statutory holdback, is delayed by the Owner, then the Contractor shall be entitled to
receive interest on the outstanding payment at the Rate of Interest, if payment is not received on the
' dates set out below:
a) Progress Payment Certificates: 30 Days after the Cut -Off Date;
b) Certificate of Subcontract Completion: 30 Days after the date certified as the date on which the
subcontract was completed;
c) Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date on which
the subcontract was completed;
d) Substantial Performance Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date of issuance of the
certificate.
e) Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after
publication of the Payment Certificate of Substantial Performance;
f) Completion Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date certified as the date on which the
' Contract reached Completion;
g) Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date certified as
the date which the Work was completed.
02 If the Contractor has not complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation
requirements, prior to expiration of the time periods described in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01,
interest will only begin to accrue when the Contractor has completed those requirements.
' GC 8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims
.01 Except as hereinafter provided, where a notice of negotiation, notice of intent to claim and the
' subsequent claims are submitted in accordance with the time limits and/or procedure described by
subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, the Owner will pay the Contractor the Rate of
Interest on the amount of the negotiated price for that part of the Work or on the amount of the
settled claim. Such interest will not commence until 30 Days after the satisfactory completion of that
part of the Work.
.02 Where the Contractor does not attempt to resolve the negotiation or the claim in an expeditious
manner, interest shall be negotiable.
03 Where the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within the time limit prescribed by subsection GC
3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, interest shall not be paid.
' 04 Where a Contractor fails to comply with the 30-day time limit and the procedures prescribed in
paragraph GC 3.14.03.03 for submission of claims, interest shall not be paid for the delay period.
GC 8.02.03.11 Owner's Set -Off
.01 Pursuant to Section 12 of the Construction Lien Act, the Owner may retain from monies owing to the
Contractor under this Contract an amount sufficient to cover any outstanding or disputed liabilities
including the cost to remedy deficiencies, the reduction in value of substandard portions of the
Work, claims for damages by third parties which have not been determined in writing by the
Contractor's insurer, undetermined claims by the Owner under paragraph GC 8.01.02.01 a), any
assessment due the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board and any monies to be paid to the
workers in accordance with clause GC 8.02.06, Payment of Workers.
' 02 Under these circumstances the Owner will give the Contractor appropriate notice of such action.
' Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 47 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
GC 8.02.03.12 Delay in Payment
.01 The Owner shall not be deemed to be in default of the Contract provided any delay in payment does '
not exceed 30 Days from the due dates as defined in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01.
GC 8.02.04 Payment on a Time and Material Basis ,
GC 8.02.04.01 Definitions
.01 For the purpose of this clause the following definitions apply:
,
Cost of Labour: means the amount of wages, salary, travel, travel time, food, lodging or similar items
and Payroll Burden paid or incurred directly by the Contractor to or in respect of labour and supervision
actively and necessarily engaged on the Work based on the recorded time and hourly rates of pay for
such labour and supervision, but shall not include any payment or costs incurred for general supervision,
administration of management time spent on the entire Work or any wages, salary or Payroll Burden for
which the Contractor is compensated by any payment made by the Owner for Equipment.
'
Cost of Material: means the cost of Material purchased, or supplied from stock, and valued at current
market prices, for the purpose of carrying out Extra Work, by the Contractor, or by others when such
arrangements have been made by the Contractor for completing the Work, as shown by itemized invoices.
Operated Rented Equipment: means Rented Equipment for which an operator is provided by the
supplier of the equipment and for which the rent or lease includes the cost of the operator.
Payroll'Burden: means the payments in respect of workplace insurance, vacation pay, employment
insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, sickness and accident insurance, pension fund
and such other welfare and benefit payments forming part of the Contractor's normal labour costs.7
'
Rented Equipment: means equipment that is rented or leased for the special purpose of Work on a Time
and Material Basis from a person, firm or corporation that is not an associate of the lessee as defined by
the Securities Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.S.5, as amended, and is approved by the Contract Administrator.
'
Road Work: means the preparation, construction, finishing and construction maintenance of roads,
streets, highways and parking lots and includes all work incidental thereto other than work on structures.
'
Sewer and Watermain Work: means the preparation, construction, finishing and construction
maintenance of sewer systems and watermain systems, and includes all work incidental thereto other than
work on structures.
'
Standby Time: means any period of time which is not considered Working Time and which together with
the Working Time does not exceed 10 hours in any one Working Day and during which time a unit of
equipment cannot practically be used on other work but must remain on the site in order to continue with
its assigned task and during which time the unit is in fully operable condition.
Structure Work: means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling, renovation or
demolition of any bridge, building, tunnel or retaining wall and includes the preparation for and the laying of
'
the foundation of any bridge, building, tunnel or retaining wall and the installation of equipment and
appurtenances incidental thereto. I
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 48 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
The 127 Rate: means the rate for a unit of equipment as listed in OPSS 127, Schedule of Rental Rates
for Construction Equipment Including Model and Specification Reference, which is current at the time the
work is carried out or for equipment which is not so listed, the rate which has been calculated by the
' Owner, using the same principles as used in determining The 127 Rates.
Work on a Time and Material Basis: means Changes in the Work, Extra Work and Additional Work
' approved by the Contract Administrator for payment on a Time and Material basis. The Work on a Time
and Material Basis shall be subject to all the terms, conditions, specifications and provisions of the
Contract.
Working Time: means each period of time during which a unit of equipment is actively and of necessity
engaged on a specific operation and the first 2 hours of each immediately following period during which
the unit is not so engaged but during which the operation is otherwise proceeding and during which time
the unit cannot practically be transferred to other work but must remain on the site in order to continue
' with its assigned tasks and during which time the unit is in a fully operable condition.
GC 8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records
' 01 Daily Work Records prepared as the case may be by either the Contractor's representative or the
Contract Administrator and reporting the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on
each Time and Material project, shall be reconciled and signed each day by both the Contractor's
representative and the Contract Administrator.
GC 8.02.04.03 Payment for Work
01 Payment as herein provided shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material to do
the Work on a Time and Material Basis except where there is agreement to the contrary prior to the
commencement of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. The payment adjustments on a Time
' and Material basis shall apply to each individual Change Order authorized by the Contract
Administrator.
GC 8.02.04,04 Payment for Labour
.01 The Owner will pay the Contractor for labour employed on each Time and Material project at 135%
of the Cost of Labour up to $3000, then at 120% of any portion of the Cost of Labour in excess of
$3000.
.02 The Owner will make payment in respect of Payroll Burden for Work on a Time and Material Basis
at the Contractor's actual cost of Payroll Burden.
' .03 At the Owner's discretion, an audit may be conducted in which case the actual Payroll Burden so
determined shall be applied to all Time and Material work on the Contract.
GC 8.02.04.05 Payment for Material
.01 The Owner will pay the Contractor for Material used on each Time and Material project at 120% of
the Cost of the Material up to $3000, then at 115% of any portion of the Cost of Material in excess of
$3000.
1
1 Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 49 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
GC 8.02.04.06 Payment for Equipment 1
GC 8.02.04.06.01 Working Time
.01
The Owner will pay the Contractor for the Working Time of all equipment other than Rented
'
Equipment and Operated Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material basis at The
127 Rates with a cost adjustment as follows:
a) Cost $10,000 or less - no adjustment;
,
b) Cost greater than $10,000 but not exceeding $20,000 - payment $10,000 plus 90% of the
portion in excess of $10,000; and
c) Cost greater than $ 20,000 - $19,000 plus 80% of the portion in excess of $20,000.
'
.02
The Owner will pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Rented Equipment used on the Work on
a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator up to
a maximum of 110% of The 127 Rate. This constraint will be waived when the Contract
Administrator approves the invoice price prior to the use of the Rented Equipment.
'
.03
The Owner will pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Operated Rented Equipment used on the
Work
on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the Operated Rented Equipment invoice price
,
approved by the Contract Administrator prior to the use of the equipment on the Work on a Time
and Material Basis.
GC 8.02.04.06.02 Standby Time
'
.01
The Owner will pay the Contractor for Standby Time of Equipment at 35% of The 127 Rate or 35%
of the invoice price whichever is appropriate. The Owner will pay reasonable costs for Rented
'
Equipment where this is necessarily retained in the Working Area for extended periods agreed to by
the Contract Administrator. This will include Rented Equipment intended for use on other work, but
has been idled due to the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
'
.02
In addition, the Owner will include the Cost of Labour of operators or associated labourers who
cannot be otherwise employed during the standby period or during the period of idleness caused by
the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
.03
The Contract Administrator may require Rented Equipment idled by the circumstances giving rise to
the Work on Time and Material Basis to be returned to the lessor until the work requiring the
equipment can be resumed. The Owner will pay such costs as result from such return.
.04 When Equipment is transported, solely for the purpose of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, to
or from the Working Area on a Time and Material basis, payment will be made by the Owner only in ,
respect of the transporting units. When Equipment is moved under its own power it shall be
deemed to be working. The method of moving Equipment and the rates shall be subject to the
approval of the Contract Administrator.
GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools
.01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for
or in respect of Hand Tools or equipment that are tools of the trade.
11
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 50 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
1
' GC 8.02.04.08 Payment for Work By Subcontractors
.01 Where the Contractor arranges for Work on a Time and Material Basis, or a part of it, to be
' performed by Subcontractors on a Time and Material basis and has received approval prior to the
commencement of such work, in accordance with the requirements of subsection GC 3.10.
Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Owner will pay the cost of Work on a Time and Material Basis
' by the Subcontractor calculated as if the Contractor had done the Work on a Time and Material
Basis, plus a markup calculated on the following basis:
a) 20% of the first $3,000; plus
b) 15% of the amount from $3,000 to $10,000; plus
c) 5% of the amount in excess of $10,000.
02 No further markup will be applied regardless of the extent to which the work is assigned or sublet to
others. If work is assigned or sublet to an associate, as defined by the Securities Act no markup
whatsoever will be applied.
GC 8.02.04.09 Submission of Invoices
' .01 At the start of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, the Contractor shall provide the applicable
labour and Equipment rates not already submitted to the Contract Administrator during the course of
such work.
' .02 Separate summaries shall be completed by the Contractor according to the standard form
"Summary for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis". Each summary shall include the
' order number and covering dates of the work and shall itemize separately labour, Materials and
Equipment. Invoices for Materials, Rented Equipment and other charges incurred by the Contractor
on the Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be included with each summary.
' 03 Each month the Contract Administrator will include with the monthly progress payment certificate,
the costs of the Work on a Time and Material Basis incurred during the preceding month all in
accordance with the contract administrative procedures and the Contractor's invoice of the Work on
a Time and Material Basis.
04 The final 'Summary for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis" shall be submitted by
the Contractor within 60 Days after the completion of the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
' GC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate
' 01 After the acceptance of the Work the Contract Administrator will issue the Final Acceptance
Certificate, or, where applicable, after the Warranty Period has expired. The Final Acceptance
Certificate will not be issued until all known deficiencies have been adjusted or corrected, as the
case may be, and the Contractor has discharged all obligations under the Contract.
GC 8.02.06 Payment of Workers
01 The Contractor shall, in addition to any fringe benefits, pay the workers employed on the Work in
' accordance with the labour conditions set out in the Contract and at intervals of not less than twice a
month.
' 02 The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor doing any part of the Work to pay the workers
employed by the Subcontractor on the Work in accordance with paragraph GC 8.02.06.01.
Rev. Date: 99/09 General Conditions Page 51 OPS General Conditions of Contract
1
.03 Where any person employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor or other person on the Work is ,
paid less than the amount required to be paid under the Contract, the Owner may set off monies in
accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.11, Owner's Set -Off. '
GC 8.02.07 Records
01 The Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate Records relating to the Work, Changes in the ,
Work, Extra Work and claims arising therefrom. Such Records shall be of sufficient detail to support
the total cost of the Work, Changes in the Work, and Extra Work. The Contractor shall preserve all
such original Records until 12 months after the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued or until all
claims have been settled, whichever is longer. The Contractor shall require that Subcontractors
employed by the Contractor preserve all original Records pertaining to the Work, Changes in the
Work, Extra Work and claims arising therefrom for a similar period of time.
.02
If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, Daily Work Records are required, such records shall
'
report the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on any specific portion of the
Work. The Daily Work Records shall be reconciled with and signed by the Contractor's
representative each day.
'
.03
The Owner may inspect and audit the Contractor's Records relating to the Work, Extra Work and
Changes in the Work at any time during the period of the Contract. The Contractor shall supply
certified copies of any part of its Records required whenever requested by the Owner.
'
GC 8.02.08 Taxes and Duties
.01
Where a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes occurs after the date of tender closing for
'
this Contract, and this change could not have been anticipated at the time of bidding, the Owner will
increase or decrease Contract payments to account for the exact amount of tax change involved.
.02
Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contract
,
Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor. Such claims for
additional tax costs shall be submitted not less than 30 Days after the date of Final Acceptance.
.03
Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes, the
Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator, on forms provided by the Contract
Administrator, a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 30
Days after Final Acceptance.
'
.04 Changes in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes which impact upon commodities, which when left
in place form part of the finished Work, or the provision of services, where such services form part ,
of the Work and where the manufacture or supply of such commodities or the provision of such
services is carried out by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, are subject to a claim or benefit as
detailed above. Services in the latter context means the supply and operation of equipment, the
provision of labour and the supply of commodities, which do not form part of the Work.
GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages
.01 When liquidated damages are specified in the Contract and the Contractor fails to complete the ,
Work in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such amounts as are specified in the
Contract Documents. '
Rev. Date: 99109 General Conditions Page 52 OPS General Conditions of Contract I
1
d
CONTRACT NO. 000cS
THIS AGREEMENT MADE IN TREPLICATE THIS e rev
DAY OF/U.�. 20 0.--
BETWEEN:
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
LAVIS CONTRACTING CO. LIMITED
WITNESSETH
A-1
(hereinafter called "the Owner")
OF THE FIRST PART
- and -
(hereinafter called "the Contractor")
OF THE SECOND PART
That the Owner and the Contractor, in consideration of the fulfilment of their respective
promises and obligations herein set forth covenant and agree with each other as follows:
ARTICLE 1
a) A description of the work is:
Municipality of Kincardine, Streetscape Reconstruction, Contract No. 00058.
b) The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically provided, at his own expense,
provide all and every kind of labour, machinery, plant, structures, roads, ways, materials,
appliances, articles and things necessary for the due execution and completion of all the
work set out in this contract and shall forthwith according to the instructions of the
Engineer commence the works and diligently execute the respective portions thereof and
deliver the works complete in every particular to the Owner within the time specified.
ARTICLE 2
In case of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the
Plans, and Specifications or General Conditions, or Tender, or any other documents or
writing, the provisions of such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following
order; namely,
7
1
1
d
u
0
A-2
a)
Agreement
b)
Addenda
c)
Special Provisions
d)
Contract Drawings
e)
Information to Bidders
f)
Standard Specifications
g)
Standard Drawings
h)
Form of Tender
i)
Supplemental General Conditions
j)
General Conditions
ARTICLE 3
The Contractor shall not without the consent in writing of the Engineer and without
restricting in any way the provisions of the General Conditions attached hereto make any
assignment of any part or the whole of any monies due or to become due under the provisions of
this contract.
ARTICLE 4
The Owner covenants with the Contractor that the Contractor having in all respects
complied with the provisions of this contract, will be paid for and in respect of the works the sum
of
Six Hundred and Seventy -Eight Thousand, Eight Hundred and Thirty -Seven Dollars
and Eighty -Five Cents-------------------------------------
$678,837.85 )
subject to such additions and deductions as may properly be made under the terms hereof, subject
to the provision that the Owner may make payments on account monthly or otherwise as may be
provided in the attached hereto.
ARTICLE 5
Where any notice, direction or other communication is required to be or may be given or made
by one of the parties hereto to the other or to the Engineer or to his agent, it shall be deemed
sufficiently given or made if mailed or delivered in writing to such party or to the Engineer at the
following address:
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Consulting Engineers
62 North Street
Goderich, Ontario. N7A 2T4
1
I A-3
Where any such notice, direction or other communication is given or made to the
Engineer, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to any agent of the Engineer appointed in
accordance with the General Conditions of this Contract and where any such notice, direction or
' other communications is given or made to such Agent, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered
to the Engineer.
ARTICLE 6
A copy of each of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special
Provisions, Addenda, Tender, Information to Bidders, and Supplemental Specifications is hereto
annexed and together with the Plans relating therto and listed in the Specifications are made part
of this Contract as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein.
IARTICLE 7
1
No implied contract of any kind whatsoever by or on behalf of the Owner shall arise or be
implied from anything in this contract contained, nor from any position or situation of the parties
at any time, it being clearly understood that the express covenants and agreements herein
contained made by the Owner shall be the only covenants and agreements upon which any rights
against the Owner may be founded.
ARTICLE 8
Time shall be deemed the essence of this Contract.
ARTICLE 9
The Contractor declares that in tendering for the works and in entering into this Contract,
he has either investigated for himself the character of the work and all local conditions that might
affect his tender of his acceptance of the work, or that not having so investigated, he is willing to
assume and does hereby assume all risk of conditions arising or developing in the course of the
work which might or could make the work or any items hereof, more expensive in character, or
more onerous to fulfill than was contemplated or known when the tender was made or the
Contract signed. The Contractor also declares that he did not and does not rely upon information
furnished by any methods whatsoever by the Owner or its officers or employees, being aware that
any information from such sources was and is approximate and speculative only, and was not in
any manner warranted or guaranteed by the Owner.
L
1
ARTICLE 10
This contract shall apply to and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors,
administrators, executors and assigns and each of them.
A-4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the
day and year first above written or caused their corporate seals to be affixed, attested by the
signature of their proper officer, as the case may be.
Witness as to Signature of Contractor
Address I.P eAVIA44 /Az 6W .
Occupation _QiFiCf 1A.✓�G-i, fL
Date 4t rA
I
n
I
4
Date �~ _.
F-1
CONTRACT RELEASE
IN THE MATTER of a Contract dated 20
known as Contract for the construction of
in the , Ontario
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I/We
t' (name of Contractor, in full)
for and in consideration of other good and valuable consideration paid by the Owner, have
remised, released and forever discharged, and by these presents do for myselflourselves, my/our
heirs, executors, administrators and assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be, remise,
release and forever discharge the Owner, its successors and assigns, of and from all manner of
action and actions, cause and causes of action, suits, debts, dues sums of money, claims and
demands whatsoever at low or in equity which I/We ever had or now have, or which I/We or
my/our heirs, executors, administrators or assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be,
hereafter can, shall or may have by reason of the above -mentioned Contract, save and except any
claim which I/We have arising out of,
1) the retention by the Owner of the maintenance holdback of the Contract price;
Z) any sum retained by the Owner against the cost of uncompleted work;
3)
(if none, state "none")
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals.
tSIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED )
)
Witness or Company Seal
STATUTORY DECLARATION RE PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
DOMINION OF CANADA (IN THE MATTER of a contract, known as Contract
(entered into between
( the Owner
( AND
( the Contractor
(dated , 20_
(for the construction of
(
(in , Ontario.
TO WIT
of
Province of
1. That I am
do solemnly declare:
in the
X of the
(President, Secretary, Treasurer, a Partner, etc.)
Contractor named in the Contract above -mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of
the facts hereunder declared.
2. That the said Contractor, has complied with the terms of the Construction Lien Act, 1983,
and amendments thereto, with the requirements of statutes and regulations of the Province of
Ontario relating to the payment of fair wages and with the requirements of the said Contract
relating to the payment of wages.
3. That with the exception of accounts listed below, all liabilities (including payment due to all
staff, sub -contractors, suppliers, Workers' Compensation Board, insurance companies)
incurred by the said Contractor arising out of our work performed, have been discharged.
Name & Address of Creditor
Service Rendered
Amount
Outstanding
Total
If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above
AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARATION conscientiously believing it to be true and
knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of "The Canada
Evidence Act".
DECLARED before me at the
of )
in the County of )
this day of )
A.D. 20 )
A Commissioner, etc. or Notary Public
ISTATUTORY DECLARATION RE LIENS & LIABILITIES
IDOMINION OF CANADA (IN THE MATTER of a contract, known as Contract
(entered into between
( the owner
( AND
(_ the Contractor
(dated 20
(for the construction of
(in Ontario.
TO WIT:
I, of in the
' Province of do solemnly declare:
1. That I am of the
(President, Secretary, Treasurer, a Partner, etc.)
Contractor named in the Contract above -mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of the facts
hereunder declared.
' 2. That all persons who have performed any work or service upon or in respect of, or placed or furnished any
materials or things to be used in connection with the above contract, have been fully paid or their claims
have been settled in respect of such work, service, materials or things and there are no liens, garnishees,
attachments or claims relating thereto.
3. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of any part
' of the above contract have been fully paid or their claims have been settled in respect thereof except to the
extent that monies (not exceeding in any instance 14% of the value of the work performed by the
subcontractor) have been held back by written agreement with any such subcontractors.
I 4. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of any part
of the above contract have discharged all liabilities which they incurred in respect thereof.
5. That all claims for damage to property or injury to persons of which the above -named Contractor has
received notice have been fully paid or settled.
6. That the above -named Contractor has not had any notice of any grounds for a claim (other than those
covered by para. 5 above) connected with this contract by a third party and for which a claim might be
made and I believe that no such claim will be made.
AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARATION conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of
the same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of "The Canada Evidence Act".
DECLARED before me at the )
Of )
in the County of )
this day of )
A.D. 20 )
A Commissioner, etc. or Notary Public
I
Ll
I
P�
Varies 1.5m
Note 2 0.3m
Y 5\oPe 3:1
BOULEVARD Concrete Max
Slope 27. to 4% sidewalk 2� �%
2% to 8% �.-----------
r— .
R=5mm ~ Subgrade or granular
Note125mrl base as specified' �•
TYPICAL SECTION
5 5
O
DUMMY JOINT
5-1 � 0.25 T
y v
2 y
e L
♦ ! '� ~ o
CONTRACTION JOINT
R=5mm
Typ r-5
li
N v
�. f
e s
. C i .•�• o
-� i-- 12mm expansion
joint material
EXPANSION JOINT
NOTES:
1 Sidewalk thickness at residential driveways
and adjacent to curb shall be 150 mm .
At commercial and industrial driveways,
the thickness shall be 200mm.
2 Sidewalk width shall be increased to
2.4 m at schools, bus ' stops and other
high pedestrian areas.
Curb and
Expansion
joint material
BOULEVARD R=0.5m Note I
Typ
-�i 1.5m
Typ Expansion
joints
Dummy
joints
Typ
Contraction
joints
Typ
JOINT LAYOUT
A All dimensions are in millimetres or
metres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
1993 10 01 IRev
CONCRETE SIDEWALK
Date
OPSD - 310.010
Finished road
surface
d
it
Expansion
joint material
R=5mm
Curb and gutter
as specified
5 --{ � 5
• N O
0
DUMMY JOINT
5 I I 0.25 T
% v
I m 3
c m
►-
CONTRACTION JOINT
• 1.5m
Note 2
Slope 2% to 4%
�. a .. 150mm
Note 1
Concrete R=Smm
sidewalk
L Subgrade or granular
base as specified
TYPICAL SECTION
Curb and gutter
--I 1.5m F--
Typ
Contraction
joint Expansion
joints
R=5mm
Typ 5 Dummy joints
Typ
c m
d o o ' '•, '; ° Contraction
:;_ �' joint
... „. . . V . . ) ..d — .....
O
--•i i-- 12mm expansion
joint material
EXPANSION JOINT
NOTES:
1 Sidewalk thickness at residential driveways
and adjacent to curb shall be 150mm.
At commercial and industrial driveways,
the thickness shall be 200mm.
2 Sidewalk width shall be increased to:
— 1.8m when adjacent to curb on
major roadways
— 2.4m at schools, bus stops and other
high pedestrian areas.
Expansion
joint material
JOINT LAYOUT
A All dimensions are in millimetres or
metres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
CONCRETE SIDEWALK
ADJACENT TO
CURB AND GUTTER
1993 10 01 I Rev
Date OR •- • ••- •
[I
F1
I
Stop or yield Stop or yield
street street
Expansion joints
2.5m Typ
Ramp slopes
ramp 8% max
1.Sm -- Typ
--- Typ
'o 'o
1.5m
TYP is
of
Expansion joint
Curb and gutter material , Typ Curb and gutter
�-- Through street Through street —�
UNSIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS
Back of sidewalk
Expansion join—
Typ
Li, —#-- 1.5 —#-1.0
Gutter line
RAMP ELEVATION
Finished road
1 surface
l NOTES:
A Directional lines shall be 10x10mm made B All dimensions are in millimetres or
with grooving tool having a 15mm radius. metres unless otherwise shown.
Directional lines
Crosswalk Directional lines
0 0.3m apart and
Typ 1.5m long — min
s Typ
Curb and
gutter --------
Lo
Full curb
height
0 �
S
Curb and gutter
I I
SIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS
Expansion joint material
2.5m Back of
sidewalk
---Slope 87% ma�57. siraoie
4�
150mm min
Curb and gutter Sidewalk ramp
as specified TYPICAL RAMP SECTION
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 11993 10 01 (Rev
CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS ----------
Date ______ 1W
AT INTERSECTIONS OPSD - 310.030
820
n r)
00 00
FRAME PLAN SECTION A —A
— 657
17 623 17
70mm min
95mm max
See EL
32 .r
slot detail N
N
I�
604
19mm dia hinge pin
N C
10
n
Dt
Po �� V, g I -
29
SECTION D—D
SECTION C—C
25mm
Typ---I r--I t--25mm
TYP
-i--13mm
Typ
SECTION E—E
76 29 i 38 29 76 NOTES:
305 305 A This OPSD to be read in conjunction with OPSD-610.010 and 610.020.
SECTION B—B B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
j-- 58
T-
--I F'R=3mm 10 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2001 iRevio
I "R-14.5mm CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME P
WITH SQUARE FLAT GRATE FOR _
SLOT DETAIL CATCH BASINS, HERRING BONE OPENINGS OPSD - 400.020
rr rr rr rr rr �r rr �Ir ar r� rr rr rr rr rr r rr r rr
820
47 51 �v
32
B o E
o n ,I,
o000000
N 00
C�C t
0000000 t
iA N O
-T
LLOOOOOOO
tt
.,0000000
19mm dia hinge pin
N GRATE PLAN
FRAME PLAN SECTION A —A — 604
657 M -1 r-- 28 32 --j
17 623 17 70mm min
See 95mm max
slot detail 32 47 F--14
T N04
0 I 1 I i SECTION C—C
29—fiF--38 29
76 305 305 L6 NOTE:
A This OPSD to be read in conjunction with OPSD-610.010 and 610.020.
58 SECTION B—B B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
j—
--I t--10 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2001 1 Rev 0
T— R=3mm
CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME - P
R=14.Smm S
WITH SQUARE FLAT GRATE FOR - - - - - _ _ - _ _ _
SLOT DETAIL CATCH BASINS, PERFORATED OPENINGS OPSD — 400.100
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
IA
FRAME PLAN
0676
0632
0624
0578
r25 r-6 19
784 L19
�- 0575 - I
0667
SECTION A —A
0
SECTION B—B
R=70mm min
150mm max
TYP 4
�1�co a5 �yQ
A
0
0
co
leiiiiii 171 1811 lei lei III
lil lol lii * liil 41 lil lii GI
,�I ICI ICI Im ICI IMI in[ In[ ImI ICI lit
lil lii Ia IR lil lil lil lil
41 lil lil IGI lil liii I:I lil lil lil lir
it I:I lii I.. IN. lil lil lil Ia li
ai: I:I lei I.I lip
I.I lil li.in lil lil lil
�%� lip u�� lil lip
2 Lugs per cover
See detoil
TYP ----
Lift hole
A
Lug
TYPE A LUG DETAIL
CLOSED COVER
TYPE B
OPEN COVER
-22
VOIJ
SECTION C—C SECTION D—D
—� NOTES:
A Covers shall be Type A or Type B as specified.
B Lugs and keyways are optional.
C All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2001 Rev 10
CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITH P
CIRCULAR CLOSED OR OPEN COVER ----------
FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES [OPSD — 401.010
N to
N d.
w
SECTION A —A
Three rungs
above grate
Typ
J One rung at
grate level
SIDE VIEW
Open position
See Detail 'A'
b ISee
—'—"� Detail '8'
:��.
ammasmws,av
��.
sr..oaaaaaaaaA
asarz+vs+nsaxa�
asesmn
�iwm��
M
t— 42.4
1p
ai
M
Typ
F__I 105 10 Typ
A GRATING RUNG
�- — DETAIL
/ 13mm dia x 95mm Lg
wedge anchor,
stainless steel
i
--� 1--13 Typ
I
1n
L
�75-�
NOTES: DETAIL 'A' DETAIL 'B' BEAM DETAIL
A Aluminum components contacting concrete shall be
painted with one coat of asphalt or tar base
black paint, having a minimum softening
point of 71T. All joints and crevices shall be
thoroughly coated.
B Manhole depth between 5.Om and
10.0m, grate to be placed at mid —point.
Manhole depth between 10.Om
and 15.0m, grate to be placed at third —points.
C All fasteners to be 304 stainless steel.
112
PLAN
Detail of grating and
'bolt on' support
Diameter
of Grates
o
b
C
d
e
f
1200
2
900
850
850
225
352
65
1500
2
1128
1078
1078
311
419
65
1800
3
1344
1293
1293
308
360
65
2400
4
1774
1724
1724
401
360
65
D All welding shall conform to CSA Standard W47.2.
E All aluminum shall be 6351 —T6. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 1 Rev
F Design to CSA Standard S157. m P
G All dimensions are in millimetres SAFETY PLATFORM, ALUMINUM - - - - - - - - - - s
or metres unless otherwise Date
shown. FOR CIRCULAR MAINTENANCE HOLE -
OPSD - 404.020
Dropped curb at
entrances
10 TO
Finished 25 300 50 jam- 15D
rood •� I I Thickness
surface ,tee of sidewalk
Typ
25 30 �: �' 1 in
in .:• at �... s - i
N ' ?�
N + � � • , i.• , .Note 3•;
ice-- 525 — 50
TANGENT Additional width\whre
sidewalk is adjacent to curb
Typ
NOTES:
1 Flexible pavement shall be 5mm above the adjacent
edge of gutter.
2 Where sidewalk is continuously adjacent, reduce the
dropped curb at entrances to 75mm.
3 For slipforming procedure, a 5% batter is acceptable.
A Treatment at entrances shall conform with OPSD-351.010.
B Outlet treatment shall conform with OPSD-610 Series.
C The length of transition from one
curb type to another shall be
w
a
m
i° 100mm
Note 2
25 300 50 150 Typ
'P,
o � ,
N '� ,`: 'Note 3' ' a
J
Fes--- 525 ice- 50
SUPERELEVATED
LEGEND:
S — Rate of pavement superelevation in percent, %.
3.0m, except in conjunction with ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
guide rail, it shall conform to
OPSD-900 Series. CONCRETE BARRIER CURB
D All dimensions are in millimetres
unless otherwise shown. WITH STANDARD GUTTER
FOR FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT
ril 1999 1 Rev
1
1
fj
1
1
1
Dropped curb
at entrances
150 — Thickness of
_ sidewalk
Finished road 0 0
surface 0
33, z
N
`Note 2•
i -J_
250 50
Additional width where sidewalk
is adjacent to curb
NOTES:
1 Where sidewalk is continuously adjacent. reduce the
dropped curb at entrances to 75mm.
2 For slipforming procedure, a 5% batter is acceptable.
A Treatment at entrances shall conform with OPSD-351.010.
B Outlet treatment shall conform with OPSD-610 Series.
C The length of transition from one curb type to another
shall be 3.0m, except in conjunction with guide rail,
it shall conform to OPSD-900 Series.
D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
CONCRETE BARRIER CURB
ril 1999 1 Rev
-- I ��
OPSD - 600.110
For adjustment c'1u— "------r
unit and frame _'___t5
installation see —}------E_j
OPSO-704.010
Typ �.
Y
Tapered top
See alternative D
1200mm dia ALTERNATIVES
Riser sections A SUMP FOR STORM SEWER
as required MAINTENANCE HOLE
Monolithic base with 300
inlet and outlet WO
max +
openings to suit Typ ! Note 1
See alternatives A,8 and D
300mm, Typ—I . . • ' .
Granular Granular
=-`--------'-- bedding
bedding
B PRECAST SLAB BASE C CAST —IN —PLACE BASE D PRECAST FLAT CAP
Bottom riser section with
inlet and outlet openings to suit
Riser 150
section '
150
Granulor
bedding
300
Steel reinforcement Granular
as specified
bedding
Flat cap
1200mm dia
Riser •
section
NOTES:
1 The sump is measured from the lowest invert. E For benching details, maximum pipe
A Granular backfill to be placed to a minimum hole diameters and flow configurations,
thickness of 300mm all around the see OPSD-701.021.
maintenance hole. F All dimensions are nominal.
B Precast concrete components according G All dimensions are in millimetres
to OPSD-701.030. unless otherwise shown.
C Structure exceeding 5.Om in depth to include
safety platform according to OPSD-404.020.
D Pipe support according to OPSD-708.020.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 Rev 2 sr
PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLE _P
1200mm DIAMETER
F-op SD - 701.010
1. Right angle bend
2. Tee connection 3. Three way junction
23
4. Four way junction
5. Straight through
6. Dead end
rl� specified
$1 i min D12
— Concrete - '. s.A 50r m
min
7. Wye connection
8. 45° bend
Section
NOTES:
A Concrete for benching to be 30MPa.
B Benching to be given wood float finish, channel to be
given steel trowel finish.
C All dimensions are nominal.
D All dimensions are in milimetres or metres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
1998 03 01
P
MAXIMUM SIZE HOLE IN THE WALL IN PRECAST RISER SECTIONS
Maintenance
Hole Diameter
mm
No. 1-4
mm
No. 5 & 6
mm
No. 8
mm
No.7
Inlet Hole
mm
Outlet Hole
mm
1200
700
860
780
700
860
1500
860
1220
960
860
1170
1800
1220
1485
1220
1220
1485
2400
1485
2020
1760
1485
2020
3000
1930
2450
2300
1930
2450
3600
2195
3085
2730
2195
3085
1
1
1
1
150mm
overlap
I
A
WWF
185mm Z/m,
each way
PLAN
830
115 F'600 115
v
I L C j
O �
y N U p
> N G
ALTERNATE STANDARD
HEIGHTS
A
1980mm
B
1830mm
C
1520mm
830
1 15— F[— 600 1 15
U
/ a Knockout
r-
Note 2
r « Note 2 f '
I "us
250 41
4'
+
n. e v
o
E Ev) o
E WWF 3 E p E Outlet hole '
E 185mm 2/m, 07 0 o 00 E Note 1
to each way E W E 0
C r a 10
' Q
0 f t
0 300mm
(0 all sides
n
�' TYP
1 r ' r
Granular
SECTION A -A bedding SECTION B-B
NOTES:
1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum,
location as required.
2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate
subdrain. Knockout to be 60mm deep.
A All reinforcing steel shall have 25mm
minimum cover.
B Granular backfill to be placed to
a minimum thickness of 300mm all
around the catch basin.
C Frame, grate and adjustment units shall
be installed according to OPSD-•704.010.
D Pipe support according to OPSD-708.020.
E All dimensions are nominal.
F All dimensions are in millimetres
or metres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
PRECAST CONCRETE
CATCH BASIN
600mm x 600mm, DEPTH - 4.Om MAX
1996 09 151Rev
Date
OPSD - 705.0 0
M= M1=11 it M1=11 M1=11 M M M M1=11 r M1=11 M M
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Support system
Typ
150
Note 3, Typ
• 300mm min. ••
Typ
77777
0.5 O
Note 1
LEGEND:
,0 — Inside diameter
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
. --- Subarade--,,
41 1�
1 Backfill material. 1
For culvert frost treatment
Note 2 ,
Clearance, 3
see table 00mm min
E
Ex
0
of
TYPE 1 OR 2
I SOIL
Bedding grade
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
NOTES:
1 The pipe bed shall be shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe.
2 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD-803.030 and 803.031.
3 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
A Granular material placed under the haunches must be compacted 1=
prior to continued placement and compaction of embedment material.
B Embedment material shall be homogeneous granular material, and
shall be placed and compacted uniformly around the pipe.
C Soil types as defined in the Health & Safety Act and
Regulations for Construction Projects.
TYPE 3
SOIL
�F
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Y Clearance,
1 • see table, Typ
f� 150
0.510
Note 1
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
O Subgrade
2
3
aackfill material.
' For culvert frost treatment
Note 2
I D
Bedding grade
0.50
TYPE 4
rote 1
F--2
SOIL
D Protection against heavy ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
construction equipment according
to OPSD-808.010. FLEXIBLE PIPE
E All dimensions are in millimetres
or metres unless otherwise shown. EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL
EARTH EXCAVATION
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe
Inside Diameter
Clearance
mm
mm
900 or less
300
Over 900
500
1996 09 15 IRev
Date
•: W:I i
M = it M = = = = = M = = M M M M
PIPE IN ----
SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Support
system, Typ
c
0 1-
Rock —J
surface o xo
TYP N F
Rock,
Q—
Note 5,
Typ
Clearance,
see table,
0 D
TO
Note 1'
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
300mm min, Typ
Rock, Note 4,
Typ
150
ORIGINAL ROCK < 1200mm ABOVE
TRENCH BOTTOM
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Subgrade
3
Backfill material.
For culvert frost treatment
Note 2
Bedding grade
PIPE IN
SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
—Note 3, Typ
sas�1` i t
Overburden
Note
ORIGINAL ROCK Z 1200mm ABOVE
TRENCH BOTTOM
NOTES:
1 The pipe bed shall be shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe.
2 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD-803.030 and 803.031.
3 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
4 Weathered or loose rock to be treated as Type 1 soil.
5 Weathered or loose rock to be supported. LEGEND'
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe
Inside Diameter
Clearance
mm
mm
900 or less
300
Over 900
500
A
Granular material placed under the haunches must be compacted D —
Inside
diameter
prior to continued placement and compaction of embedment material.
B
Embedment material shall be homogeneous "granular material, and * —Type
1 or 2 soil
shall be placed and compacted uniformly around the pipe. ** —
Type
3 soil
C
Soil types as defined in the Health & Safety Act and *** —
Type
4 soil
Regulations for Construction Projects.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
1996 09 15
JRev
D
Protection against heavy
construction equipment according
FLEXIBLE PIPE
- - - - - _ - - - -
S
E
8.010.
to O dimensions
All dimensions are in millimetres
EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL
Dote — — — — — —
or metres unless otherwise shown.
ROCK EXCAVATION
_.
LO:PSD 802.013
PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION
Note 4, Typ -- Subgrade---,,
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
— EXCAVATION
Tupport systemyp
Q
:
Backfill material.
300mm min, -Typ
For culvert frost
treatment
Clearance,
Note 3
Clearance
see table,
TYP
See table, Typ
Cover material
0
D
1200mm
max, Typ
0
Compacted granular
o
bedding material:,::
'•.
Note 1
0.60D
0.50
Note 2
Bedding grade
Note 2
CLASS B — BEDDING
CLASS C — BEDDING
NOTES:
1 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150.
In no case shall this dimension be less than 150mm or
greater than 300mm.
2 The pipe bed shall be shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe.
3 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD-803.030 and 803.031. LEGEND:
4 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. D — Inside diameter
A Soil types as defined in the Health & Safety Act OD— Outside diameter
and Regulations for Construction Projects.
B Protection against heavy
construction equipment according ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
to OPSD-808.010.
C All dimensions are in millimetres RIGID PIPE BEDDING,
or metres unless otherwise shown. COVER AND BACKFILL
TYPE 1 OR 2 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION
0.1500
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe
Inside Diameter
Clearance
mm
mm
900 or less
300
Over 900
500
1996 09 151Rev
r r rr �r rr rr rr rr rr rr rr rr rr rr rr r r r� rl
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION _.—.
Note 4
Typ
W.
w
Support syst
TYP
�i
0
/�♦;
01
owfi
J9 LN
Note 1
Typ
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
If
0.600
Note 2
CLASS B — BEDDING
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION ,
Subgrade
Backfill material.
For culvert frost treatment
Note 3
Cover material
300mm min, Typ
— Compacted granular
bedding material
— Bedding grade
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Note 2
CLASS C — BEDDING
NOTES:
1 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150.
In no case shall this dimension be less than 150mm or LEGEND:
greater than 300mm. 0 — Inside diameter
2 The pipe bed shall be shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. OD — Outside diameter
3 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD-803.030 and 803.031.
4 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
A Soil types as defined in the Health & Safety Act and
Regulations for Construction Projects.
B Protection against heavy
construction equipment according ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
to OPSD-808.010.
C All dimensions are in millimetres RIGID PIPE BEDDING,
or metres unless otherwise shown. COVER AND BACKMLL
TYPE 3 SOIL -- EARTH EXCAVATION
—Clearance,
see table
Typ
0.1500
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe
Inside Diameter
Clearance
mm
mm
900 or less
300
Over 900
500
1996 09 15 1 Rev
Date
OPSD 802.031
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION Note 4, Typ
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Subgrade
Support system Cover material
Typ • ' 1I j 3
Backfill material.
0.5010 For culvert frost treatment
Compacted Note 3
granular bedding
0.6 0,0 , Bedding material
Note 1 M � 4 . 7 I ,,,, grade
CLASS B — BEDDING
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION EXCAVATION
ov
Subgrade 2
1� /300mm min
/// Typ
3 Cover material Clearance,
1.5 see table
Backfill material. TYp
For culvert frost treatment Compacted granular
Note 3 bedding material
0.1500
— 0.500 Bedding grade
Note 1 .,_,_
CLASS C — BEDDING
LEGEND:
0 — Inside diameter
OD — Outside diameter
NOTES:
1 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150.
In no case shall this dimension be less than 150mm or
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe
Inside Diameter
Clearance
mm
mm
900 or less
300
Over 900
500
greater than 300mm.
2 The pipe bed shall be shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe.
3 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSO-803.030 and 803.031.
4 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
A Soil types as defined in the Health & Safety Act and
Regulations for Construction Projects.
8 Protection against heavy construction equipment according to
OPSD-808.010.
C All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
RIGID PIPE BEDDING,
COVER AND BACKFILL
TYPE 4 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION
1996 09 15 1 Rev
•o :9
PIPE IN ---
SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Support —
system, Typ
c
u
v
o
Rock7" „D `
surface N
TYP o
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
bgrade
Backfill material.
For culvert frost treatment
Note 3
PIPE IN
SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
— Note 4, Typ
Overburden
Clearance
see table
' Typ
Rock 0 TYP d
Note 6 Compacted 0.15 OD
Typ granular bedding
material
0.600 Note 1 0.500
Note 1 Bedding grade
Notes 2 Note 2
ORIGINAL ROCK < 1200mm ABOVE ORIGINAL ROCK 2 1200mm ABOVE
TRENCH BOTTOM TRENCH 801TOM
NOTES: CLASS B — BEDDING CLASS C — BEDDING
1 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.250.
In no case shall this dimension be less than 150mm or
greater than 300mm.
—300mm min, Typ
Rock Note 5
Cover material
2 The pipe bed
shall be shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe.
LEGEND:
3 Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD-803.030 and803.031.
0 — Inside diameter
4 Condition of
trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
DD — Outside Diameter
5 Weathered or
loose rock to be treated as Type 1 soil.
* — Type 1 or 2 soii
6 Weathered or
loose rock to be supported.
** — Type 3 soil
A Soil types as
defined in the Health & Safety Act and Regulations for
*** — Type 4 soil
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe
Inside Diameter
Clearance
MITI
mm
900 or less
300
Over 900
500
Construction Projects.
B Protection against heavy ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15TRev
construction equipment according RIGID PIPE BEDDING, OP
to OPSD-808.010. - - - _ _ - - - - S
C All dimensions are in millimetres COVER AND BACKFILL Date
or metres unless otherwise shown. ROCK EXCAVATION OPSD - 802.033
Backfill as
specified —� Slo e
Radius bends as required —� r150mm mi 8Xmax
01 100mm min I
I
Variable / Q /1", Bedding as specified
67.57 max
0
Backfill as
specified —�
'�%_4=fW_
NOTES: as d equi edd
A
Service connections to the main pipe sewer shall be made using
factory made tees or wyes, strap —on —saddles or other approved Bedding as specified
saddles. Factory made tees or wyes shall be used for all service
connections where the diameter of the main pipe sewer is:
a less than 450mm; or
b3 less than twice the diameter of the service connection.
B
Maintenance holes shall be used at the main sewer to connect service
connections greater than or equal to 200mm.
WZi
C
Saddles must be installed on the main pipe before that pipe is laid.
D
Approved cut —in tool must be used for field made tees.
min
E
Service connection must be securely plugged at property line with an
expanding type plug or approved equal.
VERTICAL RISER
F
Plug at property line shall be adequately braced to withstand testing pressures.
0
Double connections shall be made
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
Nov 1999
1 Rev
sr
using a factory made wye.
H
Vertical riser bedding to have
minimum width of 600mm.
SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS
-_-_
I
All dimensions are in millimetres
unless otherwise shown.
FOR RIGID MAIN PIPE SEWER
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_
10_PSD
_ 1006.01
Concrete thrust block Concrete thrust block
Main stop
—optional
I
- X f - X-
PLAN Plug or cap
DEAD END
A Concrete thrust block
Main stop
—optional
V
x
N
Et"AT10N
Concrete DEAD END
thrust block
PLAN �
TYPICAL BEND
-a+150 R
i /
Concrete
thrust
block
0
1 O
T NOTES:
A Concrete shall be placed to within
P� 50mm of the face of the bell.
90' BEND B Bond breaker to be used between
concrete and fittings.
X C This blocking design applies only where
1035kPa pressure is not exceeded.
+ - �;` - D This blocking design applies where the
` soil has a minimum soil bearing
capacity of 200kPa.
E All dimensions are in millimetres unless
SECTION X—X otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 Rev
CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS FOR TEES, PLUGS AND ----------- 1-9
HORIZONTAL BENDS 0PSD - 1103.010
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS
PIPE DIA
o
b
c
d
100
150
150
150
150
150
250
250
150
250
Z00
300
350
Z00
450
250
400
400
25Q
550
300
450
500
350
650
350
500
550
400
700
Place concrete after anchor
block has been poured and
bends set in place
Stainless steel strap—�
Anchor block
Stainless steel strap -
50x 13mm
130x85x20mm
Stainless steel
angle 80mm long 1
ul
o \steel rod
nd nuts
Concrete
thrust
block —
0
XI "Stainless steel strap See detail Stainless
—ffff�-- steel strap
Spacer block
1 Concrete
1+, Stainless steel rods `, ' ' y ; v
1 d Diameter 15Qmm�'
++ Concrete 100 in*-: Tf .
1 •� Cam' � ��'
80mm min
0 x b
/UP —THRUST BLOCK UP —THRUST BLOCK
ELEVATION SECTION X—X
DETAJL
Inside radius of
strop=outside
radius of bend
Sorina line
min
Undisturbed
ground
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS
PIPE DIA
°
b
c
d
e
100
450
600
750
13
150
150
600
1 900
900
1 13
300
200
600
900
1500
13
450
250
900
900
1500
20
600
300
1200
900
1650
20
800
350
1200
1200
1650
1 25
1000
Concrete thrust
block
i- i— 0/D+800mm min
DOWN —THRUST BLOCK DOWN —THRUST BLOCK
ELEVATION SECTION Y—Y
NOTES:
A Concrete shall be placed to within D This blocking is for bends up to 45" only.
50mm of the face of the bell. E This blocking design applies where the
B Bond breaker to be used between soil has a minimum soil bearing capacity
concrete and fittings. of 20OkPa-
C This blocking design applies only where F All dimensions are in millimetres unless
1035kPa pressure is not exceeded. otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 JRevj 1 Ad CM
CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS ----------
FOR VERTICAL BENDS Fo-PSD -- 1103.021
Finished grade
Gooseneck formed
with copper tube
Note 1
/ r2EfE \\
Main stop
Watumain drilled and tapped
AWWA inlet thread
�--- Bedding as apedfied --+
i
Slide type service box
with upper and
lower section
1
Curb stop
i': j
Concrete support ,
200x200x100mm
NOTES:
1 For plastic service pipes. install main stop C All water services to be installed 90'
at 90' to the vertical with horizontal to the longitudinal axis of the watermain.
gooseneck D NI dimensions are in millimetres
A Service connections to plastic watermains unless otherwise shown.
to be made using service saddles or
factory made tees.
B For any junction made in the service pipe,
between main stop and curb stop.
couplings will not be permitted unless the
service length exceeds 20m.
1NTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
WATER SERVICE
CONNECTION DETAIL
20 and 25mm DIAMETER SIZES
1999 1Rev
P 04
NOTES:
A Any junction made in service pipe between main stop and
curb stop to be made with approved couplings.
B All water services to be installed 90' to the longitudinal axis of the watermain.
C All dimensions are In millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTMIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
WATER SERVICE
CONNECTION DETAIL
32, 38 and 50mm DIAMETER SIZES
1
1999 IRev
Concrete thrust
Variable
Finished i
Watermain
Variable
Hydrant
' F100 to 150mm
I
600
i
19mm clear stone
i900mm width
p
pv
vp o 0 o ae o 0 0
ovvQ—
00 o v E
150mm o
min
150mm valve 150mm dia pipe
Bedding as Concrete thrust
specified Concrete support block
NOTES:
A All concrete thrust blocks to be poured against undisturbed ground.
B Bond breaker to be used between the concrete and the fittings and
appurtenances.
C Bolts and nuts for buried flange to flange connections are to be stainless steel.
D Flange of standpipe extensions not to be in frost zone.
E NI dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING I April 1999 1 Rev
' Slide type valve box
with upper and
lower section
' 600 —
I
� Drain hole —
Polyethylene
covering
v O e O
o O �cy
p Oa
v
--------- 1%&
HYDRANT INSTALLATION
OPSD - 1105.01
fished grade
1 l 4-IB
0
N � I
I
12mm dia __
tapped hole
Notes 2 and 3
I
Checkered
ecost concrete tread
5mm dia hole
duct entry,
Ite 1
SECTION A —A
NOTES:
1 For installation of ducts see
OPSD-2123.03.
2 Cover to be retained with 12mm
dia x 20mm long stainless steel
hex head machine bolt to be flush
with top of cover when fastened.
3 Material for frame and cover —
ANSI/ASTM standard A48-1990
gray iron casting, class No 30C.
C
4j C
PLAN —COVER
B
PLAN —FRAME
UNDERSIDE OF COVER
350
14
t`
N 39
12
� 322
348
L 3-11mm dia holes
equidistant in sidewall
of frame
Notes 4 and 5
SECTION B—B
12
Fao
l I 20 j 1 1
N SECTION C—C
4 Frame to be attached using 3-1Omm dia A For general installation refer to
x 38mm long machine bolts anchored in OPSD-2117.02.
concrete wall. 8 All dimensions are in millimetres or metres
5 One ground lug for #6 AWG stranded unless otherwise shown.
. copper to be attached to one frame bolt.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
ELECTRICAL HANDHOLE PRECAST
CONCRETE WITH COVER
300nnr>r>t DIA
Date 1992 12 15 Rev 1
Date
--------------
OPSD - 2112.01
J
d
MALCOLM
BOLTED COVER
I
300mm 1
��—~•j�
FINISHED GRADE
1
I
1
100mm RISER
AND CLEANOUT
1`
I
i
NATIVE BACKFILL
1
100mm
100mm
1
—GRANULAR "A" PER
O.P.S.S. 410 OR
-
1
APPROVED EQUAL
125mm PVC CAP
OR CONNECT TO EXISTING
AS REQUIRED
WN
125mm SERVICE CONNECTION
MINIMUM SLOPE 1.07-
N.T.S.